[I18N] Update translation terms from Transifex

locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po

@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 15.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-09-11 16:10+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 08:39+0000\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2021-11-02 08:48+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Larissa Manderfeld, 2023\n"
 "Language-Team: German (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n"
@@ -651,7 +651,6 @@ msgstr ":guilabel:`Los` im Pop-up für Detaillierte Vorgänge"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:88
 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:14
-#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:14
 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:16
 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:51
 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:16
@@ -2420,6 +2419,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "des Jahres."
 
 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:194
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:115
 msgid ""
 "Then, to change the month, click :guilabel:`December` to reveal the drop-"
 "down menu, and select the desired month."
@@ -2541,81 +2541,275 @@ msgstr "Zyklische Zählungen"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"In most companies, the stock is only counted once a year. That's why by "
+"For most companies, warehouse stock only needs to be counted once a year. "
-"default, after making an inventory adjustment in Odoo, the scheduled date "
+"This is why, by default, after making an *inventory adjustment* in Odoo, the"
-"for the next count is set on the 31st of December. However, for some "
+" scheduled date for the next inventory count is set for the 31st of December"
-"businesses it's crucial to have an accurate inventory count at all times."
+" of the current year."
 msgstr ""
-"In den meisten Unternehmen wird der Bestand nur einmal im Jahr gezählt. "
+"Bei den meisten Unternehmen muss der Lagerbestand nur einmal im Jahr gezählt"
-"Deshalb wird nach einer Bestandsaufnahme in Odoo das geplante Datum für die "
+" werden. Deshalb wird nach einer *Bestandsaufnahme* in Odoo standardmäßig "
-"nächste Zählung standardmäßig auf den 31. Dezember festgelegt. Für einige "
+"der 31. Dezember des laufenden Jahres als Termin für die nächste "
-"Unternehmen ist es jedoch entscheidend, jederzeit eine genaue "
+"Bestandszählung festgelegt."
-"Bestandszählung zu haben."
 
-#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:10
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:9
 msgid ""
-"The goal of cycle counts is to keep critical stock levels accurate by "
+"However, for some businesses, it's crucial to have an accurate inventory "
-"counting more often at key locations."
+"count at all times. These companies use *cycle counts* to keep critical "
+"stock levels accurate. Cycle counting is a method by which companies count "
+"their inventory more often in certain *locations*, to ensure that their "
+"physical inventory counts match their inventory records."
 msgstr ""
-"Das Ziel von zyklischen Zählungen ist es, kritische Lagerbestände durch "
+"Für einige Unternehmen ist es jedoch von entscheidender Bedeutung, jederzeit"
-"häufigeres Zählen an den Hauptstandorten genau zu halten."
+" über eine genaue Bestandszählung zu verfügen. Diese Unternehmen verwenden "
+"*Zyklische Zählungen*, um kritische Lagerbestände genau zu halten. Zyklische"
+" Zählungen ist eine Methode, bei der Unternehmen ihre Bestände an bestimmten"
+" *Standorten* häufiger zählen, um sicherzustellen, dass ihre physischen "
+"Bestandszählungen mit ihren Bestandsaufzeichnungen übereinstimmen."
 
-#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:16
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:15
+msgid "Activate storage locations"
+msgstr "Lagerorte aktivieren"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:17
 msgid ""
-"In Odoo, cycle counts are location-based. The frequency of the counts is "
+"In Odoo, cycle counts are location-based. Therefore, the *storage locations*"
-"defined by the storage location. To activate storage locations, go to "
+" feature needs to be enabled before performing a cycle count."
-":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> Warehouse` and "
-"activate the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` setting. Next, click "
-":guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting."
 msgstr ""
-"In Odoo sind die zyklische Zählungen standortabhängig. Die Häufigkeit der "
+"In Odoo sind die zyklischen Zählungen standortbezogen. Daher muss die "
-"Zählungen wird durch den Lagerort bestimmt. Um Lagerorte zu aktivieren, "
+"Funktion *Lagerorte* aktiviert werden, bevor Sie eine zyklische Zählung "
-"gehen Sie auf :menuselection:`Lager --> Konfiguration --> Einstellungen --> "
+"durchführen können."
-"Lagerhaus` und aktivieren Sie die Einstellung :guilabel:`Lagerorte`. Klicken"
+
-" Sie anschließend auf :guilabel:`Speichern`, um die Einstellung zu "
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:20
-"übernehmen."
+msgid ""
+"To enable this feature, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
+"Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` "
+"section. Then, click the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Storage Locations`. "
+"Click :guilabel:`Save` to save all changes."
+msgstr ""
+"Um diese Funktion zu aktivieren, navigieren Sie zu :menuselection:`Lager -->"
+" Konfiguration --> Einstellungen`, und scrollen Sie nach unten zum Abschnitt"
+" :guilabel:`Lagerhaus`. Klicken Sie dann auf das Kontrollkästchen neben "
+":guilabel:`Lagerorte`. Klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Speichern`, um alle "
+"Änderungen zu speichern."
 
 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst-1
-msgid "Enable Storage Locations in Odoo settings."
+msgid "Enabled storage locations setting in inventory settings."
-msgstr "Lagerorte in Odoo-Einstellungen aktivieren."
+msgstr "Aktivierte Einstellung der Lagerorte in den Lagereinstellungen."
 
-#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:26
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:29
-msgid "Change the inventory frequency"
+msgid "Change inventory count frequency by location"
-msgstr "Inventurhäufigkeit ändern"
+msgstr "Häufigkeit der Inventarzählung je Standort ändern"
-
-#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:28
-msgid ""
-"To change a location's inventory frequency, first, go to the locations by "
-"clicking :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`."
-msgstr ""
-"Um die Inventurhäufigkeit eines Standortes zu ändern, klicken Sie auf "
-":menuselection:`Lager --> Konfiguration --> Lagerorte`."
 
 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:31
 msgid ""
-"Then, click on a location to open the location settings. Next, click on "
+"Now that the storage locations setting is enabled, the inventory count "
-":guilabel:`Edit`. In the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` field, set "
+"frequency can be changed for specific locations created in the warehouse."
-"the number of days. For example, a location that needs an inventory count "
-"every 30 days would set the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` value to "
-"`30`. Once the value is entered, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting"
-" to the location. Now, once an inventory adjustment is applied to this "
-"location, the next scheduled count date will be automatically set based on "
-"the number of days in the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` setting."
 msgstr ""
-"Klicken Sie dann auf einen Standort, um die Standortseinstellungen zu "
+"Jetzt, da die Einstellung der Lagerorte aktiviert ist, kann die Häufigkeit "
-"öffnen. Klicken Sie dann auf :guilabel:`Bearbeiten`. Legen Sie im Feld "
+"der Inventurzählung für bestimmte im Lager angelegte Orte geändert werden."
-":guilabel:`Inventurhäufigkeit (Tage)` die Anzahl der Tage fest. Für einen "
+
-"Lagerort, der zum Beispiel alle 30 Tage eine Inventur benötigt, würde der "
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:34
-"Wert der :guilabel:`Inventurhäufigkeit (Tage)` auf `30` eingestellt. Sobald "
+msgid ""
-"Sie den Wert eingegeben haben, klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Speichern`, um die"
+"To view and edit locations, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
-" Einstellung für den Lagerort zu übernehmen. Sobald nun eine "
+"Configuration --> Locations`. This reveals a :guilabel:`Locations` page "
-"Bestandsaufnahme an diesem Lagerort vorgenommen wird, wird das nächste "
+"containing every location currently created and listed in the warehouse."
-"geplante Zähldatum automatisch auf der Grundlage der Anzahl der Tage in der "
+msgstr ""
-"Einstellung :guilabel:`Inventurhäufigkeit (Tage)` festgelegt."
+"Um Lagerorte anzuzeigen und zu bearbeiten, navigieren Sie zur "
+":menuselection:`Lagerapp --> Konfiguration --> Lagerorte`. Sie gelangen auf "
+"die Seite :guilabel:`Lagerorte`, auf der alle derzeit erstellten und im "
+"Lagerhaus aufgeführten Standorte aufgeführt sind."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:38
+msgid ""
+"From this page, click into a location to reveal the settings and "
+"configuration page for that location. Click :guilabel:`Edit` to edit the "
+"location settings."
+msgstr ""
+"Klicken Sie auf dieser Seite auf einen Ort, um die Seite mit den "
+"Einstellungen und der Konfiguration für diesen Lagerort aufzurufen. Klicken "
+"Sie auf :guilabel:`Bearbeiten`, um die Lagerorteinstellungen zu bearbeiten."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:41
+msgid ""
+"Under the :guilabel:`Cyclic Inventory` section, locate the "
+":guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` field, which should be set to `0` (if"
+" this location has not been edited previously). In this field, change the "
+"value to whichever number of days is desired."
+msgstr ""
+"Suchen Sie unter dem Abschnitt :guilabel:`Regelmäßige Zählung` das Feld "
+":guilabel:`Inventurhäufigkeit (Tage)`, das auf `0` gesetzt sein sollte (wenn"
+" dieser Lagerort nicht zuvor bearbeitet wurde). Ändern Sie in diesem Feld "
+"den Wert auf die gewünschte Anzahl von Tagen."
 
 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst-1
-msgid "Edit a location to change the inventory frequency."
+msgid "Location frequency setting on location."
-msgstr "Bearbeitung eines Lagerortes, um die Inventurhäufigkeit zu ändern."
+msgstr "Einstellung der Häufigkeit des Lagerorst."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:50
+msgid ""
+"A location that needs an inventory count every 30 days should have the "
+":guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` value set to `30`."
+msgstr ""
+"Bei einem Lagerort, der alle 30 Tage eine Inventur benötigt, sollte der Wert"
+" :guilabel:`Inventurhäufigkeit (Tage)` auf `30` gesetzt sein."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:53
+msgid ""
+"Once the frequency has been changed to the desired number of days, click "
+":guilabel:`Save` to save changes. Now, once an inventory adjustment is "
+"applied to this location, the next scheduled count date is automatically "
+"set, based on the value entered into the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency "
+"(Days)` field."
+msgstr ""
+"Sobald Sie die Häufigkeit auf die gewünschte Anzahl von Tagen geändert "
+"haben, klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Speichern`, um die Änderungen zu "
+"speichern. Sobald eine Bestandsaufnahme an diesem Lagerort vorgenommen wird,"
+" wird das nächste geplante Zähldatum automatisch auf der Grundlage des in "
+"das Feld :guilabel:`Inventurhäufigkeit (Tage)` eingegebenen Wertes "
+"festgelegt."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:59
+msgid "Count inventory by location"
+msgstr "Inventur zählen je Lagerort"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:61
+msgid ""
+"To perform a cycle count for a specific location in the warehouse, navigate "
+"to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Inventory Adjustments`. "
+"This reveals an :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` page containing all "
+"products currently in stock, with each product listed on its own line."
+msgstr ""
+"Um eine Zählung für einen bestimmten Standort im Lagerhaus durchzuführen, "
+"navigieren Sie zur :menuselection:`Lagerapp --> Vorgänge --> "
+"Bestandsaufnahmen`. Sie gelangen auf die Seite :guilabel:`Bestandsaufnahmen`"
+" mit allen Produkten, die derzeit auf Lager sind, wobei jedes Produkt in "
+"einer eigenen Zeile aufgeführt ist."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:66
+msgid ""
+"From this page, the :guilabel:`Filters` and :guilabel:`Group By` buttons (at"
+" the top of the page, under the :guilabel:`Search...` bar), can be used to "
+"select specific locations and perform inventory counts."
+msgstr ""
+"Von dieser Seite aus können Sie über die Schaltflächen :guilabel:`Filter` "
+"und :guilabel:`Gruppieren nach` (oben auf der Seite, unter der Leiste "
+":guilabel:`Suchen ...`) bestimmte Orte auswählen und Bestandszählungen "
+"durchführen."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst-1
+msgid "Inventory adjustments page."
+msgstr "Seite der Bestandsaufnahmen."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:74
+msgid ""
+"To select a specific location and view all products within that location, "
+"click :guilabel:`Group By`, then click :guilabel:`Add Custom Group` to "
+"reveal a new drop-down menu to the right."
+msgstr ""
+"Um einen bestimmten Lagerort auszuwählen und alle Produkte innerhalb dieses "
+"Lagerorts anzuzeigen, klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Gruppieren nach` und dann "
+"auf :guilabel:`Benutzerdefinierte Gruppe hinzufügen`, um ein neues Drop-"
+"down-Menü auf der rechten Seite zu öffnen."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:77
+msgid ""
+"Click :guilabel:`Location` from the drop-down menu, then click "
+":guilabel:`Apply`. The page now displays condensed drop-down menus of each "
+"location in the warehouse that has products in stock, and a cycle count can "
+"be performed for all products in that location."
+msgstr ""
+"Klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Lagerort` aus dem Drop-down-Menü und dann auf "
+":guilabel:`Anwenden`. Auf der Seite werden nun komprimierte Drop-down-Menüs "
+"für jeden Standort im Lagerhaus angezeigt, der Produkte auf Lager hat, und "
+"es kann eine regelmäßige Zählung für alle Produkte an diesem Standort "
+"durchgeführt werden."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:82
+msgid ""
+"In large warehouses with multiple locations and a high volume of products, "
+"it might be easier to search for the specific location desired. To do this, "
+"from the :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` page, click :guilabel:`Filters`. "
+"Then, click :guilabel:`Add Custom Filter` to reveal a new menu to the right."
+" Click this menu to reveal three drop-downs."
+msgstr ""
+"In großen Lagerhäusern mit mehreren Lagerorten und einer großen Anzahl von "
+"Produkten ist es vielleicht einfacher, nach dem gewünschten Lagerort zu "
+"suchen. Klicken Sie dazu auf der Seite :guilabel:`Bestandsaufnahmen` auf "
+":guilabel:`Filter`. Klicken Sie dann auf :guilabel:`Benutzerdefinierten "
+"Filter hinzufügen`, um ein neues Menü auf der rechten Seite zu öffnen. "
+"Klicken Sie auf dieses Menü, um drei Drop-down-Listen zu öffnen."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:87
+msgid ""
+"For the first field, click and select :guilabel:`Location` from the drop-"
+"down. For the second field, leave the :guilabel:`contains` value as is. For "
+"the third field, type in the name of the location that is being searched "
+"for. Click :guilabel:`Apply` for that location to appear on the page."
+msgstr ""
+"Klicken Sie für das erste Feld auf und wählen Sie :guilabel:`Lagerort` aus "
+"der Drop-down-Liste. Für das zweite Feld lassen Sie den Wert "
+":guilabel:`enthält` unverändert. In das dritte Feld geben Sie den Namen des "
+"gesuchten Lagerortes ein. Klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Anwenden`, damit dieser"
+" Ort auf der Seite erscheint."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst-1
+msgid "Applied filters and group by on inventory adjustments page."
+msgstr ""
+"Angewandte Filter und Gruppieren nach auf der Seite Bestandsanpassungen."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:97
+msgid "Change full inventory count frequency"
+msgstr "Häufigkeit der vollständigen Inventarzählung ändern"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:99
+msgid ""
+"While cycle counts are typically performed per location, the scheduled date "
+"for full inventory counts of everything in-stock in the warehouse can also "
+"be manually changed to push the date up sooner than the date listed."
+msgstr ""
+"Während regelmäßigen Zählungen in der Regel pro Lagerort durchgeführt "
+"werden, kann das geplante Datum für vollständige Inventurzählungen aller im "
+"Lager vorrätigen Waren auch manuell geändert werden, um den Termin vor das "
+"angegebene Datum zu verlegen."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:103
+msgid ""
+"To modify the default scheduled date, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app "
+"--> Configuration --> Settings`. Then, in the :guilabel:`Operations` "
+"section, locate the :guilabel:`Annual Inventory Day and Month` setting "
+"field, which includes a drop-down that is set to `31` :guilabel:`December` "
+"by default."
+msgstr ""
+"Um das standardmäßige geplante Datum zu ändern, gehen Sie zur "
+":menuselection:`Lagerapp --> Konfiguration --> Einstellungen`. Suchen Sie "
+"dann im Abschnitt :guilabel:`Vorgänge` die Einstellung :guilabel:`Datum der "
+"jährlichen Inventur`, die ein Drop-down-Menü enthält, das standardmäßig auf "
+"den `31` :guilabel:`Dezember` eingestellt ist."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst-1
+msgid "Frequency field in inventory app settings."
+msgstr "Häufigkeitsfeld in den Einstellungen der Lagerapp."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:112
+msgid ""
+"To change the day, click the `31`, and change it to a day within the range "
+"`1-31`, depending on the desired month of the year."
+msgstr ""
+"Um den Tag zu ändern, klicken Sie auf `31`, und ändern Sie es auf einen Tag "
+"innerhalb des Bereichs `1-31`, je nach dem gewünschten Monat des Jahres."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:118
+msgid ""
+"Once all changes have been made, click :guilabel:`Save` to save all changes."
+msgstr ""
+"Wenn Sie alle Änderungen vorgenommen haben, klicken Sie auf "
+":guilabel:`Speichern`, um alle Änderungen zu speichern."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:121
+msgid ""
+":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products`"
+msgstr ""
+":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products`"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers.rst:5
 msgid "Lots and Serial Numbers"
@@ -16371,6 +16565,330 @@ msgstr ""
 "verwalten, die gefertigte Unterkomponenten erfordern, lesen Sie bitte "
 ":doc:`diese Dokumentation <sub_assemblies>` über Unterbaugruppen."
 
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:3
+msgid "Manufacturing backorders"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"In some cases, the full quantity of a manufacturing order cannot be produced"
+" immediately. When this happens, Odoo *Manufacturing* allows for the "
+"manufacturing of partial quantities of the order and creates a *backorder* "
+"for the remaining amount."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:9
+msgid ""
+"In the *Manufacturing* app, creating a backorder splits the original "
+"manufacturing order into two orders. The reference tag for each order is the"
+" tag used for the original order, followed by a hyphen and then an "
+"additional number to indicate that it's a backorder."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:14
+msgid ""
+"A company creates a manufacturing order with the reference tag "
+"*WH/MO/00175*, for 10 units of *Product X*. After starting work on the "
+"manufacturing order, the employee working the production line realizes there"
+" are only enough components in stock to produce five units of the product."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:18
+msgid ""
+"Instead of waiting for additional stock of the components, they manufacture "
+"five units and create a backorder for the remaining five. This splits the "
+"manufacturing order into two separate orders: *WH/MO/00175-001* and "
+"*WH/MO/00175-002*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:22
+msgid ""
+"Order *001* contains the five units that have been manufactured, and is "
+"immediately marked as :guilabel:`Done`. Order *002* contains the five units "
+"that still need to be manufactured and is marked as :guilabel:`In Progress`."
+" Once the remaining components are available, the employee returns to order "
+"*002* and manufactures the remaining units before closing the order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:28
+msgid "Create a manufacturing backorder"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:30
+msgid ""
+"To create a backorder for part of a manufacturing order, begin by navigating"
+" to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. "
+"Select a manufacturing order with a quantity of two or more or create one by"
+" clicking :guilabel:`Create`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:34
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:86
+msgid ""
+"If a new manufacturing order is created, select a product from the "
+":guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu and enter a quantity of two or more in "
+"the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, then click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm "
+"the order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:38
+msgid ""
+"After manufacturing the quantity that is being produced immediately, enter "
+"that number in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field at the top of the "
+"manufacturing order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1
+msgid "The quantity field on a manufacturing order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:45
+msgid ""
+"Next, click :guilabel:`Validate`, and a :guilabel:`You produced less than "
+"initial demand` pop-up window appears, from which a backorder can be "
+"created. Click :guilabel:`Create Backorder` to split the manufacturing order"
+" into two separate orders, with the reference tags *WH/MO/XXXXX-001* and "
+"*WH/MO/XXXXX-002*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1
+msgid ""
+"The Create Backorder button on the \"You produced less than initial demand\""
+" pop-up window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:54
+msgid ""
+"Order *001* contains the items that have been manufactured, and is closed "
+"immediately. Order *002* is the backorder that contains the items that have "
+"yet to be manufactured, and remains open, to be completed at a later date."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:58
+msgid ""
+"Once the remaining units can be manufactured, navigate to "
+":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and "
+"then select the backorder manufacturing order. If all of the remaining units"
+" are manufactured immediately, simply click :guilabel:`Validate` to close "
+"the order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:63
+msgid ""
+"If only some of the remaining units are manufactured immediately, create "
+"another backorder for the remainder by following the steps detailed in this "
+"section."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:67
+msgid "Create a backorder from tablet view"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:69
+msgid ""
+"Backorders for manufacturing orders can also be created from the work order "
+"tablet view."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:72
+msgid ""
+"In order to use tablet view, the *Work Orders* setting must be enabled. To "
+"enable it, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> "
+"Settings`. On the :guilabel:`Settings` page, enable the checkbox next to "
+":guilabel:`Work Orders`, then click :guilabel:`Save` to save the change. "
+"This makes the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab appear on manufacturing orders, "
+"from which the tablet view can be opened."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:0
+msgid "The Work Orders setting on the Manufacturing settings page."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:82
+msgid ""
+"To create a backorder from the tablet view, begin by navigating to "
+":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. "
+"Select a manufacturing order with a quantity of two or more or create one by"
+" clicking :guilabel:`Create`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:90
+msgid ""
+"After confirming the manufacturing order, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders`"
+" tab and click the :guilabel:`📱 (tablet view)` button located on the line of"
+" the first work order to enter the tablet view."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1
+msgid "The tablet view button for a work order on a manufacturing order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:97
+msgid ""
+"Once in tablet view, enter the quantity being manufactured immediately in "
+"the :guilabel:`Units` field at the top left of the tablet view."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1
+msgid "The Units field in the tablet view."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:104
+msgid ""
+"The steps for the rest of the workflow depend on whether the manufacturing "
+"order being processed requires the completion of a single work order or "
+"multiple work orders."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:108
+msgid "Single work order"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:110
+msgid ""
+"If the manufacturing order only requires the completion of a single work "
+"order, complete the work order, then click :guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close"
+" MO`. The manufacturing order is closed and a backorder for the units that "
+"still need to be manufactured is created automatically."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1
+msgid ""
+"The Mark As Done And Close MO button in the tablet view of a work order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:118
+msgid ""
+"Once the remaining units are ready to be manufactured, navigate to "
+":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, then"
+" select the backorder manufacturing order, which is titled using the "
+"reference tag of the original backorder with *002* added to the end."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:122
+msgid ""
+"On the backorder manufacturing order, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab"
+" and click the :guilabel:`📱 (tablet view)` button located on the line of the"
+" work order to open the tablet view. If all of the units in the backorder "
+"will be completed immediately, simply click :guilabel:`Mark As Done And "
+"Close MO` after completing the work order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:127
+msgid ""
+"If only some of the remaining units will be manufactured immediately, enter "
+"the number in the :guilabel:`Units` field at the top left of the tablet "
+"view, then click :guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close MO` to create another "
+"backorder for the remaining units. The new backorder can be processed using "
+"the steps detailed in this section."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:133
+msgid "Multiple work orders"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:135
+msgid ""
+"If the manufacturing order requires the completion of multiple work orders, "
+"complete the first work order, and then click :guilabel:`Record Production`."
+" This splits the manufacturing order into two separate orders, titled "
+"*WH/MO/XXXXX-001* and *WH/MO/XXXXX-002*, with *XXXXX* being the number of "
+"the original order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1
+msgid "The Record Production button on a work order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:144
+msgid ""
+"The tablet view defaults to showing the first work order for the *002* "
+"manufacturing order. Since this manufacturing order will not be completed "
+"immediately, back out of tablet view by clicking the :guilabel:`⬅️ (back)` "
+"button twice. Doing so will take you to the *001* order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:148
+msgid ""
+"To finish the *001* order, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab and click "
+"the :guilabel:`tablet view` button located on the line of the next work "
+"order. Finally, complete the remaining work orders, then click "
+":guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close MO` to close the manufacturing order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:152
+msgid ""
+"Once the remaining units are ready to be manufactured, navigate to "
+":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, then"
+" select the *002* order. Select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab and click "
+"the :guilabel:`tablet view` button located on the line of the first work "
+"order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:157
+msgid ""
+"If all of the units in the backorder will be completed immediately, simply "
+"click :guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close MO` after completing all of the work"
+" orders."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:160
+msgid ""
+"If only some of the remaining units will be manufactured immediately, enter "
+"the number in the :guilabel:`Units` field at the top left of the tablet "
+"view, then click :guilabel:`Record Production` to create an additional "
+"backorder for the remaining units, with *003* at the end of its reference "
+"tag."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:165
+msgid ""
+"The *002* backorder and *003* backorder can be completed by following the "
+"steps detailed in this section."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:169
+msgid ""
+"It is also possible to create a backorder in the middle of a manufacturing "
+"order, when some but not all of the work orders have already been completed."
+" Doing so marks the completed work order(s) as :guilabel:`Finished` on the "
+"backorder."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:174
+msgid ""
+"A manufacturing order for four chairs requires the completion of two work "
+"orders: *Paint* and *Assemble*. While the paint step can be completed "
+"immediately for all four chairs, there are only enough screws to assemble "
+"two of them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:178
+msgid ""
+"As a result, the employee responsible for producing the chairs begins by "
+"painting all four, and marking the *Paint* work order as "
+":guilabel:`Finished` for all of them. Then, they move on to the *Assemble* "
+"work order. They assemble two of the four chairs, enter that number in the "
+":guilabel:`Units` field of the tablet view, and click :guilabel:`Record "
+"Production`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:183
+msgid ""
+"A backorder manufacturing order is created for the remaining two chairs. On "
+"the backorder, the *Paint* work order is already marked as "
+":guilabel:`Finished`, and only the *Assemble* work order is left to be "
+"completed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:187
+msgid ""
+"Once more screws are available, the manufacturing employee assembles the "
+"remaining chairs and clicks :guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close MO` to "
+"complete the *Assemble* work order and close the backorder manufacturing "
+"order."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:3
 msgid "Managing BoMs for product variants"
 msgstr "Stücklisten für Produktvarianten verwalten"

locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po

@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 15.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-09-11 16:10+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 08:39+0000\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2021-11-02 08:49+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Larissa Manderfeld, 2023\n"
 "Language-Team: German (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n"
@@ -2661,10 +2661,12 @@ msgid "Windows 10 & Linux OS"
 msgstr "Windows 10 & Linux OS"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:62
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:191
 msgid "Generate a self-signed certificate"
 msgstr "Selbstsigniertes Zertifikat generieren"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:64
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:193
 msgid ""
 "Navigate to the ePOS' IP address (e.g., `https://192.168.1.25`) and force "
 "the connection by clicking :guilabel:`Advanced` and :guilabel:`Proceed to "
@@ -2679,10 +2681,12 @@ msgid "warning page about the connection privacy on Google Chrome"
 msgstr "Warnseite über den Verbindungsdatenschutz bei Google Chrome"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:72
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:201
 msgid "Warning page on Google Chrome, Windows 10"
 msgstr "Warnseite auf Google Chrome, Windows 10"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:74
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:203
 msgid ""
 "Then, sign in using your printer credentials to access the ePOS printer "
 "settings. To sign in, enter `epson` in the :guilabel:`ID` field and your "
@@ -2694,6 +2698,7 @@ msgstr ""
 ":guilabel:`Password` ein."
 
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:78
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:207
 msgid ""
 "Click :guilabel:`Certificate List` in the :guilabel:`Authentication` "
 "section, and click :guilabel:`create` to generate a new **Self-Signed "
@@ -2713,6 +2718,7 @@ msgstr ""
 ":guilabel:`Zurücksetzen` oder starten Sie den Drucker manuell neu."
 
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:85
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:214
 msgid ""
 "The self-signed certificate is generated. Reload the page and click "
 ":guilabel:`SSL/TLS` in the :guilabel:`Security` section to ensure "
@@ -2725,10 +2731,12 @@ msgstr ""
 ":guilabel:`Serverzertifikat` korrekt ausgewählt ist."
 
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:89
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:218
 msgid "Export a self-signed certificate"
 msgstr "Ein Selbstsigniertes Zertifikat exportieren"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:91
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:220
 msgid ""
 "The export process is heavily dependent on the :abbr:`OS (Operating System)`"
 " and the browser. Start by accessing your ePOS printer settings on your web "
@@ -2744,10 +2752,12 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:96
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:156
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:225
 msgid "If you are using **Google Chrome**,"
 msgstr "Wenn Sie **Google Chrome** nutzen,"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:98
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:227
 msgid ""
 "click :guilabel:`Not secure` next to the search bar, and "
 ":guilabel:`Certificate is not valid`;"
@@ -2761,12 +2771,14 @@ msgstr ""
 "„Verbindung zum Drucker nicht sicher“-Schaltfläche im Google Chrome Browser."
 
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:104
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:233
 msgid "go to the :guilabel:`Details` tab and click :guilabel:`Export`;"
 msgstr ""
 "Gehen Sie zum Reiter :guilabel:`Details` und klicken Sie auf "
 ":guilabel:`Exportieren`;"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:105
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:234
 msgid ""
 "add `.crt` at the end of the file name to ensure it has the correct "
 "extension;"
@@ -2775,6 +2787,7 @@ msgstr ""
 " Datei die richtige Erweiterung hat;"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:106
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:235
 msgid ""
 "select :guilabel:`Base64-encoded ASCII, single certificate`, at the bottom "
 "of the pop-up window;"
@@ -2784,6 +2797,8 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:108
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:125
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:237
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:254
 msgid "save, and the certificate is exported."
 msgstr "Speichern Sie und das Zertifikat wurd exportiert."
 
@@ -2798,16 +2813,19 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:114
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:168
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:243
 msgid "If you are using **Mozilla Firefox**,"
 msgstr "Wenn Sie **Mozilla Firefox** nutzen,"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:116
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:245
 msgid "click the **lock-shaped** icon on the left of the address bar;"
 msgstr ""
 "klicken Sie auf das **Schloss-Symbol** auf der linken Seite der "
 "Adressleiste;"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:117
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:246
 msgid ""
 "go to :menuselection:`Connection not secure --> More information --> "
 "Security tab --> View certificate`;"
@@ -2821,10 +2839,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "„Verbindung ist nicht sicher“-Schaltfläche im Mozilla-Firefox-Browser."
 
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:123
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:252
 msgid "scroll down to the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` section;"
 msgstr "scrollen Sie nach unten zum Abschnitt :guilabel:`Sonstiges`;"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:124
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:253
 msgid "click :guilabel:`PEM (cert)` in the :guilabel:`Download` section;"
 msgstr ""
 "klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`PEM (cert)` im Abschnitt :guilabel:`Download`;"
@@ -2966,8 +2986,12 @@ msgid "Mac OS"
 msgstr "Mac OS"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:179
-msgid "To secure the connection on a Mac:"
+msgid ""
-msgstr "Um eine Verbindung auf einem Mac sicherzustellen:"
+"On Mac OS, you can secure the connection for all browsers by following these"
+" steps:"
+msgstr ""
+"In Mac OS können Sie die Verbindung für alle Browser sichern, indem Sie die "
+"folgenden Schritte ausführen:"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:181
 msgid ""
@@ -2992,10 +3016,39 @@ msgstr ""
 "können."
 
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:186
+msgid ""
+"To generate and export an SSL certificate and send it to IOS devices, open "
+"**Google Chrome** or **Mozilla Firefox**. Then,"
+msgstr ""
+"Um ein SSL-Zertifikat zu erstellen und zu exportieren und es an IOS-Geräte "
+"zu senden, öffnen Sie **Google Chrome** oder **Mozilla Firefox**. Dann,"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:0
+msgid "Warning page about the connection privacy on Google Chrome"
+msgstr "Warnseite über den Verbindungsdatenschutz bei Google Chrome"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:0
+msgid "Connection to the printer not secure button in Google Chrome"
+msgstr "„Verbindung zum Drucker nicht sicher“-Schaltfläche in Google Chrome"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:240
+msgid ""
+"Make sure that the certificate ends with the extension `.crt`. Otherwise, "
+"some browsers might not find the file during the import process."
+msgstr ""
+"Achten Sie darauf, dass das Zertifikat mit der Erweiterung `.crt` endet. "
+"Andernfalls finden einige Browser die Datei während des Importvorgangs "
+"möglicherweise nicht."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:0
+msgid "Connection is not secure button in Mozilla Firefox"
+msgstr "„Verbindung ist nicht sicher“-Schaltfläche in Mozilla Firefox"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:256
 msgid "Android OS"
 msgstr "Android OS"
 
-#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:188
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:258
 msgid ""
 "To import an SSL certificate into an Android device, first create and export"
 " it from a computer. Next, transfer the `.crt` file to the device using "
@@ -3006,21 +3059,21 @@ msgstr ""
 "die `.crt`-Datei per E-Mail, Bluetooth oder USB auf das Gerät. Sobald sich "
 "die Datei auf dem Gerät befindet,"
 
-#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:192
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:262
 msgid "open the settings and search for `certificate`;"
 msgstr "öffnen Sie die Einstellungen und suchen Sie nach `Zertifikat`;"
 
-#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:193
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:263
 msgid "click :guilabel:`Certificate AC` (Install from device storage);"
 msgstr ""
 "klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Zertifikat AC` (Vom Gerätespeicher installieren);"
 
-#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:194
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:264
 msgid "select the certificate file to install it on the device."
 msgstr ""
 "wählen Sie die Zertifikatsdatei aus, um sie auf dem Gerät zu installieren."
 
-#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:197
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:267
 msgid ""
 "The specific steps for installing a certificate may vary depending on the "
 "version of Android and the device manufacturer."
@@ -3028,7 +3081,92 @@ msgstr ""
 "Die spezifischen Schritte zur Installation eines Zertifikats können je nach "
 "Android-Version und Gerätehersteller variieren."
 
-#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:202
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:270
+msgid "iOS"
+msgstr "iOS"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:272
+msgid ""
+"To import an SSL certificate into an iOS device, first create and export it "
+"from a computer. Then, transfer the `.crt` file to the device using email, "
+"Bluetooth, or any file-sharing service."
+msgstr ""
+"Um ein SSL-Zertifikat in ein iOS-Gerät zu importieren, erstellen und "
+"exportieren Sie es zunächst auf einem Computer. Übertragen Sie dann die "
+"`.crt`-Datei per E-Mail, Bluetooth oder mit einem anderen Dienst zur "
+"Dateifreigabe."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:276
+msgid ""
+"Downloading this file triggers a warning pop-up window. Click "
+":guilabel:`Allow` to download the configuration profile, and close the "
+"second pop-up window. Then,"
+msgstr ""
+"Das Herunterladen dieser Datei löst ein Pop-up-Fenster mit einer Warnung "
+"aus. Klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Zulassen`, um das Konfigurationsprofil "
+"herunterzuladen, und schließen Sie das zweite Pop-up-Fenster. Dann,"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:279
+msgid "go to the **Settings App** on the iOS device;"
+msgstr "zur **Einstellungen-App** auf dem iOS-Gerät;"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:280
+msgid "click :guilabel:`Profile Downloaded` under the user's details box;"
+msgstr ""
+"klicken Sie unter der Infobox des Benurters auf :guilabel:`Profile "
+"Downloaded` (Profil heruntergeladen);"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:281
+msgid "locate the downloaded `.crt` file and select it;"
+msgstr "suchen Sie die `.crt`-Datei und wählen Sie sie aus;"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:282
+msgid "click :guilabel:`Install` on the top right of the screen;"
+msgstr ""
+"klicken Sie oben rechts im Bildschirm auf :guilabel:`Install` "
+"(Installieren);"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:283
+msgid "if a passcode is set on the device, enter the passcode;"
+msgstr ""
+"geben Sie das Kennwort ein, wenn auf dem Gerät ein Kennwort eingestellt ist;"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:284
+msgid ""
+"click :guilabel:`Install` on the top right of the certificate warning screen"
+" and the pop-up window;"
+msgstr ""
+"klicken Sie oben rechts auf dem Warnbildschirm des Zertifikats und dem Pop-"
+"up-Fenster auf :guilabel:`Install` (Installieren);"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:286
+msgid "click :guilabel:`Done`."
+msgstr "klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Done` (Erledigt)."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:290
+msgid ""
+"The certificate is installed, but it still needs to be authenticated. To do "
+"so,"
+msgstr ""
+"Das Zertifikat ist installiert, muss aber noch authentifiziert werden. Dazu"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:292
+msgid ""
+"go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General --> About > Certificate Trust "
+"Settings`;"
+msgstr ""
+"gehen Sie zu :menuselection:`Einstellungen --> Allgemein --> Über--> "
+"Einstellungen zu Zertifikatsvertrauenswürdigkeit`"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:293
+msgid "enable the installed certificate using the **slide button**;"
+msgstr "aktivieren Sie das installierte Zertifikat mit dem **Schieberegler**;"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:294
+msgid "click :guilabel:`Continue` on the pop-up window."
+msgstr "klicken Sie im Pop-up-Fenster auf :guilabel:`Fortfahren`."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:297
 msgid ""
 "If you need to export SSL certificates from an operating system or web "
 "browser that has not been mentioned, search for `export SSL certificate` + "
@@ -3040,7 +3178,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "nach `SSL-Zertifikat exportieren` + `Name Ihres Browsers oder "
 "Betriebssystems`."
 
-#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:205
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:300
 msgid ""
 "Similarly, to import SSL certificates from an unmentioned OS or browser, "
 "search for `import SSL certificate root authority` + `the name of your "
@@ -3051,11 +3189,11 @@ msgstr ""
 "Zertifikat-Stammbehörde importieren` + `Name Ihres Browsers oder "
 "Betriebssystems`."
 
-#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:210
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:305
 msgid "Check if the certificate was imported correctly"
 msgstr "Prüfen, ob das Zertifikat korrekt importiert wurde"
 
-#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:212
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:307
 msgid ""
 "To confirm your printer's connection is secure, connect to its IP address "
 "using HTTPS. For example, navigate to `https://192.168.1.25` in your "
@@ -6335,12 +6473,13 @@ msgid ""
 "For :doc:`TaxCloud <../../../finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud>` users: "
 "invoices created from Amazon sales orders are **not** synchronized with "
 "TaxCloud, since Amazon already includes them in its own tax report to "
-"TaxCloud."
+"TaxCloud. (decommissioning TaxCloud integration in Odoo 17+)"
 msgstr ""
 "Für :doc:`TaxCloud <../../../finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud>`-Benutzer: "
 "Rechnungen, die aus Amazon-Bestellungen erstellt wurden, werden **nicht** "
 "mit TaxCloud synchronisiert, da Amazon sie bereits in seinen eigenen "
-"Steuerbericht an TaxCloud einbezieht."
+"Steuerbericht an TaxCloud einbezieht. (Entfernung der TaxCloud-Integration "
+"in Odoo 17+)"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:97
 msgid "Register payments"

locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po

@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 15.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-09-11 16:10+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 08:39+0000\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-03-18 15:03+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Larissa Manderfeld, 2023\n"
 "Language-Team: German (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n"
@@ -198,41 +198,51 @@ msgid "Manage my products"
 msgstr "Meine Produkte verwalten"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:3
-msgid "How to display several images per product"
+msgid "Multiple images per product"
-msgstr "So zeigen Sie mehrere Bilder pro Produkt an"
+msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"By default your product web page displays the main image of your product "
+"When you register several images for a product, only the first image is "
-"only. If you like to show your products under several angles, you can turn "
+"shown on the main products page. By clicking on the product, visitors can "
-"the image into a carrousel."
+"see additional images with the carousel view."
 msgstr ""
-"Standardmäßig zeigt Ihre Produktwebseite nur das Hauptbild Ihres Produkts. "
-"Wenn Sie Ihre Produkte aus verschiedenen Blickwinkeln zeigen möchten, können"
-" Sie das Bild in ein Karussell verwandeln."
 
-#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:11
+#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst-1
+msgid "Showing the carousel view."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:12
+msgid "Adding multiple images to a product"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:14
+msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Products`, and select a product."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:15
 msgid ""
-"Check *Several images per product* in :menuselection:`Website Admin --> "
+"Go to the :guilabel:`Sales` tab, click :guilabel:`Edit`, and :guilabel:`Add "
-"Configuration --> Settings`."
+"a media`."
 msgstr ""
-"Markieren Sie *Mehrere Bilder pro Produkt* in :menuselection:`Website Admin "
-"--> Konfiguration --> Einstellungen`."
 
-#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:13
+#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:16
 msgid ""
-"Open a product detail form and upload images from *Images* tab. Hit *Create*"
+"Click the pencil icon to add an image, then click :guilabel:`Save & New` to "
-" in Edit mode to get the upload wizard."
+"add additional ones."
 msgstr ""
-"Öffnen Sie ein Produktdetailformular und laden Sie Bilder auf der "
-"Registerkarte *Bilder* hoch. Klicken Sie im Bearbeitungsmodus auf "
-"*Erstellen*, um den Upload-Assistenten aufzurufen."
 
-#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:19
+#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:17
-msgid "Such extra image are common to all the product variants (if any)."
+msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save & Close` when you are done."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst-1
+msgid "Creating extra product media."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:23
+msgid "Such extra images are common to all the product variants (if any)."
 msgstr ""
-"Solche zusätzlichen Bilder werden vor allem für Produktvarianten verwendet, "
-"sofern es welche gibt."
 
 #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:3
 msgid "Product variants"

locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po

@@ -20,9 +20,9 @@
 # Pedro M. Baeza <pedro.baeza@tecnativa.com>, 2023
 # Wil Odoo, 2023
 # Martin Trigaux, 2023
-# Iran Villalobos López, 2023
-# Fernanda Alvarez, 2023
 # Lucia Pacheco, 2023
+# Fernanda Alvarez, 2023
+# Iran Villalobos López, 2023
 # Patricia Gutiérrez Capetillo <pagc@odoo.com>, 2023
 # 
 #, fuzzy
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 15.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-09-11 16:10+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 08:39+0000\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2021-11-02 08:48+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Patricia Gutiérrez Capetillo <pagc@odoo.com>, 2023\n"
 "Language-Team: Spanish (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n"
@@ -666,7 +666,6 @@ msgstr ":guilabel:`Lote` en la ventana emergente de operaciones detalladas"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:88
 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:14
-#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:14
 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:16
 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:51
 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:16
@@ -2430,6 +2429,7 @@ msgstr ""
 " que quiera."
 
 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:194
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:115
 msgid ""
 "Then, to change the month, click :guilabel:`December` to reveal the drop-"
 "down menu, and select the desired month."
@@ -2554,81 +2554,276 @@ msgstr "Conteo por ciclos"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"In most companies, the stock is only counted once a year. That's why by "
+"For most companies, warehouse stock only needs to be counted once a year. "
-"default, after making an inventory adjustment in Odoo, the scheduled date "
+"This is why, by default, after making an *inventory adjustment* in Odoo, the"
-"for the next count is set on the 31st of December. However, for some "
+" scheduled date for the next inventory count is set for the 31st of December"
-"businesses it's crucial to have an accurate inventory count at all times."
+" of the current year."
 msgstr ""
-"En la mayoría de las empresas, el inventario se cuenta una vez al año. Por "
+"Para la mayoría de las empresas solo es necesario recontar el inventario una"
-"eso la siguiente fecha de conteo que se configura de manera automática "
+" vez al año. es por eso que, por defecto, después de hacer un *ajuste de "
-"después de realizar un ajuste de inventario es el 31 de diciembre. Sin "
+"inventario* en Odoo, la fecha del próximo recuento de inventario se "
-"embargo, para algunas empresas es muy importante tener un conteo de "
+"programará para el 31 de diciembre del año en curso. "
-"inventario correcto en todo momento."
 
-#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:10
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:9
 msgid ""
-"The goal of cycle counts is to keep critical stock levels accurate by "
+"However, for some businesses, it's crucial to have an accurate inventory "
-"counting more often at key locations."
+"count at all times. These companies use *cycle counts* to keep critical "
+"stock levels accurate. Cycle counting is a method by which companies count "
+"their inventory more often in certain *locations*, to ensure that their "
+"physical inventory counts match their inventory records."
 msgstr ""
-"La meta de hacer conteo por ciclos es asegurarnos de que los niveles de "
+"Sin embargo, para algunas empresas es esencial contar con un conteo de "
-"inventario importantes se mantienen correctos en ubicaciones importantes-"
+"inventario correcto en todo momento. Estas empresas usan *recuentos "
+"cíclicos* para mantener los niveles de inventario importantes actualizados. "
+"El recuento cíclico es un método que las empresas usan para contar su "
+"inventario más seguido en algunas *ubicaciones* para asegurarse de que el "
+"inventario físico va con los registros de su inventario. "
 
-#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:16
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:15
+msgid "Activate storage locations"
+msgstr "Activar ubicaciones de inventario"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:17
 msgid ""
-"In Odoo, cycle counts are location-based. The frequency of the counts is "
+"In Odoo, cycle counts are location-based. Therefore, the *storage locations*"
-"defined by the storage location. To activate storage locations, go to "
+" feature needs to be enabled before performing a cycle count."
-":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> Warehouse` and "
-"activate the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` setting. Next, click "
-":guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting."
 msgstr ""
-"En Odoo, los conteos por ciclo dependen de las ubicaciones; usted define la "
+"En Odoo, los recuentos cíclicos se realizan según la ubicación. Por eso "
-"frecuencia de las cuentas según la ubicación del almacén. Para activar las "
+"necesita activar la función *ubicaciones de inventario* antes de realizar un"
-"ubicaciones de almacenes vaya a :menuselection:`Inventario --> Configuración"
+" recuento cíclico. "
-" --> Ajustes --> Almacén` y active la opción :guilabel:`Opciones de "
+
-"almacenamiento`. Después, haga clic en  :guilabel:`Guardar` para aplicar los"
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:20
-" ajustes."
+msgid ""
+"To enable this feature, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
+"Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` "
+"section. Then, click the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Storage Locations`. "
+"Click :guilabel:`Save` to save all changes."
+msgstr ""
+"Para activar esta función, vaya a :menuselection:`la aplicación Inventario "
+"--> Configuración --> Ajustes` y baje a la sección :guilabel:`Almacén`. Haga"
+" clic en la casilla de verificación junto a :guilabel:`Ubicaciones de "
+"almacenamiento` y guarde los cambios. "
 
 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst-1
-msgid "Enable Storage Locations in Odoo settings."
+msgid "Enabled storage locations setting in inventory settings."
-msgstr "Activar las ubicaciones de inventario en los ajustes de Odoo."
-
-#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:26
-msgid "Change the inventory frequency"
-msgstr "Cambie la frecuencia de inventario"
-
-#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:28
-msgid ""
-"To change a location's inventory frequency, first, go to the locations by "
-"clicking :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`."
 msgstr ""
-"Para cambiar la frecuencia de inventario de una ubicación, primero vaya a "
+"Imagen donde se muestra la función ubicaciones de almacenamiento activada en"
-"las ubicaciones :menuselection:`Inventario --> Configuración --> "
+" los ajustes de inventario. "
-"Ubicaciones`."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:29
+msgid "Change inventory count frequency by location"
+msgstr "Cambiar la frecuencia del recuento de inventario por ubicación"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:31
 msgid ""
-"Then, click on a location to open the location settings. Next, click on "
+"Now that the storage locations setting is enabled, the inventory count "
-":guilabel:`Edit`. In the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` field, set "
+"frequency can be changed for specific locations created in the warehouse."
-"the number of days. For example, a location that needs an inventory count "
-"every 30 days would set the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` value to "
-"`30`. Once the value is entered, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting"
-" to the location. Now, once an inventory adjustment is applied to this "
-"location, the next scheduled count date will be automatically set based on "
-"the number of days in the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` setting."
 msgstr ""
-"Después, haga clic en una ubicación para abrir los ajustes de la ubicación y"
+"Ya que activó la función ubicaciones de almacenamiento, puede cambiar la "
-" haga clic en :guilabel:`Editar`. En el campo de :guilabel:`Frecuencia de "
+"frecuencia del recuento de inventario dependiendo de las ubicaciones "
-"inventario (días)` configure el número de días. Por ejemplo, una ubicación "
+"específicas que se crear en un almacén. "
-"en la que se necesita contar el inventario cada 30 días, configurará el "
+
-"valor de :guilabel:`Frecuencia de inventario (días)` a `30`. Una vez que "
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:34
-"ingresó el valor, haga clic en :guilabel:`Guardar` para aplicar el ajuste en"
+msgid ""
-" la ubicación. Ya que se aplicó el ajuste de inventario en esta ubicación, "
+"To view and edit locations, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
-"la siguiente fecha de conteo se programará según el número de días que se "
+"Configuration --> Locations`. This reveals a :guilabel:`Locations` page "
-"ingresó en el ajuste :guilabel:`Frecuencia de inventario (días)`."
+"containing every location currently created and listed in the warehouse."
+msgstr ""
+"Para ver y editar ubicaciones, vaya a :menuselection:`la aplicación "
+"Inventario --> Configuración --> ubicaciones`. Esto le mostrará la página de"
+" :guilabel:`Ubicaciones` donde están todas las ubicaciones que se crearon y "
+"se enlistaron dentro del almacén. "
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:38
+msgid ""
+"From this page, click into a location to reveal the settings and "
+"configuration page for that location. Click :guilabel:`Edit` to edit the "
+"location settings."
+msgstr ""
+"Desde esta página, haga clic en una ubicación para mostrar la página de "
+"ajustes e esa ubicación en específico. Haga clic en :guilabel:`Editar` para "
+"editar los ajustes de la ubicación. "
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:41
+msgid ""
+"Under the :guilabel:`Cyclic Inventory` section, locate the "
+":guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` field, which should be set to `0` (if"
+" this location has not been edited previously). In this field, change the "
+"value to whichever number of days is desired."
+msgstr ""
+"En la sección :guilabel:`Conteo cíclico` ubique el campo "
+":guilabel:`Frecuencia de inventario (días)`, que debería estar configurado a"
+" `0` (si no se ha editado la ubicación antes). En este campo cambie el valor"
+" a cualquier número de días que quiera."
 
 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst-1
-msgid "Edit a location to change the inventory frequency."
+msgid "Location frequency setting on location."
-msgstr "Edite una ubicación para cambiar la frecuencia de inventario."
+msgstr "Ajuste de frecuencia en la ubicación."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:50
+msgid ""
+"A location that needs an inventory count every 30 days should have the "
+":guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` value set to `30`."
+msgstr ""
+"Una ubicación que necesita un recuento de inventario cada 30 días debe tener"
+" el valor de :guilabel:`Frecuencia de inventario (días)` en 30. "
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:53
+msgid ""
+"Once the frequency has been changed to the desired number of days, click "
+":guilabel:`Save` to save changes. Now, once an inventory adjustment is "
+"applied to this location, the next scheduled count date is automatically "
+"set, based on the value entered into the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency "
+"(Days)` field."
+msgstr ""
+"Ya que se cambió la frecuencia al número de días deseados, haga clic en "
+":guilabel:`Guardar` para guardar los cambios. Ahora, cuando se aplique un "
+"ajuste de inventario en esta ubicación, la siguiente fecha de recuento "
+"programada se configurará en automático, según el valor que se ingresó en el"
+" campo :guilabel:`Frecuencia de inventario (días)`. "
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:59
+msgid "Count inventory by location"
+msgstr "Recuento de inventario por ubicación"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:61
+msgid ""
+"To perform a cycle count for a specific location in the warehouse, navigate "
+"to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Inventory Adjustments`. "
+"This reveals an :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` page containing all "
+"products currently in stock, with each product listed on its own line."
+msgstr ""
+"Para realizar un recuento cíclico en una ubicación en específico dentro de "
+"un almacén, vaya a :menuselection:`la aplicación de Inventario --> "
+"Operaciones --> Ajustes de inventario`. Se le redirigirá a una página de "
+":guilabel:`ajustes de inventario` que contenga todos los productos que están"
+" en existencias actualmente, con cada producto enlistado en cada línea. "
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:66
+msgid ""
+"From this page, the :guilabel:`Filters` and :guilabel:`Group By` buttons (at"
+" the top of the page, under the :guilabel:`Search...` bar), can be used to "
+"select specific locations and perform inventory counts."
+msgstr ""
+"Desde esta página puede usar los botones :guilabel:`Filtros` y "
+":guilabel:`Agrupar por` (que se encuentran en la parte superior de la "
+"página, debajo de la barra :guilabel:`Buscar...`) para seleccionar "
+"ubicaciones específicas y realizar recuentos de inventario. "
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst-1
+msgid "Inventory adjustments page."
+msgstr "Página de ajustes de inventario. "
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:74
+msgid ""
+"To select a specific location and view all products within that location, "
+"click :guilabel:`Group By`, then click :guilabel:`Add Custom Group` to "
+"reveal a new drop-down menu to the right."
+msgstr ""
+"Para seleccionar una ubicación específica y ver todos los productos dentro "
+"de esa ubicación, haga clic en :guilabel:`Agrupar por` y luego en "
+":guilabel:`Agregar un grupo específico` para mostrar un nuevo menú "
+"desplegable a la derecha. "
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:77
+msgid ""
+"Click :guilabel:`Location` from the drop-down menu, then click "
+":guilabel:`Apply`. The page now displays condensed drop-down menus of each "
+"location in the warehouse that has products in stock, and a cycle count can "
+"be performed for all products in that location."
+msgstr ""
+"Haga clic en :guilabel:`Ubicación` en el menú desplegable y después en "
+":guilabel:`Aplicar`. Ahora podrá ver menús desplegables condensados para "
+"cada ubicación en el almacén que tenga productos en existencia. Podrá "
+"realizar el recuento cíclico para todos los productos de esa ubicación. "
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:82
+msgid ""
+"In large warehouses with multiple locations and a high volume of products, "
+"it might be easier to search for the specific location desired. To do this, "
+"from the :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` page, click :guilabel:`Filters`. "
+"Then, click :guilabel:`Add Custom Filter` to reveal a new menu to the right."
+" Click this menu to reveal three drop-downs."
+msgstr ""
+"En almacenes grandes que tengan varias ubicaciones y un gran número de "
+"productos, es probable que sea más fácil buscar la ubicación específica que "
+"quiere. Para hacer esto, desde la página :guilabel:`Ajustes de inventario` "
+"haga clic en :guilabel:`Filtros`. Haga clic en :guilabel:`Agregar filtro "
+"personalizado` para mostrar un nuevo menú en la parte derecha. Si hace clic "
+"en este menú, se mostrarán tres menús desplegables. "
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:87
+msgid ""
+"For the first field, click and select :guilabel:`Location` from the drop-"
+"down. For the second field, leave the :guilabel:`contains` value as is. For "
+"the third field, type in the name of the location that is being searched "
+"for. Click :guilabel:`Apply` for that location to appear on the page."
+msgstr ""
+"Para el primer campo, haga clic y seleccione :guilabel:`Ubicación` en el "
+"menú desplegable. Para el segundo campo, deje el valor :guilabel:`contiene` "
+"tal cual está. Para el tercer campo, escriba el nombre de la ubicación que "
+"está buscando. Haga clic en :guilabel:`Aplicar` para que esa ubicación "
+"aparezca en la página. "
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst-1
+msgid "Applied filters and group by on inventory adjustments page."
+msgstr ""
+"Imagen en la que se muestran los filtros aplicados así como la opción "
+"agrupar por en la página de ajustes. "
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:97
+msgid "Change full inventory count frequency"
+msgstr "Cambiar la frecuencia de los recuentos de todo el inventario"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:99
+msgid ""
+"While cycle counts are typically performed per location, the scheduled date "
+"for full inventory counts of everything in-stock in the warehouse can also "
+"be manually changed to push the date up sooner than the date listed."
+msgstr ""
+"Usualmente los recuentos cíclicos se realizan por ubicación, pero la fecha "
+"programada para hacer un recuento de todo el inventario dentro de un almacén"
+" también se puede cambiar de manera manual para que la fecha sea antes de la"
+" que se muestra. "
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:103
+msgid ""
+"To modify the default scheduled date, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app "
+"--> Configuration --> Settings`. Then, in the :guilabel:`Operations` "
+"section, locate the :guilabel:`Annual Inventory Day and Month` setting "
+"field, which includes a drop-down that is set to `31` :guilabel:`December` "
+"by default."
+msgstr ""
+"Para modificar la fecha planeada predeterminada vaya a :menuselection:`la "
+"aplicación Inventario --> Configuración --> Ajustes`. Después, en la sección"
+" :guilabel:`Operaciones`, encuentre el campo :guilabel:`Día y mes del "
+"inventario anual`, el cual incluye un menú desplegable que está configurado "
+"al `31` de :guilabel:`diciembre` por defecto. "
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst-1
+msgid "Frequency field in inventory app settings."
+msgstr ""
+"Imagen que muestra el campo frecuencia en los ajustes de la aplicación "
+"Inventario. "
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:112
+msgid ""
+"To change the day, click the `31`, and change it to a day within the range "
+"`1-31`, depending on the desired month of the year."
+msgstr ""
+"Para cambiar el día, haga clic en el `31` y cámbielo a un día que entre en "
+"el rango `1-31`, según el mes del año que desea. "
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:118
+msgid ""
+"Once all changes have been made, click :guilabel:`Save` to save all changes."
+msgstr "Ya que realizó todos los cambios, guárdelos. "
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:121
+msgid ""
+":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products`"
+msgstr ""
+":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products`"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers.rst:5
 msgid "Lots and Serial Numbers"
@@ -16330,6 +16525,485 @@ msgstr ""
 "requieren subcomponentes fabricados, consulte la :doc:`siguiente "
 "documentación <sub_assemblies>` sobre subensamblajes."
 
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:3
+msgid "Manufacturing backorders"
+msgstr "Fabricar órdenes parciales"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"In some cases, the full quantity of a manufacturing order cannot be produced"
+" immediately. When this happens, Odoo *Manufacturing* allows for the "
+"manufacturing of partial quantities of the order and creates a *backorder* "
+"for the remaining amount."
+msgstr ""
+"En algunos casos, no es posible producir la cantidad total de una orden de "
+"fabricación de forma inmediata. Cuando esto ocurre, la aplicación "
+"*Fabricación* de Odoo permite fabricar una parte del pedido y crea una "
+"*orden parcial* para la cantidad restante."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:9
+msgid ""
+"In the *Manufacturing* app, creating a backorder splits the original "
+"manufacturing order into two orders. The reference tag for each order is the"
+" tag used for the original order, followed by a hyphen and then an "
+"additional number to indicate that it's a backorder."
+msgstr ""
+"Cuando crea una orden parcial en la aplicación *Fabricación*, la orden de "
+"fabricación original se divide en dos. La etiqueta de referencia para cada "
+"orden es la que se utiliza en la orden original, seguida de un guion y un "
+"número adicional para indicar que se trata de una orden parcial."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:14
+msgid ""
+"A company creates a manufacturing order with the reference tag "
+"*WH/MO/00175*, for 10 units of *Product X*. After starting work on the "
+"manufacturing order, the employee working the production line realizes there"
+" are only enough components in stock to produce five units of the product."
+msgstr ""
+"Una empresa crea una orden de fabricación con la etiqueta de referencia "
+"*WH/MO/00175* para 10 unidades del *producto X*. Después de comenzar a "
+"trabajar en la orden de fabricación, el empleado que trabaja en la línea de "
+"producción se da cuenta de que solo hay suficientes componentes en sus "
+"existencias para producir cinco unidades del producto."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:18
+msgid ""
+"Instead of waiting for additional stock of the components, they manufacture "
+"five units and create a backorder for the remaining five. This splits the "
+"manufacturing order into two separate orders: *WH/MO/00175-001* and "
+"*WH/MO/00175-002*."
+msgstr ""
+"En lugar de esperar las existencias adicionales de los componentes, fabrica "
+"cinco unidades y crea una orden parcial para los cinco productos restantes. "
+"Esto divide la orden de fabricación en dos órdenes separadas, "
+"*WH/MO/00175-001* y *WH/MO/00175-002*."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:22
+msgid ""
+"Order *001* contains the five units that have been manufactured, and is "
+"immediately marked as :guilabel:`Done`. Order *002* contains the five units "
+"that still need to be manufactured and is marked as :guilabel:`In Progress`."
+" Once the remaining components are available, the employee returns to order "
+"*002* and manufactures the remaining units before closing the order."
+msgstr ""
+"La orden *001* incluye las cinco unidades fabricadas y se marca "
+"inmediatamente como :guilabel:`Hecha`. La orden *002* incluye las cinco "
+"unidades que todavía deben fabricarse y está marcada como :guilabel:`En "
+"progreso`. Una vez que los componentes restantes están disponibles, el "
+"empleado vuelve a la orden *002* y fabrica las unidades restantes antes de "
+"cerrar la orden."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:28
+msgid "Create a manufacturing backorder"
+msgstr "Crear una orden parcial de fabricación"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:30
+msgid ""
+"To create a backorder for part of a manufacturing order, begin by navigating"
+" to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. "
+"Select a manufacturing order with a quantity of two or more or create one by"
+" clicking :guilabel:`Create`."
+msgstr ""
+"Para crear una orden parcial para una parte de una orden de fabricación, "
+"vaya a :menuselection:`Fabricación --> Operaciones --> Ordenes de "
+"fabricación`. Seleccione una orden de fabricación con una cantidad de dos o "
+"más o haga clic en :guilabel:`Nuevo` para crear una."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:34
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:86
+msgid ""
+"If a new manufacturing order is created, select a product from the "
+":guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu and enter a quantity of two or more in "
+"the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, then click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm "
+"the order."
+msgstr ""
+"Si está creando una nueva orden de fabricación, seleccione un "
+":guilabel:`producto` en el menú desplegable e ingrese una "
+":guilabel:`cantidad` de dos o más en el campo correspondiente. Por último, "
+":guilabel:`confirme` la orden."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:38
+msgid ""
+"After manufacturing the quantity that is being produced immediately, enter "
+"that number in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field at the top of the "
+"manufacturing order."
+msgstr ""
+"Después de fabricar la cantidad que se está produciendo de forma inmediata, "
+"ingrese ese número en el campo :guilabel:`cantidad` en la parte superior de "
+"la orden de fabricación."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1
+msgid "The quantity field on a manufacturing order."
+msgstr "El campo de cantidad en una orden de fabricación."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:45
+msgid ""
+"Next, click :guilabel:`Validate`, and a :guilabel:`You produced less than "
+"initial demand` pop-up window appears, from which a backorder can be "
+"created. Click :guilabel:`Create Backorder` to split the manufacturing order"
+" into two separate orders, with the reference tags *WH/MO/XXXXX-001* and "
+"*WH/MO/XXXXX-002*."
+msgstr ""
+"Después, haga clic en :guilabel:`Validar` y aparecerá una ventana emergente "
+"con el mensaje :guilabel:`Produjo menos que la demanda inicial`, desde allí "
+"puede crear una orden parcial. Haga clic en :guilabel:`Crear orden parcial` "
+"para dividir la orden de fabricación en dos órdenes separadas con las "
+"etiquetas de referencia *WH/MO/XXXXX-001* y *WH/MO/XXXXX-002*."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1
+msgid ""
+"The Create Backorder button on the \"You produced less than initial demand\""
+" pop-up window."
+msgstr ""
+"El botón Crear orden parcial en la ventana emergente \"Produjo menos que la "
+"demanda inicial\"."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:54
+msgid ""
+"Order *001* contains the items that have been manufactured, and is closed "
+"immediately. Order *002* is the backorder that contains the items that have "
+"yet to be manufactured, and remains open, to be completed at a later date."
+msgstr ""
+"La orden *001* incluye los artículos que se fabricaron y se cierra de "
+"inmediato, mientras que la orden *002* es la orden parcial que incluye los "
+"artículos que aún no se han fabricado, además permanece abierta que pueda "
+"completarse después."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:58
+msgid ""
+"Once the remaining units can be manufactured, navigate to "
+":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and "
+"then select the backorder manufacturing order. If all of the remaining units"
+" are manufactured immediately, simply click :guilabel:`Validate` to close "
+"the order."
+msgstr ""
+"Una vez que pueda fabricar las unidades restantes, aya a "
+":menuselection:`Fabricación --> Operaciones --> Órdenes de fabricación` y "
+"seleccione la orden parcial de fabricación. Si todas las unidades restantes "
+"se fabrican de inmediato, solo haga clic en :guilabel:`Validar` para cerrar "
+"la orden."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:63
+msgid ""
+"If only some of the remaining units are manufactured immediately, create "
+"another backorder for the remainder by following the steps detailed in this "
+"section."
+msgstr ""
+"Si solo algunas de las unidades restantes se fabrican en ese momento, cree "
+"otra orden parcial para las otras. Debe seguir los pasos detallados en esta "
+"sección."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:67
+msgid "Create a backorder from tablet view"
+msgstr "Crear una orden parcial desde la vista de tableta"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:69
+msgid ""
+"Backorders for manufacturing orders can also be created from the work order "
+"tablet view."
+msgstr ""
+"También puede crear ordenes parciales de fabricación desde la vista de "
+"tableta de la orden de trabajo."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:72
+msgid ""
+"In order to use tablet view, the *Work Orders* setting must be enabled. To "
+"enable it, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> "
+"Settings`. On the :guilabel:`Settings` page, enable the checkbox next to "
+":guilabel:`Work Orders`, then click :guilabel:`Save` to save the change. "
+"This makes the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab appear on manufacturing orders, "
+"from which the tablet view can be opened."
+msgstr ""
+"Para utilizar la vista de tableta, el ajuste *Órdenes de trabajo* debe estar"
+" habilitado. Vaya a :menuselection:`Fabricación --> Configuración --> "
+"Ajustes` y allí seleccione la casilla junto a :guilabel:`Órdenes de "
+"trabajo`, luego :guilabel:`guarde` los cambios. Esto hace que la pestaña "
+":guilabel:`Órdenes de trabajo` aparezca en las órdenes de fabricación, desde"
+" la cual se puede abrir la vista de tableta."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:0
+msgid "The Work Orders setting on the Manufacturing settings page."
+msgstr ""
+"El ajuste \"Órdenes de trabajo\" en la página de configuración de "
+"Fabricación."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:82
+msgid ""
+"To create a backorder from the tablet view, begin by navigating to "
+":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. "
+"Select a manufacturing order with a quantity of two or more or create one by"
+" clicking :guilabel:`Create`."
+msgstr ""
+"Para crear una orden parcial desde la vista de tableta, vaya a "
+":menuselection:`Fabricación --> Operaciones --> Órdenes de fabricación`. "
+"Seleccione una orden de fabricación con una cantidad de dos o más o haga "
+"clic en :guilabel:`Nuevo` para crear una."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:90
+msgid ""
+"After confirming the manufacturing order, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders`"
+" tab and click the :guilabel:`📱 (tablet view)` button located on the line of"
+" the first work order to enter the tablet view."
+msgstr ""
+"Después de confirmar la orden de fabricación, seleccione la pestaña "
+":guilabel:`Órdenes de trabajo` y haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`📱 (vista "
+"de tableta)` ubicado en la línea de la primera orden de trabajo para acceder"
+" a la vista de tableta."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1
+msgid "The tablet view button for a work order on a manufacturing order."
+msgstr ""
+"El botón de vista de tableta para una orden de trabajo en una orden de "
+"fabricación."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:97
+msgid ""
+"Once in tablet view, enter the quantity being manufactured immediately in "
+"the :guilabel:`Units` field at the top left of the tablet view."
+msgstr ""
+"Una vez que se encuentre en la vista de la tableta, ingrese la cantidad a "
+"fabricar de forma inmediata en el campo :guilabel:`Unidades` que se ubica en"
+" la parte superior izquierda."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1
+msgid "The Units field in the tablet view."
+msgstr "El campo Unidades en la vista de tableta."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:104
+msgid ""
+"The steps for the rest of the workflow depend on whether the manufacturing "
+"order being processed requires the completion of a single work order or "
+"multiple work orders."
+msgstr ""
+"Los pasos para el resto del flujo de trabajo dependen de si la orden de "
+"fabricación que se procesa requiere que termine una sola orden de trabajo o "
+"varias."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:108
+msgid "Single work order"
+msgstr "Una sola orden de trabajo"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:110
+msgid ""
+"If the manufacturing order only requires the completion of a single work "
+"order, complete the work order, then click :guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close"
+" MO`. The manufacturing order is closed and a backorder for the units that "
+"still need to be manufactured is created automatically."
+msgstr ""
+"Si la orden de fabricación requiere que termine una sola orden de trabajo, "
+"complétela y luego haga clic en :guilabel:`Marcar como hecho y cerrar orden "
+"de fabricación`. La orden de fabricación se cierra y de forma automática se "
+"crea una orden parcial para las unidades que restan por fabricar."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1
+msgid ""
+"The Mark As Done And Close MO button in the tablet view of a work order."
+msgstr ""
+"El botón \"Marcar como hecho y cerrar orden de fabricación\" en la vista de "
+"tableta de una orden de trabajo."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:118
+msgid ""
+"Once the remaining units are ready to be manufactured, navigate to "
+":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, then"
+" select the backorder manufacturing order, which is titled using the "
+"reference tag of the original backorder with *002* added to the end."
+msgstr ""
+"Una vez que pueda fabricar las unidades restantes, vaya a "
+":menuselection:`Fabricación --> Operaciones --> Órdenes de fabricación` y "
+"seleccione la orden de fabricación parcial. Su nombre incluye la etiqueta de"
+" referencia de la orden parcial original con *002* al final."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:122
+msgid ""
+"On the backorder manufacturing order, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab"
+" and click the :guilabel:`📱 (tablet view)` button located on the line of the"
+" work order to open the tablet view. If all of the units in the backorder "
+"will be completed immediately, simply click :guilabel:`Mark As Done And "
+"Close MO` after completing the work order."
+msgstr ""
+"En la orden de fabricación parcial, seleccione la pestaña  "
+":guilabel:`Órdenes de trabajo` y haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`📱 (vista "
+"de tableta)` que está ubicado en la línea de la orden de trabajo. Si todas "
+"la unidades de la orden parcial se van a completar inmediatamente, solo haga"
+" clic en :guilabel:`Marcar como completado y cerrar orden de fabricación` "
+"después de completar la orden de fabricación.      "
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:127
+msgid ""
+"If only some of the remaining units will be manufactured immediately, enter "
+"the number in the :guilabel:`Units` field at the top left of the tablet "
+"view, then click :guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close MO` to create another "
+"backorder for the remaining units. The new backorder can be processed using "
+"the steps detailed in this section."
+msgstr ""
+"Si solo alguna de las unidades se fabricarán de manera inmediata, escriba el"
+" número en el campo :guilabel:`Unidades` del lado superior izquierdo en la "
+"vista de tableta y luego haga clic en :guilabel:`Marcar como completado y "
+"cerrar la orden de fabricación` para crear otra orden parcial para las "
+"unidades restantes. La nueva orden parcial se puede procesar con las "
+"instrucciones dadas en esta sección.    "
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:133
+msgid "Multiple work orders"
+msgstr "Varias órdenes de trabajo"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:135
+msgid ""
+"If the manufacturing order requires the completion of multiple work orders, "
+"complete the first work order, and then click :guilabel:`Record Production`."
+" This splits the manufacturing order into two separate orders, titled "
+"*WH/MO/XXXXX-001* and *WH/MO/XXXXX-002*, with *XXXXX* being the number of "
+"the original order."
+msgstr ""
+"Si la orden de fabricación requiere que se completen varias órdenes de "
+"trabajo, finalice la primera orden de trabajo y luego haga clic en "
+":guilabel:`Registrar producción`. Esto dividirá la orden de fabricación en "
+"dos órdenes llamadas *WH/MO/XXXXX-001* y *WH/MO/XXXXX-002*, *XXXXX* "
+"refiriéndose al número original de la orden.  "
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1
+msgid "The Record Production button on a work order."
+msgstr "Botón de registrar producción en una orden de trabajo. "
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:144
+msgid ""
+"The tablet view defaults to showing the first work order for the *002* "
+"manufacturing order. Since this manufacturing order will not be completed "
+"immediately, back out of tablet view by clicking the :guilabel:`⬅️ (back)` "
+"button twice. Doing so will take you to the *001* order."
+msgstr ""
+"De manera predeterminada, la vista de tableta muestra la primera orden de "
+"trabajo para la orden de fabricación *002*. Puesto que esta orden de "
+"fabricación no se completará de manera inmediata, salga de la vista de "
+"tableta haciendo clic dos veces en el botón  :guilabel:`⬅️ (regresar)`. De "
+"esta manera, ira a la orden *001*.   "
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:148
+msgid ""
+"To finish the *001* order, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab and click "
+"the :guilabel:`tablet view` button located on the line of the next work "
+"order. Finally, complete the remaining work orders, then click "
+":guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close MO` to close the manufacturing order."
+msgstr ""
+"Para finalizar la orden *001*, seleccione la pestaña :guilabel:`Órdenes de "
+"trabajo` y haga clic en el botón de :guilabel:`vista de tableta` ubicado en "
+"la línea junto a la orden de trabajo. Finalmente, complete las órdenes de "
+"trabajo restantes y haga clic en :guilabel:`Marcar como completado y cerrar "
+"la orden de fabricación` para cerrar la orden de fabricación     "
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:152
+msgid ""
+"Once the remaining units are ready to be manufactured, navigate to "
+":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, then"
+" select the *002* order. Select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab and click "
+"the :guilabel:`tablet view` button located on the line of the first work "
+"order."
+msgstr ""
+"Un vez que las unidades estén listas para fabricarse, vaya a "
+":menuselection:`Fabricación --> Operaciones --> Órdenes de fabricación`, "
+"luego seleccione la orden *002*. Seleccione la pestaña :guilabel:`Órdenes de"
+" trabajo` y haga clic en el botón de :guilabel:`vista de tableta` ubicado en"
+" la línea de la primera orden de trabajo.     "
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:157
+msgid ""
+"If all of the units in the backorder will be completed immediately, simply "
+"click :guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close MO` after completing all of the work"
+" orders."
+msgstr ""
+"Si todas las unidades de la orden parcial se completarán inmediatamente, "
+"solo haga clic en :guilabel:`Marcar como completado y cerrar la orden de "
+"fabricación` después de que finalicen todas las órdenes de trabajo.  "
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:160
+msgid ""
+"If only some of the remaining units will be manufactured immediately, enter "
+"the number in the :guilabel:`Units` field at the top left of the tablet "
+"view, then click :guilabel:`Record Production` to create an additional "
+"backorder for the remaining units, with *003* at the end of its reference "
+"tag."
+msgstr ""
+"Si solo algunas de las unidades restantes se fabricaran inmediatamente, "
+"escriba el número del campo :guilabel:`Unidades` ubicado en la parte "
+"superior izquierda en la vista de tableta y luego haga clic en "
+":guilabel:`Registrar producción` para crear una orden parcial adicional para"
+" las unidades restantes. Aparecerá con un *003* al final de su etiqueta de "
+"referencia.   "
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:165
+msgid ""
+"The *002* backorder and *003* backorder can be completed by following the "
+"steps detailed in this section."
+msgstr ""
+"Las órdenes parciales *002* y *003* se pueden completar siguiendo los pasos "
+"descritos en esta sección. "
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:169
+msgid ""
+"It is also possible to create a backorder in the middle of a manufacturing "
+"order, when some but not all of the work orders have already been completed."
+" Doing so marks the completed work order(s) as :guilabel:`Finished` on the "
+"backorder."
+msgstr ""
+"También puede crear una orden parcial en medio de una orden de fabricación "
+"cuando algunas de las órdenes de trabajo ya se han completado. Al hacerlo, "
+"las órdenes de trabajo se marcarán como :guilabel:`Completadas` en la orden "
+"parcial.   "
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:174
+msgid ""
+"A manufacturing order for four chairs requires the completion of two work "
+"orders: *Paint* and *Assemble*. While the paint step can be completed "
+"immediately for all four chairs, there are only enough screws to assemble "
+"two of them."
+msgstr ""
+"Una orden de fabricación para cuatro sillas requiere que se completen dos "
+"órdenes de trabajo: *Pintura* y *Ensamblaje*. Mientras que la orden para "
+"pintar se puede completar inmediatamente para las cuatro sillas, no hay "
+"suficientes tornillos para ensamblar dos. "
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:178
+msgid ""
+"As a result, the employee responsible for producing the chairs begins by "
+"painting all four, and marking the *Paint* work order as "
+":guilabel:`Finished` for all of them. Then, they move on to the *Assemble* "
+"work order. They assemble two of the four chairs, enter that number in the "
+":guilabel:`Units` field of the tablet view, and click :guilabel:`Record "
+"Production`."
+msgstr ""
+"Por ello, el empleado responsable de producir las sillas comienza pintando "
+"todas y marcando la orden de trabajo de *Pintura* como "
+":guilabel:`Completada` para todas. Después, pasan a la orden de trabajo de "
+"*Ensamblaje*. Se pueden ensamblar solo dos de las cuatro sillas, por lo que "
+"deberá escribir dos en el campo :guilabel:`Unidades` en la vista de tableta "
+"y hacer clic en :guilabel:`Registrar producción`.   "
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:183
+msgid ""
+"A backorder manufacturing order is created for the remaining two chairs. On "
+"the backorder, the *Paint* work order is already marked as "
+":guilabel:`Finished`, and only the *Assemble* work order is left to be "
+"completed."
+msgstr ""
+"Se creará una orden parcial de fabricación para las dos sillas restantes. En"
+" dicha orden parcial, la orden de trabajo de *Pintura* ya estará marcada "
+"como :guilabel:`Completada` y solo faltará completar la orden de trabajo de "
+"*Ensamblaje*.  "
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:187
+msgid ""
+"Once more screws are available, the manufacturing employee assembles the "
+"remaining chairs and clicks :guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close MO` to "
+"complete the *Assemble* work order and close the backorder manufacturing "
+"order."
+msgstr ""
+"Una vez que tenga mas tornillos disponibles, los empelados de fabricación "
+"terminarán de ensamblar las sillas restantes y tendrán que hacer clic en "
+":guilabel:`Marcar como completado y cerrar orden de fabricación` para "
+"completar la orden de trabajo de *Ensamblaje* y así cerrar la orden parcial "
+"de fabricación.  "
+
 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:3
 msgid "Managing BoMs for product variants"
 msgstr "Gestionar LdM para variantes de productos"
@@ -17881,8 +18555,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:3
 msgid "Make work centers unavailable using Time Off"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Desactivar centros de trabajo mediante la aplicación Tiempo personal"
-"Desactive los centros de trabajo utilizando la aplicación Tiempo personal. "
 
 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:5
 msgid ""

locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po

@@ -11,19 +11,19 @@
 # Braulio D. López Vázquez <bdl@odoo.com>, 2023
 # Raquel Iciarte <ric@odoo.com>, 2023
 # Martin Trigaux, 2023
-# Iran Villalobos López, 2023
+# Lucia Pacheco, 2023
 # Patricia Gutiérrez Capetillo <pagc@odoo.com>, 2023
 # Fernanda Alvarez, 2023
-# Lucia Pacheco, 2023
+# Iran Villalobos López, 2023
 # 
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 15.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-09-11 16:10+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 08:39+0000\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2021-11-02 08:49+0000\n"
-"Last-Translator: Lucia Pacheco, 2023\n"
+"Last-Translator: Iran Villalobos López, 2023\n"
 "Language-Team: Spanish (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@@ -2802,7 +2802,7 @@ msgstr ""
 ":doc:`/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing`."
 
 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:43
-#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:149
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:391
 msgid "Cash drawer"
 msgstr "Caja registradora"
 
@@ -2812,7 +2812,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "La caja registradora debe estar conectada a la impresora con un cable RJ25."
 
 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:45
-#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:117
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:359
 msgid "Barcode scanner"
 msgstr "Lector de código de barras"
 
@@ -3126,10 +3126,604 @@ msgstr ""
 "seleccionó ningún controlador para esas impresoras."
 
 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:103
+msgid "Epson configuration special case"
+msgstr "Caso especial de uso de Epson"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:105
+msgid ""
+"Most Epson printers support printing receipts in Odoo :abbr:`POS (Point of "
+"Sale)` using the `GS v 0` command. However, the following Epson printer "
+"models do not support this command:"
+msgstr ""
+"La mayoría de las impresoras Epson pueden imprimir recibos desde el "
+":guilabel:`Punto de venta de Odoo` con el comando `GS v 0`. Sin embargo, los"
+" siguientes modelos de impresoras Epson no son compatibles con el comando;"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:108
+msgid "TM-U220"
+msgstr "TM-U220"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:109
+msgid "TM-U230"
+msgstr "TM-U230"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:110
+msgid "TM-P60"
+msgstr "TM-P60"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:111
+msgid "TMP-P60II"
+msgstr "TMP-P60II"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:113
+msgid ""
+"Bypass this issue by configuring the printer to use the `ESC *` command "
+"instead."
+msgstr ""
+"Para solucionar este problema, configure la impresora para que use el "
+"comando  `ESC *` para esto mejor."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:116
+msgid "Process to force ESC * command"
+msgstr "Proceso para forzar el comando ESC*"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:119
+msgid "Epson printer compatibility"
+msgstr "Compatibilidad de la impresora Epson"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:121
+msgid ""
+"The first step is to check whether the printer is incompatible with `GS v 0`"
+" command."
+msgstr ""
+"El primer paso es revisar si una impresora no es compatible con el comando "
+"`GS v 0`"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:125
+msgid ""
+"`Epson GS v 0 documentation <https://reference.epson-"
+"biz.com/modules/ref_escpos/index.php? content_id=94>`_ for `GS v 0` "
+"compatible printers."
+msgstr ""
+"`Documentación de Epson GS v 0  <https://reference.epson-"
+"biz.com/modules/ref_escpos/index.php? content_id=94>`_ para impresoras "
+"compatibles con `GS v 0`."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:127
+msgid ""
+"`Epson ESC * documentation <https://reference.epson-"
+"biz.com/modules/ref_escpos/index.php ?content_id=88>`_ for `ESC *` "
+"compatible printers."
+msgstr ""
+"`Documentación Epson ESC* <https://reference.epson-"
+"biz.com/modules/ref_escpos/index.php ?content_id=88>`_ para impresoras "
+"compatibles con `ESC *`."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:130
+msgid ""
+"If the printer is not compatible with the `ESC *` command then the following"
+" process is not possible. Should the printer be compatible to use the `ESC "
+"*` command to print, follow this process to configure the printer with the "
+":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box."
+msgstr ""
+"Si la impresora no es compatible con el comando `ESC *` entonces no será "
+"posible realizar el siguiente proceso. Si la impresora es compatible con el "
+"uso del comando `ESC *` para imprimir, siga este proceso para configurar la "
+"impresora con la caja :abbr:`IoT (Internet de las cosas, por sus siglas en "
+"inglés)`."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:135
+msgid "IoT box configuration for ESC *"
+msgstr "configuración de la caja IoT para ESC*"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:137
+msgid ""
+"To configure the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box to use the `ESC *` "
+"command to print, go to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage by"
+" navigating to :menuselection:`IoT app --> IoT Boxes`. Then click on the "
+":guilabel:`IP address` and this will direct to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of "
+"Things)` box homepage."
+msgstr ""
+"Para configurar el uso del comando `ESC *` para imprimir en la caja "
+":abbr:`IoT (Internet de las cosas por sus siglsa en inglés)` vaya a la "
+"página de inicio de la caja :abbr:`IoT (Internet de las cosas por sus siglsa"
+" en inglés)` desde :menuselection:`la aplicación IoT --> cajas IoT`. Después"
+" haga clic en la :guilabel:`dirección IP`, así se le redirigirá a la página "
+"de inicio de la caja :abbr:`IoT (Internet de las cosas por sus siglsa en "
+"inglés)`. "
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:142
+msgid "**Choosing the printer**"
+msgstr "**Al elegir la impresora**"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:144
+msgid ""
+"Now click on the :guilabel:`Printers server` button. This will redirect the "
+"browser to the *CUPS* page. Next, go to :menuselection:`Administration --> "
+"Printers --> Add Printer`, choose the printer that should be modified, and "
+"then click :guilabel:`Continue`."
+msgstr ""
+"Ahora haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`Printers server` (servidores de "
+"impresoras). Esto lo redirigirá a la página de *CUPS*. Después, vaya a "
+":menuselection:`Administración --> Impresoras --> Agregar una impresora`, "
+"elija la impresora que se tiene que modificar y haga clic en "
+":guilabel:`Continuar`."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:149
+msgid ""
+"If the name of the printer is still uncertain, take the following steps:"
+msgstr ""
+"Si todavía no sabe el nombre de la impresora, siga los siguientes pasos:"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:151
+msgid "Take note of the listed printers on the *CUPS* page."
+msgstr "Fíjese qué impresoras están enlistadas en la página *CUPS*. "
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:152
+msgid "Turn the printer off and refresh the page."
+msgstr "Apague la impresora y vuelva a cargar la página. "
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:153
+msgid ""
+"Now compare the difference with the first list to see which printer "
+"disappeared."
+msgstr "Ahora compare las listas para encontrar qué impresora desapareció."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:154
+msgid "Turn the printer back on and refresh the page again."
+msgstr "Vuelva a prender la impresora y recargue la página."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:155
+msgid "Double-check the list again to see if the printer re-appears."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:156
+msgid ""
+"The printer that disappeared and reappears again on the listed printers is "
+"the name of the printer in question."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:160
+msgid "This can be :guilabel:`Unknown` under :guilabel:`Local printers`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:162
+msgid "**CUPS naming convention**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:164
+msgid ""
+"`CUPS` will prompt the admin for three pieces of information: the "
+":guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Description` and the :guilabel:`Location`. The "
+"last two pieces of information do not need to be specific, however, the "
+":guilabel:`Name` should follow a particular convention to work with the `ESC"
+" *` command."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:169
+msgid ""
+"The :guilabel:`Name` should match this convention: "
+"`<printer_name>__IMC_<param_1>_<param_2>_..._<param_n>__`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:172
+msgid "A breakdown of the naming convention:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:174
+msgid ""
+"`printer_name`: This is the printer name. It can be any character as long as"
+" it does not contain `_`, `/`, `#`, or ` ` (space character)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:176
+msgid ""
+"`IMC`: This stands for *Image Mode Column* (the simplified name for `ESC "
+"*`)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:177
+msgid "`param_1`: This stands for the specific parameter:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:179
+msgid ""
+"`SCALE<X>`: Scale of the picture (with the same aspect ratio). `X` should be"
+" an integer describing the scale percentage that should be used."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:183
+msgid ""
+"`100` is the original size, `50` is half the size, `200` is twice the size."
+msgstr ""
+"`100` es el tamaño original, `50` es la mitad del tamaño y `200` es el doble"
+" del tamaño."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:185
+msgid ""
+"`LDV`: *Low Density Vertical* (will be set to *High Density Vertical* if not"
+" specified)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:186
+msgid ""
+"`LDH`: *Low Density Horizontal* (will be set to *High Density Horizontal* if"
+" not specified)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:189
+msgid ""
+"*Density* parameters might need to be configured in a particular way "
+"depending on the printer model."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:193
+msgid ""
+"Visit `Epson's ESC * documentation <https://reference.epson-"
+"biz.com/modules/ref_escpos/index.php?content_id=88>`_ and click on the "
+"printer model printer in the table above to see if the printer should set "
+"these parameters."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:198
+msgid "The following are examples of proper and improper name formatting:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:200
+msgid "Proper name formatting:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:202
+msgid "`EPSONTMm30II__IMC__`"
+msgstr "`EPSONTMm30II__IMC__`"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:203
+msgid "`EPSON_TM_U220__IMC_LDV_LDH_SCALE80__`"
+msgstr "`EPSON_TM_U220__IMC_LDV_LDH_SCALE80__`"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:205
+msgid ""
+"Improper name formatting (this will not prevent printing, but the result "
+"might not have the expected printed output):"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:208
+msgid "`EPSON TMm 30II` -> The name can't have spaces."
+msgstr "`EPSON TMm 30II` -> El nombre no debe incluir espacios."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:209
+msgid ""
+"`EPSONTMm30II` -> The name itself is correct, but it won't use `ESC *`."
+msgstr "`EPSONTMm30II` -> El nombre es correcto, pero no hace uso de `ESC *`."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:210
+msgid "`EPSONTMm30II__IMC` -> This name is missing the end `__`."
+msgstr "`EPSONTMm30II__IMC` -> El nombre no incluye `__` al final."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:211
+msgid ""
+"`EPSONTMm30II__IMC_XDV__` -> The parameter `XDV` does not match any existing"
+" parameters."
+msgstr ""
+"`EPSONTMm30II__IMC_XDV__` -> El parámetro `XDV` no coincide con ningún "
+"parámetro existente."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:212
+msgid ""
+"`EPSONTMm30II__IMC_SCALE__` -> The parameter `SCALE` is missing the scale "
+"value."
+msgstr ""
+"`EPSONTMm30II_IMC_SCALE_` -> El parámetro `SCALE` no incluye el valor con la"
+" escala."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:214
+msgid "**Finish adding a printer**"
+msgstr "**Terminar de agregar una impresora**"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:216
+msgid ""
+"After setting the name of the printer with the appropriate naming "
+"convention, click :guilabel:`Continue`. Next, set the :guilabel:`Make` value"
+" to :guilabel:`Raw` and for the :guilabel:`Model` value, set this to "
+":guilabel:`Raw Queue (en)`."
+msgstr ""
+"Después de asignar un nombre a la impresora con la convención de "
+"nomenclatura adecuada, haga clic en :guilabel:`Continuar`. A continuación, "
+"en el valor :guilabel:`Crear` seleccione :guilabel:`Sin procesar` y para el "
+"valor :guilabel:`Modelo` seleccione :guilabel:`Cola sin procesar (en)`."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:220
+msgid ""
+"After completing these steps, click :guilabel:`Add Printer`. If everything "
+"was done correctly, the page should redirect to the *Banners* page."
+msgstr ""
+"Tras completar estos pasos, haga clic en :guilabel:`Agregar impresora`. Si "
+"no ocurrió ningún error, se le redirigirá a la página de *banners*."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:223
+msgid ""
+"At this point the printer should have been created, now the :abbr:`IoT "
+"(Internet of Things)` box just needs to detect it and then sync to Odoo's "
+"server (this could take a few minutes)."
+msgstr ""
+"En este punto la impresora debería haber sido creada, ahora la caja "
+":abbr:`IoT (Internet de las cosas)` solo necesita detectarla y luego "
+"sincronizarla con el servidor de Odoo (esto podría tardar unos minutos)."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:226
+msgid "**Adding the printer to Odoo PoS**"
+msgstr "**Agregar la impresora al PdV de Odoo**"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:228
+msgid ""
+"Once the printer is visible on the Odoo database, don't forget to choose it "
+"in the :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)`configuration as the :abbr:`IoT (Internet "
+"of Things)` printer. Navigate to :menuselection:`Pos App --> Settings --> "
+"Connected Devices --> IoT Box --> Receipt Printer --> Save`."
+msgstr ""
+"Una vez que la impresora aparece en la base de datos de Odoo, debe elegirla "
+"en la configuración del :abbr:`PdV (Punto de venta)` como la impresora "
+":abbr:`IoT (Internet de las cosas)`. Vaya a la aplicación "
+":menuselection:`Punto de venta --> Ajustes --> Dispositivos conectados --> "
+"Caja IoT --> Impresora de recibos --> Guardar`."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:234
+msgid ""
+"If the printer was set up incorrectly (it is still printing random text or "
+"the printed receipt is too big or small), then it cannot be modified via the"
+" printer name with *CUPS*. Instead, the above process can be repeated to set"
+" up another printer from scratch to create one with modified parameters."
+msgstr ""
+"Si la impresora se configuró de forma incorrecta (todavía imprime texto "
+"aleatorio o el recibo impreso es demasiado grande o pequeño), no se puede "
+"modificar mediante el nombre de la impresora con *CUPS*. Puede repetir el "
+"proceso anterior para configurar otra impresora desde cero para crear una "
+"con los parámetros modificados."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:239
+msgid "**Example setup of the Epson TM-U220B printer using ESC**"
+msgstr "**Ejemplo de configuración de la impresora Epson TM-U220B con ESC**"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:244
+msgid ""
+"The following is an example of the troubleshooting process for a TM-U220B "
+"printer model using the `ESC *` command. The receipt pictured below is an "
+"example of a receipt that is printing correctly due to proper formatting (in"
+" theory):"
+msgstr ""
+"El siguiente es un ejemplo del proceso de solución de problemas para el "
+"modelo TM-U220B con el comando `ESC *`. El recibo que aparece a continuación"
+" ejemplifica un recibo que se imprime correctamente debido al formato "
+"adecuado (en teoría):"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0
+msgid "Properly formatted receipt picture from a demo database."
+msgstr ""
+"Imagen de un recibo con un formato correcto impreso desde una base de datos "
+"de demostración."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:252
+msgid ""
+"Trying to print this receipt right-away prior to the proper formatting will "
+"not work as the TM-U220B printer model does not support `GS v 0`. Instead "
+"random characters will print:"
+msgstr ""
+"Si intenta imprimir este recibo antes de configurar el formato adecuado, "
+"imprimirá caracteres aleatorios, ya que el modelo TM-U220B no es compatible "
+"con `GS v 0`."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0
+msgid "Printer paper with seemingly random characters."
+msgstr "Papel de impresora con caracteres aparentemente aleatorios."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:259
+msgid ""
+"To properly configure formatting for the Epson TM-U220B printer model take "
+"the following steps."
+msgstr ""
+"Para configurar correctamente el formato para el modelo TM-U220B  de la "
+"impresora Epson, debe seguir los siguientes pasos."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:261
+msgid ""
+"After consulting Epson's website for compatibility for both of the commands:"
+" `GS v 0 <https://reference.epson-"
+"biz.com/modules/ref_escpos/index.php?content_id=94>`_ and `ESC * "
+"<https://reference.epson-"
+"biz.com/modules/ref_escpos/index.php?content_id=88>`_, it can be seen that "
+"indeed the TM-U220B is not compatible with `GS v 0`, but is compatible with "
+"`ESC *`."
+msgstr ""
+"Luego de consultar el sitio web de Epson para verificar la compatibilidad de"
+" los comandos `GS v 0 <https://reference.epson-"
+"biz.com/modules/ref_escpos/index.php?content_id=94>`_ y `ESC * "
+"<https://reference.epson-"
+"biz.com/modules/ref_escpos/index.php?content_id=88>`_, puede observar que el"
+" modelo TM-U220B no es compatible con `GS v 0`, pero sí con `ESC *`."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0
+msgid "Epson compatibility evaluation from Epson website."
+msgstr "Evaluación de compatibilidad de Epson en su sitio web."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:270
+msgid ""
+"When adding the printer, *CUPS* will ask which printer should be added:"
+msgstr ""
+"Al agregar la impresora, *CUPS* preguntará qué impresora se debe agregar:"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0
+msgid "Administration menu, add printer selection."
+msgstr "Selección para agregar impresora en el menú de administración."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:276
+msgid ""
+"In this case, the printer is connected via :abbr:`USB (Universal Serial "
+"Bus)` so it won' be part of the :guilabel:`Discovered Network Printers`. "
+"Instead it is likely part of the :guilabel:`Unknown` selection under "
+":guilabel:`Local Printers`. By unplugging the printer's :abbr:`USB "
+"(Universal Serial Bus)` cable from the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box "
+"and refreshing the page, the :guilabel:`Unknown` printer disappears. By "
+"plugging it back in, the printer reappears, so it can be said that this is "
+"the printer in question."
+msgstr ""
+"En este caso, la impresora está conectada por :abbr:`USB (Bus serie "
+"universal)` así que no aparecerá en las :guilabel:`impresoras descubiertas "
+"en la red`. En su lugar, es probable que aparezca en la selección "
+":guilabel:`desconocida` en :guilabel:`impresoras locales`. Al desconectar el"
+" cable :abbr:`USB (Bus serie universal)` de la impresora de la caja "
+":abbr:`IoT (Internet de las cosas)` y actualizar la página, la impresora "
+":guilabel:`desconocida` desaparece. Al conectarla de nuevo, vuelve a "
+"aparecer, por lo que se puede decir que esta es la impresora en cuestión."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:283
+msgid ""
+"For the naming convention, since it will need to print using the `ESC *` "
+"command, it is imperative to add `__IMC`. Reference the printer model on "
+"`Epson's ESC * site <https://reference.epson-"
+"biz.com/modules/ref_escpos/index.php?content_id=88>`_ to find out more about"
+" the *density* parameters."
+msgstr ""
+"Es importante agregar `__IMC` a la nomenclatura del nombre, pues necesitará "
+"imprimir usando el comando `ESC *`. Consulte el sitio web del modelo de la "
+"impresora en `el sitio web de Epson ESC * <https://reference.epson-"
+"biz.com/modules/ref_escpos/index.php?content_id=88>`_ para obtener mas "
+"información acerca de los parámetros de *densidad*.   "
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0
+msgid "Epson TM-U220 specifications on manufacturer's website."
+msgstr ""
+"Especificaciones de la impresora Epson TM-U220 en el sitio web del "
+"fabricante. "
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:292
+msgid ""
+"For this particular model, TM-U220, `m` should be equal to 0 or 1. While "
+"referencing the :guilabel:`Description` below the pink box in the above "
+"picture, the `m` values could be 0, 1, 32 or 33. So in this printers case, "
+"the `m` value can NOT be 32 or 33 (otherwise there will be random characters"
+" printed)."
+msgstr ""
+"Para el modelo particular TM-U220, el valor de `m` debe ser igual a 0 o 1. "
+"Al referenciar la caja rosa de  :guilabel:`Descripción` en la imagen "
+"anterior, los valores de `m` pueden ser 0, 1, 32 o 33. En el caso de esta "
+"impresora, el valor de `m` NO pueden ser 32 o 33 (de lo contrario se "
+"imprimirán caracteres al azar).      "
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:297
+msgid ""
+"The table includes the numeric values: 32 and 33, they both occur if the "
+":guilabel:`Number of bits for vertical data` is set to 24. This means that "
+"is a *High Vertical Density*. In the case of configuring the Epson TM-U220, "
+"the *Low Vertical Density* will need to be forced, as this printer model "
+"does not support *High Vertical Density* for this command `ESC *`."
+msgstr ""
+"La tabla incluye los siguientes valores numéricos: 32 y 33, los cuáles "
+"ocurren si el :guilabel:`Número de bits para datos verticales` está "
+"establecido en 24. Esto significa que es una *Alta densidad vertical*. En "
+"caso de configurar la Epson TM-U220, deberá forzar la *Baja densidad "
+"vertical*, pues el modelo de la impresora no es compatible con una *Alta "
+"densidad vertical* para el comando `ESC *`.   "
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:302
+msgid ""
+"To add a *Low Vertical Density*, add the `LDV` parameter to the naming "
+"convention."
+msgstr ""
+"Para agregar una *Baja densidad vertical*, agregue el parámetro `LDV` a la "
+"nomenclatura del nombre.  "
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0
+msgid ""
+"Add a *Low Vertical Density* (the `LDV` parameter) to the naming convention."
+msgstr ""
+"Agregue una *Baja densidad vertical*  (el parámetro `LDV`) a la nomenclatura"
+" del nombre. "
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:308
+msgid ""
+"Click :guilabel:`Continue` to proceed. Next, set the :guilabel:`Make` value "
+"to :guilabel:`Raw` and for the :guilabel:`Model` value, set this to "
+":guilabel:`Raw Queue (en)`."
+msgstr ""
+"Haga clic en  :guilabel:`Continuar` para proceder. Luego, establezca el "
+"valor :guilabel:`Hacer` a :guilabel:`Raw` y para el modelo "
+":guilabel:`Modelo` establézcalo en :guilabel:`Raw Queue (en)`.      "
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0
+msgid "Epson TM-U220 specifications on manufacturers website."
+msgstr ""
+"Especificaciones para Epson TM-U220 en el sitio web de los fabricantes."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:315
+msgid ""
+"However when trying to print with the naming convention: "
+"`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV__`, it will print the receipt, but it will be too big"
+" and outside the margin. To resolve this, add a new printer (and naming "
+"convention) with the `SCALE<X>` parameter to adapt to our receipt size."
+msgstr ""
+"Sin embargo, al intentar imprimir con la nomenclatura del nombre: "
+"`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV__`, se imprimirá el recibo, pero será muy grande y se"
+" saldrá del margen. Para solucionar esto, agregue una nueva impresora (y la "
+"nomenclatura del nombre) con el parámetro  `SCALE<X>` para adaptar el tamaño"
+" del recibo."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:319
+msgid "Here are some examples:"
+msgstr "Estos son algunos de los ejemplos:"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:324
+msgid "Printer Naming Convention"
+msgstr "Convención sobre el nombre de impresoras "
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:325
+msgid "`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV__`"
+msgstr "`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV__`"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:326
+msgid "`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_SCALE75__`"
+msgstr "`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_SCALE75__`"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:327
+msgid "`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_LDH__`"
+msgstr "`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_LDH__`"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:328
+msgid "`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_LDH_SCALE35__`"
+msgstr "`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_LDH_SCALE35__`"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0
+msgid "Receipt example format."
+msgstr "Formato de un recibo de ejemplo."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0
+msgid "Receipt format using naming convention: EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV__."
+msgstr "Formato del recibo usando la convención: EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV__. "
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0
+msgid ""
+"Receipt format using naming convention: EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_SCALE75__."
+msgstr ""
+"Formato de un recibo usando la convención de nombre: "
+"EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_SCALE75__. "
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0
+msgid "Receipt format using naming convention: EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_LDH__."
+msgstr ""
+"Formato del recibo usando la convención de nombre: "
+"EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_LDH__."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0
+msgid ""
+"Receipt format using naming convention: EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_LDH_SCALE35__."
+msgstr ""
+"Formato del recibo usando la convención de nombre: "
+"EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_LDH_SCALE35__."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:346
 msgid "The Zebra printer doesn't print anything"
 msgstr "La impresora Zebra no imprime nada"
 
-#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:105
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:348
 msgid ""
 "Zebra printers are quite sensitive to the format of the Zebra Programming "
 "Language (ZPL) code that is printed. If nothing comes out of the printer or "
@@ -3145,7 +3739,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Interfaz de usuario --> Vistas` en el :ref:`modo de desarrollador "
 "<developer-mode>`  y busque la plantilla correspondiente."
 
-#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:112
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:355
 msgid ""
 "Check out Zebra's instructions on printing :abbr:`ZPL (Zebra Programming "
 "Language)` files `here <https://supportcommunity.zebra.com/s/article/Print-"
@@ -3156,13 +3750,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "<https://supportcommunity.zebra.com/s/article/Print-a-zpl-file-using-the-"
 "Generic-Text-Printer>`_."
 
-#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:120
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:362
 msgid "The characters read by the barcode scanner don't match the barcode"
 msgstr ""
 "Los caracteres leídos por el lector de códigos de barras no corresponden con"
 " el código de barras"
 
-#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:122
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:364
 msgid ""
 "By default, most barcode scanners are configured in the US QWERTY format. If"
 " the barcode scanner uses a different layout, go to the form view of the "
@@ -3175,11 +3769,11 @@ msgstr ""
 "formulario del dispositivo (aplicación :menuselection:`IoT --> Dispositivos "
 "--> Dispositivo de código de barras`) y seleccione el formato correcto."
 
-#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:127
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:369
 msgid "Nothing happens when a barcode is scanned"
 msgstr "No pasa nada al escanear un código de barras"
 
-#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:129
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:371
 msgid ""
 "Make sure that the correct device is selected in the :menuselection:`Point "
 "of Sale` configuration and that the barcode is configured to send an `ENTER`"
@@ -3193,11 +3787,11 @@ msgstr ""
 "barras. Para ello, vaya a la aplicación :menuselection:`Punto de venta --> "
 "Menú de tres puntos en el PdV --> Sección caja IoT --> Editar`."
 
-#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:135
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:377
 msgid "The barcode scanner is detected as a keyboard"
 msgstr "El lector de códigos de barras se detecta como un teclado"
 
-#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:138
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:380
 msgid ""
 "Some barcode scanners do not advertise themselves as barcode scanners but as"
 " a USB keyboard instead, and will not be recognized by the :abbr:`IoT "
@@ -3206,7 +3800,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Algunos lectores de código de barras no se anuncian como lectores de código "
 "de barras, sino como teclados USB y la caja IoT no los reconocerá."
 
-#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:141
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:383
 msgid ""
 "The device type can be manually changed by going to its form view "
 "(:menuselection:`IoT App --> Devices --> Barcode Device`) and activating the"
@@ -3221,11 +3815,11 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Modifying the form view of the barcode scanner."
 msgstr "Modificar la vista de formulario del lector de códigos de barras."
 
-#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:152
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:394
 msgid "The cash drawer does not open"
 msgstr "La caja registradora no abre"
 
-#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:154
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:396
 msgid ""
 "The cash drawer should be connected to the printer and the :guilabel:`Cash "
 "drawer` checkbox should be ticked in the :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` "

locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po

@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 15.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-09-11 16:10+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 08:39+0000\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2021-11-02 08:49+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Patricia Gutiérrez Capetillo <pagc@odoo.com>, 2023\n"
 "Language-Team: Spanish (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n"
@@ -2607,10 +2607,12 @@ msgid "Windows 10 & Linux OS"
 msgstr "Windows 10 y Linux OS"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:62
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:191
 msgid "Generate a self-signed certificate"
 msgstr "Genere un certificado autofirmado"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:64
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:193
 msgid ""
 "Navigate to the ePOS' IP address (e.g., `https://192.168.1.25`) and force "
 "the connection by clicking :guilabel:`Advanced` and :guilabel:`Proceed to "
@@ -2627,10 +2629,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "página de advertencia sobre la privacidad de la conexión de Google Chrome"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:72
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:201
 msgid "Warning page on Google Chrome, Windows 10"
 msgstr "Página de advertencia de Google Chrome en Windows 10"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:74
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:203
 msgid ""
 "Then, sign in using your printer credentials to access the ePOS printer "
 "settings. To sign in, enter `epson` in the :guilabel:`ID` field and your "
@@ -2642,6 +2646,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "serie de la impresora."
 
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:78
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:207
 msgid ""
 "Click :guilabel:`Certificate List` in the :guilabel:`Authentication` "
 "section, and click :guilabel:`create` to generate a new **Self-Signed "
@@ -2661,6 +2666,7 @@ msgstr ""
 " reinicie la impresora manualmente."
 
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:85
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:214
 msgid ""
 "The self-signed certificate is generated. Reload the page and click "
 ":guilabel:`SSL/TLS` in the :guilabel:`Security` section to ensure "
@@ -2674,10 +2680,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "(certificado del servidor)."
 
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:89
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:218
 msgid "Export a self-signed certificate"
 msgstr "Exportar un certificado autofirmado"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:91
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:220
 msgid ""
 "The export process is heavily dependent on the :abbr:`OS (Operating System)`"
 " and the browser. Start by accessing your ePOS printer settings on your web "
@@ -2693,10 +2701,12 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:96
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:156
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:225
 msgid "If you are using **Google Chrome**,"
 msgstr "Si está usando **Google chrome**,"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:98
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:227
 msgid ""
 "click :guilabel:`Not secure` next to the search bar, and "
 ":guilabel:`Certificate is not valid`;"
@@ -2710,11 +2720,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "Botón del navegador de Chrome que indica que la conexión no es segura."
 
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:104
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:233
 msgid "go to the :guilabel:`Details` tab and click :guilabel:`Export`;"
 msgstr ""
 "vaya a la pestaña :guilabel:`Detalles` y haga clic en :guilabel:`Exportar`;"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:105
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:234
 msgid ""
 "add `.crt` at the end of the file name to ensure it has the correct "
 "extension;"
@@ -2723,6 +2735,7 @@ msgstr ""
 " extensión correcta."
 
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:106
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:235
 msgid ""
 "select :guilabel:`Base64-encoded ASCII, single certificate`, at the bottom "
 "of the pop-up window;"
@@ -2733,6 +2746,8 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:108
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:125
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:237
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:254
 msgid "save, and the certificate is exported."
 msgstr "guárdelo y habrá exportado el certificado."
 
@@ -2747,16 +2762,19 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:114
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:168
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:243
 msgid "If you are using **Mozilla Firefox**,"
 msgstr "Si está usando **Mozilla Firefox**,"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:116
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:245
 msgid "click the **lock-shaped** icon on the left of the address bar;"
 msgstr ""
 "haga clic en el icono **en forma de cerradura**  que se encuentra a la "
 "izquierda de la barra;"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:117
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:246
 msgid ""
 "go to :menuselection:`Connection not secure --> More information --> "
 "Security tab --> View certificate`;"
@@ -2769,10 +2787,12 @@ msgid "Connection is not secure button in Mozilla Firefox browser"
 msgstr "Botón que indica que la conexión no es segura en el navegador Mozilla"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:123
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:252
 msgid "scroll down to the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` section;"
 msgstr "baje a la sección :guilabel:`Misceláneo`;"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:124
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:253
 msgid "click :guilabel:`PEM (cert)` in the :guilabel:`Download` section;"
 msgstr ""
 "haga clic en :guilabel:`PEM (cert)` que se encuentra en la sección "
@@ -2911,8 +2931,12 @@ msgid "Mac OS"
 msgstr "Mac OS"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:179
-msgid "To secure the connection on a Mac:"
+msgid ""
-msgstr "Para asegurar la conexión en Mac:"
+"On Mac OS, you can secure the connection for all browsers by following these"
+" steps:"
+msgstr ""
+"Para asegurar la conexión en Mac OS en todos los navegadores, tiene que "
+"seguir los siguientes pasos:"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:181
 msgid ""
@@ -2935,10 +2959,44 @@ msgid "reboot the printer so you can use it with any other browser."
 msgstr "reinicie la impresora para que la puede usar con cualquier navegador."
 
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:186
+msgid ""
+"To generate and export an SSL certificate and send it to IOS devices, open "
+"**Google Chrome** or **Mozilla Firefox**. Then,"
+msgstr ""
+"Para generar y exportar un certificado SSL y enviarlo a dispospositivo IOS, "
+"abra **Google Chrome** o **Mozilla Firefox**. Después,"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:0
+msgid "Warning page about the connection privacy on Google Chrome"
+msgstr ""
+"Página de advertencia sobre la privacidad de la conexión en Google Chrome"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:0
+msgid "Connection to the printer not secure button in Google Chrome"
+msgstr ""
+"Botón que muesta que la conexión a la impresora no es segura en Google "
+"Chrome"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:240
+msgid ""
+"Make sure that the certificate ends with the extension `.crt`. Otherwise, "
+"some browsers might not find the file during the import process."
+msgstr ""
+"Asegúrese de que el certificado termina con la extensión `.crt`. De lo "
+"contrario, es probable que algunos navegadores no encuentren el archivo en "
+"el proceso de importación. "
+
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:0
+msgid "Connection is not secure button in Mozilla Firefox"
+msgstr ""
+"Botón que indica que la conexión no es segura en el navegador Mozilla "
+"Firefox"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:256
 msgid "Android OS"
 msgstr "Android OS"
 
-#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:188
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:258
 msgid ""
 "To import an SSL certificate into an Android device, first create and export"
 " it from a computer. Next, transfer the `.crt` file to the device using "
@@ -2949,22 +3007,22 @@ msgstr ""
 "`.crt` al dispositivo a través de un correo, Bluetooth o USB. Una vez que el"
 " archivo esté en el dispositivo,"
 
-#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:192
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:262
 msgid "open the settings and search for `certificate`;"
 msgstr "abra los ajustes y busque el `certificado`;"
 
-#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:193
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:263
 msgid "click :guilabel:`Certificate AC` (Install from device storage);"
 msgstr ""
 "haga clic en :guilabel:`Certificado CA` (Instalar desde el almacenamiento "
 "del dispositivo);"
 
-#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:194
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:264
 msgid "select the certificate file to install it on the device."
 msgstr ""
 "seleccione el archivo de certificado para instalarlo en el dispositivo."
 
-#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:197
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:267
 msgid ""
 "The specific steps for installing a certificate may vary depending on the "
 "version of Android and the device manufacturer."
@@ -2972,7 +3030,92 @@ msgstr ""
 "Es probable que los pasos a seguir para instalar el certificado cambien "
 "dependiendo de la versión de android o el fabricador del dispositivo."
 
-#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:202
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:270
+msgid "iOS"
+msgstr "iOS"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:272
+msgid ""
+"To import an SSL certificate into an iOS device, first create and export it "
+"from a computer. Then, transfer the `.crt` file to the device using email, "
+"Bluetooth, or any file-sharing service."
+msgstr ""
+"Para importar el certificado SSL a un dispositivo iOS primero debe crearlo y"
+" exportarlo desde una computadora. Después, transfiera el archivo `.crt` al "
+"dispositivo a través de un correo, Bluetooth, o cualquier servicio para "
+"compartir archivos. "
+
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:276
+msgid ""
+"Downloading this file triggers a warning pop-up window. Click "
+":guilabel:`Allow` to download the configuration profile, and close the "
+"second pop-up window. Then,"
+msgstr ""
+"Al descargar este archivo se activa una ventana emergente de advertencia. "
+"Haga clic en :guilabel:`Permitir` para descargar el perfil de configuración "
+"y cerrar la segunda ventana emergente. Después,"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:279
+msgid "go to the **Settings App** on the iOS device;"
+msgstr "vaya a la **aplicación Configuraciones** en el dispositivo iOS;"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:280
+msgid "click :guilabel:`Profile Downloaded` under the user's details box;"
+msgstr ""
+"haga clic en :guilabel:`perfil descargado` en la caja de detalles del "
+"usuario;"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:281
+msgid "locate the downloaded `.crt` file and select it;"
+msgstr "buque el archivo `.crt` descargado y selecciónelo;"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:282
+msgid "click :guilabel:`Install` on the top right of the screen;"
+msgstr ""
+"haga clic en :guilabel:`Instalar` en la parte superior derecha de la "
+"pantalla;"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:283
+msgid "if a passcode is set on the device, enter the passcode;"
+msgstr "si el dispositivo tiene contraseña, ingrese la contraseña;"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:284
+msgid ""
+"click :guilabel:`Install` on the top right of the certificate warning screen"
+" and the pop-up window;"
+msgstr ""
+"haga clic en :guilabel:`Instalar`  en la parte superior derecha de la "
+"ventana de advertencia del certificado y en la ventana emergente;"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:286
+msgid "click :guilabel:`Done`."
+msgstr "haga clic en :guilabel:`Listo`."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:290
+msgid ""
+"The certificate is installed, but it still needs to be authenticated. To do "
+"so,"
+msgstr ""
+"El certificado se instaló, pero todavía se tiene que autenticar. Para "
+"hacerlo,"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:292
+msgid ""
+"go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General --> About > Certificate Trust "
+"Settings`;"
+msgstr ""
+"vaya a :menuselection:`Ajustes --> General --> Acerca de > Ajustes de "
+"confianza del certificado`;"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:293
+msgid "enable the installed certificate using the **slide button**;"
+msgstr "active el certificado instalado con el **botón deslizable**;"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:294
+msgid "click :guilabel:`Continue` on the pop-up window."
+msgstr "haga clic en :guilabel:`Continuar` en la ventana emergente."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:297
 msgid ""
 "If you need to export SSL certificates from an operating system or web "
 "browser that has not been mentioned, search for `export SSL certificate` + "
@@ -2984,7 +3127,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "nombre de su navegador o sistema operativo` en su motor de búsqueda "
 "preferido"
 
-#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:205
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:300
 msgid ""
 "Similarly, to import SSL certificates from an unmentioned OS or browser, "
 "search for `import SSL certificate root authority` + `the name of your "
@@ -2995,11 +3138,11 @@ msgstr ""
 "nombre de su navegador o sistema operativo` en su motor de búsqueda "
 "preferido."
 
-#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:210
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:305
 msgid "Check if the certificate was imported correctly"
 msgstr "Revise si el certificado se importó correctamente"
 
-#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:212
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:307
 msgid ""
 "To confirm your printer's connection is secure, connect to its IP address "
 "using HTTPS. For example, navigate to `https://192.168.1.25` in your "
@@ -6294,12 +6437,13 @@ msgid ""
 "For :doc:`TaxCloud <../../../finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud>` users: "
 "invoices created from Amazon sales orders are **not** synchronized with "
 "TaxCloud, since Amazon already includes them in its own tax report to "
-"TaxCloud."
+"TaxCloud. (decommissioning TaxCloud integration in Odoo 17+)"
 msgstr ""
 "Para los usuarios de :doc:`TaxCloud "
 "<../../../finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud>`: las facturas creadas a partir"
 " de órdenes de ventas de Amazon **no** se sincronizan con TaxCloud, Amazon "
-"ya las incluye en su propio reporte de impuestos a TaxCloud."
+"ya las incluye en su propio reporte de impuestos a TaxCloud. Tome en cuenta "
+"que la integración con TaxCloud será obsoleta en Odoo 17+."
 
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:97
 msgid "Register payments"

locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po

@@ -15,9 +15,9 @@
 # David Arnold <blaggacao@users.noreply.github.com>, 2022
 # Jon Perez <jop@odoo.com>, 2022
 # José Cabrera Lozano <jose.cabrera@edukative.es>, 2022
+# Raquel Iciarte <ric@odoo.com>, 2022
 # Lina Maria Avendaño Carvajal <lina8823@gmail.com>, 2022
 # Leonardo J. Caballero G. <leonardocaballero@gmail.com>, 2022
-# Raquel Iciarte <ric@odoo.com>, 2022
 # Jesús Alan Ramos Rodríguez <alan.ramos@jarsa.com.mx>, 2022
 # Alejandro Die Sanchis <marketing@domatix.com>, 2022
 # Marian Cuadra, 2022
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 15.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-09-11 16:10+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 08:39+0000\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-03-18 15:03+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Iran Villalobos López, 2023\n"
 "Language-Team: Spanish (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n"
@@ -214,41 +214,51 @@ msgid "Manage my products"
 msgstr "Gestionar mis productos"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:3
-msgid "How to display several images per product"
+msgid "Multiple images per product"
-msgstr "Cómo mostrar varias imágenes por producto"
+msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"By default your product web page displays the main image of your product "
+"When you register several images for a product, only the first image is "
-"only. If you like to show your products under several angles, you can turn "
+"shown on the main products page. By clicking on the product, visitors can "
-"the image into a carrousel."
+"see additional images with the carousel view."
 msgstr ""
-"La página web de su producto solo muestra la imagen principal del producto "
-"por defecto. Si quiere mostrar sus productos desde diferentes ángulos, puede"
-" convertir la imagen en un carrusel."
 
-#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:11
+#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst-1
+msgid "Showing the carousel view."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:12
+msgid "Adding multiple images to a product"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:14
+msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Products`, and select a product."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:15
 msgid ""
-"Check *Several images per product* in :menuselection:`Website Admin --> "
+"Go to the :guilabel:`Sales` tab, click :guilabel:`Edit`, and :guilabel:`Add "
-"Configuration --> Settings`."
+"a media`."
 msgstr ""
-"Consulte *Varias imágenes por producto* en :menuselection:`Administrador "
-"Sitio Web -> Configuración -> Ajustes´."
 
-#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:13
+#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:16
 msgid ""
-"Open a product detail form and upload images from *Images* tab. Hit *Create*"
+"Click the pencil icon to add an image, then click :guilabel:`Save & New` to "
-" in Edit mode to get the upload wizard."
+"add additional ones."
 msgstr ""
-"Abra un formulario de detalle del producto y suba imágenes desde la pestaña "
-"*Imágenes*. Pulse *Crear* en el modo de edición para obtener el asistente de"
-" carga."
 
-#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:19
+#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:17
-msgid "Such extra image are common to all the product variants (if any)."
+msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save & Close` when you are done."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst-1
+msgid "Creating extra product media."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:23
+msgid "Such extra images are common to all the product variants (if any)."
 msgstr ""
-"Dicha imagen adicional es común para todas las variantes del producto (si "
-"las hay)."
 
 #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:3
 msgid "Product variants"

locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po

@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 15.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-09-11 16:10+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 08:39+0000\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2021-11-02 08:48+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Jolien De Paepe, 2023\n"
 "Language-Team: French (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n"
@@ -667,7 +667,6 @@ msgstr ":guilabel:`Lot` sur la fenêtre contextuelle des Opérations détaillée
 
 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:88
 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:14
-#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:14
 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:16
 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:51
 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:16
@@ -2440,6 +2439,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "jour compris entre `1 et 31`, en fonction du mois de l'année souhaité."
 
 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:194
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:115
 msgid ""
 "Then, to change the month, click :guilabel:`December` to reveal the drop-"
 "down menu, and select the desired month."
@@ -2562,82 +2562,192 @@ msgstr "Comptages cycliques"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"In most companies, the stock is only counted once a year. That's why by "
+"For most companies, warehouse stock only needs to be counted once a year. "
-"default, after making an inventory adjustment in Odoo, the scheduled date "
+"This is why, by default, after making an *inventory adjustment* in Odoo, the"
-"for the next count is set on the 31st of December. However, for some "
+" scheduled date for the next inventory count is set for the 31st of December"
-"businesses it's crucial to have an accurate inventory count at all times."
+" of the current year."
 msgstr ""
-"Dans la plupart des entreprises, l'inventaire n'est compté qu'une fois par "
-"an. C'est pourquoi, après avoir effectué un ajustement d'inventaire dans "
-"Odoo, la prochaine date prévue du comptage est par défaut fixée au 31 "
-"décembre. Cependant, pour certaines entreprises, il est essentiel d'avoir un"
-" comptage précis de l'inventaire à tout moment."
 
-#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:10
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:9
 msgid ""
-"The goal of cycle counts is to keep critical stock levels accurate by "
+"However, for some businesses, it's crucial to have an accurate inventory "
-"counting more often at key locations."
+"count at all times. These companies use *cycle counts* to keep critical "
+"stock levels accurate. Cycle counting is a method by which companies count "
+"their inventory more often in certain *locations*, to ensure that their "
+"physical inventory counts match their inventory records."
 msgstr ""
-"L'objectif des comptages cycliques est de maintenir des niveaux de stock "
-"critiques exacts en effectuant plus de comptages aux endroits clés."
 
-#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:16
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:15
-msgid ""
+msgid "Activate storage locations"
-"In Odoo, cycle counts are location-based. The frequency of the counts is "
+msgstr ""
-"defined by the storage location. To activate storage locations, go to "
+
-":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> Warehouse` and "
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:17
-"activate the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` setting. Next, click "
+msgid ""
-":guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting."
+"In Odoo, cycle counts are location-based. Therefore, the *storage locations*"
+" feature needs to be enabled before performing a cycle count."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:20
+msgid ""
+"To enable this feature, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
+"Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` "
+"section. Then, click the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Storage Locations`. "
+"Click :guilabel:`Save` to save all changes."
 msgstr ""
-"Dans Odoo, les comptages cycliques sont basés sur l'emplacement. La "
-"fréquence des comptages est définie sur l'emplacement de stockage. Pour "
-"activer les emplacements de stockage, allez à :menuselection:`Inventaire -->"
-" Configuration --> Paramètres --> Entrepôt` et activez le paramètre "
-":guilabel:`Emplacements de stockage`. Cliquez ensuite sur "
-":guilabel:`Sauvegarder` pour appliquer le paramètre."
 
 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst-1
-msgid "Enable Storage Locations in Odoo settings."
+msgid "Enabled storage locations setting in inventory settings."
-msgstr "Activer les emplacements de stockage dans les paramètres d'Odoo."
+msgstr ""
-
+
-#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:26
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:29
-msgid "Change the inventory frequency"
+msgid "Change inventory count frequency by location"
-msgstr "Changer la fréquence de l'inventaire"
-
-#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:28
-msgid ""
-"To change a location's inventory frequency, first, go to the locations by "
-"clicking :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`."
 msgstr ""
-"Pour changer la fréquence de l'inventaire d'un emplacement, allez d'abord "
-"aux emplacements en cliquant sur :menuselection:`Inventaire --> "
-"Configuration --> Emplacements`."
 
 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:31
 msgid ""
-"Then, click on a location to open the location settings. Next, click on "
+"Now that the storage locations setting is enabled, the inventory count "
-":guilabel:`Edit`. In the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` field, set "
+"frequency can be changed for specific locations created in the warehouse."
-"the number of days. For example, a location that needs an inventory count "
+msgstr ""
-"every 30 days would set the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` value to "
+
-"`30`. Once the value is entered, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting"
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:34
-" to the location. Now, once an inventory adjustment is applied to this "
+msgid ""
-"location, the next scheduled count date will be automatically set based on "
+"To view and edit locations, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
-"the number of days in the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` setting."
+"Configuration --> Locations`. This reveals a :guilabel:`Locations` page "
+"containing every location currently created and listed in the warehouse."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:38
+msgid ""
+"From this page, click into a location to reveal the settings and "
+"configuration page for that location. Click :guilabel:`Edit` to edit the "
+"location settings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:41
+msgid ""
+"Under the :guilabel:`Cyclic Inventory` section, locate the "
+":guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` field, which should be set to `0` (if"
+" this location has not been edited previously). In this field, change the "
+"value to whichever number of days is desired."
 msgstr ""
-"Cliquez ensuite sur un emplacement pour ouvrir ses paramètres. Ensuite "
-"cliquez sur :guilabel:`Éditer`. Définissez le nombre de jours dans le champ "
-":guilabel:`Fréquence de l'inventaire (Jours)`. Par exemple, pour un "
-"emplacement dont l'inventaire doit être compté tous les 30 jours, la "
-":guilabel:`Fréquence de l'inventaire (Jours)` doit être `30`. Une fois cette"
-" valeur saisie, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Sauvegarder` pour appliquer le "
-"paramètre à l'emplacement. À présent, dès qu'un ajustement d'inventaire est "
-"appliqué à cet emplacement, la prochaine date prévue sera automatiquement "
-"fixée en fonction du nombre de jours défini dans le champ "
-":guilabel:`Fréquence de l'inventaire (Jours)`."
 
 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst-1
-msgid "Edit a location to change the inventory frequency."
+msgid "Location frequency setting on location."
-msgstr "Éditer un emplacement pour changer la fréquence de l'inventaire."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:50
+msgid ""
+"A location that needs an inventory count every 30 days should have the "
+":guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` value set to `30`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:53
+msgid ""
+"Once the frequency has been changed to the desired number of days, click "
+":guilabel:`Save` to save changes. Now, once an inventory adjustment is "
+"applied to this location, the next scheduled count date is automatically "
+"set, based on the value entered into the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency "
+"(Days)` field."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:59
+msgid "Count inventory by location"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:61
+msgid ""
+"To perform a cycle count for a specific location in the warehouse, navigate "
+"to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Inventory Adjustments`. "
+"This reveals an :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` page containing all "
+"products currently in stock, with each product listed on its own line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:66
+msgid ""
+"From this page, the :guilabel:`Filters` and :guilabel:`Group By` buttons (at"
+" the top of the page, under the :guilabel:`Search...` bar), can be used to "
+"select specific locations and perform inventory counts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst-1
+msgid "Inventory adjustments page."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:74
+msgid ""
+"To select a specific location and view all products within that location, "
+"click :guilabel:`Group By`, then click :guilabel:`Add Custom Group` to "
+"reveal a new drop-down menu to the right."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:77
+msgid ""
+"Click :guilabel:`Location` from the drop-down menu, then click "
+":guilabel:`Apply`. The page now displays condensed drop-down menus of each "
+"location in the warehouse that has products in stock, and a cycle count can "
+"be performed for all products in that location."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:82
+msgid ""
+"In large warehouses with multiple locations and a high volume of products, "
+"it might be easier to search for the specific location desired. To do this, "
+"from the :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` page, click :guilabel:`Filters`. "
+"Then, click :guilabel:`Add Custom Filter` to reveal a new menu to the right."
+" Click this menu to reveal three drop-downs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:87
+msgid ""
+"For the first field, click and select :guilabel:`Location` from the drop-"
+"down. For the second field, leave the :guilabel:`contains` value as is. For "
+"the third field, type in the name of the location that is being searched "
+"for. Click :guilabel:`Apply` for that location to appear on the page."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst-1
+msgid "Applied filters and group by on inventory adjustments page."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:97
+msgid "Change full inventory count frequency"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:99
+msgid ""
+"While cycle counts are typically performed per location, the scheduled date "
+"for full inventory counts of everything in-stock in the warehouse can also "
+"be manually changed to push the date up sooner than the date listed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:103
+msgid ""
+"To modify the default scheduled date, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app "
+"--> Configuration --> Settings`. Then, in the :guilabel:`Operations` "
+"section, locate the :guilabel:`Annual Inventory Day and Month` setting "
+"field, which includes a drop-down that is set to `31` :guilabel:`December` "
+"by default."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst-1
+msgid "Frequency field in inventory app settings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:112
+msgid ""
+"To change the day, click the `31`, and change it to a day within the range "
+"`1-31`, depending on the desired month of the year."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:118
+msgid ""
+"Once all changes have been made, click :guilabel:`Save` to save all changes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:121
+msgid ""
+":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products`"
+msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers.rst:5
 msgid "Lots and Serial Numbers"
@@ -16465,6 +16575,330 @@ msgstr ""
 "niveaux qui nécessitent des sous-composants fabriqués, consultez :doc:`cette"
 " documentation <sub_assemblies>` sur les sous-ensembles."
 
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:3
+msgid "Manufacturing backorders"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"In some cases, the full quantity of a manufacturing order cannot be produced"
+" immediately. When this happens, Odoo *Manufacturing* allows for the "
+"manufacturing of partial quantities of the order and creates a *backorder* "
+"for the remaining amount."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:9
+msgid ""
+"In the *Manufacturing* app, creating a backorder splits the original "
+"manufacturing order into two orders. The reference tag for each order is the"
+" tag used for the original order, followed by a hyphen and then an "
+"additional number to indicate that it's a backorder."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:14
+msgid ""
+"A company creates a manufacturing order with the reference tag "
+"*WH/MO/00175*, for 10 units of *Product X*. After starting work on the "
+"manufacturing order, the employee working the production line realizes there"
+" are only enough components in stock to produce five units of the product."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:18
+msgid ""
+"Instead of waiting for additional stock of the components, they manufacture "
+"five units and create a backorder for the remaining five. This splits the "
+"manufacturing order into two separate orders: *WH/MO/00175-001* and "
+"*WH/MO/00175-002*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:22
+msgid ""
+"Order *001* contains the five units that have been manufactured, and is "
+"immediately marked as :guilabel:`Done`. Order *002* contains the five units "
+"that still need to be manufactured and is marked as :guilabel:`In Progress`."
+" Once the remaining components are available, the employee returns to order "
+"*002* and manufactures the remaining units before closing the order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:28
+msgid "Create a manufacturing backorder"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:30
+msgid ""
+"To create a backorder for part of a manufacturing order, begin by navigating"
+" to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. "
+"Select a manufacturing order with a quantity of two or more or create one by"
+" clicking :guilabel:`Create`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:34
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:86
+msgid ""
+"If a new manufacturing order is created, select a product from the "
+":guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu and enter a quantity of two or more in "
+"the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, then click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm "
+"the order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:38
+msgid ""
+"After manufacturing the quantity that is being produced immediately, enter "
+"that number in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field at the top of the "
+"manufacturing order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1
+msgid "The quantity field on a manufacturing order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:45
+msgid ""
+"Next, click :guilabel:`Validate`, and a :guilabel:`You produced less than "
+"initial demand` pop-up window appears, from which a backorder can be "
+"created. Click :guilabel:`Create Backorder` to split the manufacturing order"
+" into two separate orders, with the reference tags *WH/MO/XXXXX-001* and "
+"*WH/MO/XXXXX-002*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1
+msgid ""
+"The Create Backorder button on the \"You produced less than initial demand\""
+" pop-up window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:54
+msgid ""
+"Order *001* contains the items that have been manufactured, and is closed "
+"immediately. Order *002* is the backorder that contains the items that have "
+"yet to be manufactured, and remains open, to be completed at a later date."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:58
+msgid ""
+"Once the remaining units can be manufactured, navigate to "
+":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and "
+"then select the backorder manufacturing order. If all of the remaining units"
+" are manufactured immediately, simply click :guilabel:`Validate` to close "
+"the order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:63
+msgid ""
+"If only some of the remaining units are manufactured immediately, create "
+"another backorder for the remainder by following the steps detailed in this "
+"section."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:67
+msgid "Create a backorder from tablet view"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:69
+msgid ""
+"Backorders for manufacturing orders can also be created from the work order "
+"tablet view."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:72
+msgid ""
+"In order to use tablet view, the *Work Orders* setting must be enabled. To "
+"enable it, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> "
+"Settings`. On the :guilabel:`Settings` page, enable the checkbox next to "
+":guilabel:`Work Orders`, then click :guilabel:`Save` to save the change. "
+"This makes the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab appear on manufacturing orders, "
+"from which the tablet view can be opened."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:0
+msgid "The Work Orders setting on the Manufacturing settings page."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:82
+msgid ""
+"To create a backorder from the tablet view, begin by navigating to "
+":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. "
+"Select a manufacturing order with a quantity of two or more or create one by"
+" clicking :guilabel:`Create`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:90
+msgid ""
+"After confirming the manufacturing order, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders`"
+" tab and click the :guilabel:`📱 (tablet view)` button located on the line of"
+" the first work order to enter the tablet view."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1
+msgid "The tablet view button for a work order on a manufacturing order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:97
+msgid ""
+"Once in tablet view, enter the quantity being manufactured immediately in "
+"the :guilabel:`Units` field at the top left of the tablet view."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1
+msgid "The Units field in the tablet view."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:104
+msgid ""
+"The steps for the rest of the workflow depend on whether the manufacturing "
+"order being processed requires the completion of a single work order or "
+"multiple work orders."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:108
+msgid "Single work order"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:110
+msgid ""
+"If the manufacturing order only requires the completion of a single work "
+"order, complete the work order, then click :guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close"
+" MO`. The manufacturing order is closed and a backorder for the units that "
+"still need to be manufactured is created automatically."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1
+msgid ""
+"The Mark As Done And Close MO button in the tablet view of a work order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:118
+msgid ""
+"Once the remaining units are ready to be manufactured, navigate to "
+":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, then"
+" select the backorder manufacturing order, which is titled using the "
+"reference tag of the original backorder with *002* added to the end."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:122
+msgid ""
+"On the backorder manufacturing order, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab"
+" and click the :guilabel:`📱 (tablet view)` button located on the line of the"
+" work order to open the tablet view. If all of the units in the backorder "
+"will be completed immediately, simply click :guilabel:`Mark As Done And "
+"Close MO` after completing the work order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:127
+msgid ""
+"If only some of the remaining units will be manufactured immediately, enter "
+"the number in the :guilabel:`Units` field at the top left of the tablet "
+"view, then click :guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close MO` to create another "
+"backorder for the remaining units. The new backorder can be processed using "
+"the steps detailed in this section."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:133
+msgid "Multiple work orders"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:135
+msgid ""
+"If the manufacturing order requires the completion of multiple work orders, "
+"complete the first work order, and then click :guilabel:`Record Production`."
+" This splits the manufacturing order into two separate orders, titled "
+"*WH/MO/XXXXX-001* and *WH/MO/XXXXX-002*, with *XXXXX* being the number of "
+"the original order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1
+msgid "The Record Production button on a work order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:144
+msgid ""
+"The tablet view defaults to showing the first work order for the *002* "
+"manufacturing order. Since this manufacturing order will not be completed "
+"immediately, back out of tablet view by clicking the :guilabel:`⬅️ (back)` "
+"button twice. Doing so will take you to the *001* order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:148
+msgid ""
+"To finish the *001* order, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab and click "
+"the :guilabel:`tablet view` button located on the line of the next work "
+"order. Finally, complete the remaining work orders, then click "
+":guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close MO` to close the manufacturing order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:152
+msgid ""
+"Once the remaining units are ready to be manufactured, navigate to "
+":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, then"
+" select the *002* order. Select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab and click "
+"the :guilabel:`tablet view` button located on the line of the first work "
+"order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:157
+msgid ""
+"If all of the units in the backorder will be completed immediately, simply "
+"click :guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close MO` after completing all of the work"
+" orders."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:160
+msgid ""
+"If only some of the remaining units will be manufactured immediately, enter "
+"the number in the :guilabel:`Units` field at the top left of the tablet "
+"view, then click :guilabel:`Record Production` to create an additional "
+"backorder for the remaining units, with *003* at the end of its reference "
+"tag."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:165
+msgid ""
+"The *002* backorder and *003* backorder can be completed by following the "
+"steps detailed in this section."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:169
+msgid ""
+"It is also possible to create a backorder in the middle of a manufacturing "
+"order, when some but not all of the work orders have already been completed."
+" Doing so marks the completed work order(s) as :guilabel:`Finished` on the "
+"backorder."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:174
+msgid ""
+"A manufacturing order for four chairs requires the completion of two work "
+"orders: *Paint* and *Assemble*. While the paint step can be completed "
+"immediately for all four chairs, there are only enough screws to assemble "
+"two of them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:178
+msgid ""
+"As a result, the employee responsible for producing the chairs begins by "
+"painting all four, and marking the *Paint* work order as "
+":guilabel:`Finished` for all of them. Then, they move on to the *Assemble* "
+"work order. They assemble two of the four chairs, enter that number in the "
+":guilabel:`Units` field of the tablet view, and click :guilabel:`Record "
+"Production`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:183
+msgid ""
+"A backorder manufacturing order is created for the remaining two chairs. On "
+"the backorder, the *Paint* work order is already marked as "
+":guilabel:`Finished`, and only the *Assemble* work order is left to be "
+"completed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:187
+msgid ""
+"Once more screws are available, the manufacturing employee assembles the "
+"remaining chairs and clicks :guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close MO` to "
+"complete the *Assemble* work order and close the backorder manufacturing "
+"order."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:3
 msgid "Managing BoMs for product variants"
 msgstr "Gérer les nomenclatures pour les variantes de produits"

locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po

@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 15.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-09-11 16:10+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 08:39+0000\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2021-11-02 08:49+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Jolien De Paepe, 2023\n"
 "Language-Team: French (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n"
@@ -2822,7 +2822,7 @@ msgstr ""
 ":doc:`/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing`."
 
 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:43
-#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:149
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:391
 msgid "Cash drawer"
 msgstr "Tiroir caisse"
 
@@ -2831,7 +2831,7 @@ msgid "The cash drawer should be connected to the printer with an RJ25 cable."
 msgstr "Le tiroir caisse doit être connecté à l'imprimante via un câble RJ25."
 
 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:45
-#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:117
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:359
 msgid "Barcode scanner"
 msgstr "Lecteur de codes-barres"
 
@@ -3151,10 +3151,642 @@ msgstr ""
 "n'est sélectionné pour ces imprimantes."
 
 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:103
+msgid "Epson configuration special case"
+msgstr "Cas particulier de la configuration Epson"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:105
+msgid ""
+"Most Epson printers support printing receipts in Odoo :abbr:`POS (Point of "
+"Sale)` using the `GS v 0` command. However, the following Epson printer "
+"models do not support this command:"
+msgstr ""
+"La plupart des imprimantes Epson prennent en charge l'impression de reçus "
+"dans Odoo :abbr:`PdV (Point de vente)` à l'aide de la commande `GS v 0`. "
+"Cependant, les modèles d'imprimantes Epson suivants ne prennent pas en "
+"charge cette commande :"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:108
+msgid "TM-U220"
+msgstr "TM-U220"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:109
+msgid "TM-U230"
+msgstr "TM-U230"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:110
+msgid "TM-P60"
+msgstr "TM-P60"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:111
+msgid "TMP-P60II"
+msgstr "TMP-P60II"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:113
+msgid ""
+"Bypass this issue by configuring the printer to use the `ESC *` command "
+"instead."
+msgstr ""
+"Contournez ce problème en configuration l'imprimante pour qu'elle utilise "
+"plutôt la commande `ESC *`."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:116
+msgid "Process to force ESC * command"
+msgstr "Processus pour forcer la commande ESC *"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:119
+msgid "Epson printer compatibility"
+msgstr "Compatibilité de l'imprimante Epson"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:121
+msgid ""
+"The first step is to check whether the printer is incompatible with `GS v 0`"
+" command."
+msgstr ""
+"La première étape consiste à vérifier si l'imprimante est compatible avec la"
+" commande `GS v 0`."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:125
+msgid ""
+"`Epson GS v 0 documentation <https://reference.epson-"
+"biz.com/modules/ref_escpos/index.php? content_id=94>`_ for `GS v 0` "
+"compatible printers."
+msgstr ""
+"`Documentation Epson GS v 0 <https://reference.epson-"
+"biz.com/modules/ref_escpos/index.php? content_id=94>`_ pour les imprimantes "
+"compatibles `GS v 0`."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:127
+msgid ""
+"`Epson ESC * documentation <https://reference.epson-"
+"biz.com/modules/ref_escpos/index.php ?content_id=88>`_ for `ESC *` "
+"compatible printers."
+msgstr ""
+"`Documentation Epson ESC * <https://reference.epson-"
+"biz.com/modules/ref_escpos/index.php ?content_id=88>`_ pour les imprimantes "
+"compatibles `ESC *`."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:130
+msgid ""
+"If the printer is not compatible with the `ESC *` command then the following"
+" process is not possible. Should the printer be compatible to use the `ESC "
+"*` command to print, follow this process to configure the printer with the "
+":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box."
+msgstr ""
+"Si l'imprimante n'est pas compatible avec la commande `ESC *`, le processus "
+"suivant n'est pas possible. Si l'imprimante est compatible avec la commande "
+"`ESC *` pour imprimer, suivez cette procédure pour configurer l'imprimante "
+"avec l':abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:135
+msgid "IoT box configuration for ESC *"
+msgstr "Configuration de l'IoT box pour ESC *"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:137
+msgid ""
+"To configure the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box to use the `ESC *` "
+"command to print, go to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage by"
+" navigating to :menuselection:`IoT app --> IoT Boxes`. Then click on the "
+":guilabel:`IP address` and this will direct to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of "
+"Things)` box homepage."
+msgstr ""
+"Pour configurer l':abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box pour qu'elle utilise "
+"la commande `ESC *` pour imprimer, allez à la page d'accueil de l':abbr:`IoT"
+" (Internet of Things)` box en allant à l'application :menuselection:`IoT -->"
+" IoT Box`. Cliquez ensuite sur l':guilabel:`adresse IP` et vous serez "
+"redirigé vers la page d'accueil de l':abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:142
+msgid "**Choosing the printer**"
+msgstr "**Choix de l'imprimante**"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:144
+msgid ""
+"Now click on the :guilabel:`Printers server` button. This will redirect the "
+"browser to the *CUPS* page. Next, go to :menuselection:`Administration --> "
+"Printers --> Add Printer`, choose the printer that should be modified, and "
+"then click :guilabel:`Continue`."
+msgstr ""
+"Cliquez maintenant sur le bouton :guilabel:`Serveur d'imprimantes`. Le "
+"navigateur sera redirigé vers la page *CUPS*. Allez ensuite à "
+":menuselection:`Administration --> Imprimantes --> Ajouter une imprimante`, "
+"choisissez l'imprimante qui doit être modifiée et cliquez sur "
+":guilabel:`Continuer`."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:149
+msgid ""
+"If the name of the printer is still uncertain, take the following steps:"
+msgstr ""
+"Si le nom de l'imprimante n'est toujours pas connu, suivez les étapes "
+"suivantes :"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:151
+msgid "Take note of the listed printers on the *CUPS* page."
+msgstr "Prenez note des imprimantes répertoriées sur la page *CUPS*."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:152
+msgid "Turn the printer off and refresh the page."
+msgstr "Éteignez l'imprimante et actualisez la page."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:153
+msgid ""
+"Now compare the difference with the first list to see which printer "
+"disappeared."
+msgstr ""
+"Comparez maintenant la différence avec la première liste pour voir quelle "
+"imprimante a disparu."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:154
+msgid "Turn the printer back on and refresh the page again."
+msgstr "Remettez l'imprimante sous tension et actualisez à nouveau la page."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:155
+msgid "Double-check the list again to see if the printer re-appears."
+msgstr "Vérifiez à nouveau la liste pour voir si l'imprimante réapparaît."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:156
+msgid ""
+"The printer that disappeared and reappears again on the listed printers is "
+"the name of the printer in question."
+msgstr ""
+"L'imprimante qui disparaît et réapparaît dans la liste des imprimantes est "
+"le nom de l'imprimante en question."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:160
+msgid "This can be :guilabel:`Unknown` under :guilabel:`Local printers`."
+msgstr ""
+"Il peut s'agir d':guilabel:`Inconnu` dans :guilabel:`Imprimantes locales`."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:162
+msgid "**CUPS naming convention**"
+msgstr "**Convention d'appellation de CUPS**"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:164
+msgid ""
+"`CUPS` will prompt the admin for three pieces of information: the "
+":guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Description` and the :guilabel:`Location`. The "
+"last two pieces of information do not need to be specific, however, the "
+":guilabel:`Name` should follow a particular convention to work with the `ESC"
+" *` command."
+msgstr ""
+"`CUPS` invite l'administrateur à fournir trois informations : le "
+":guilabel:`Nom`, la :guilabel:`Description` et l':guilabel:`Emplacement`. "
+"Les deux dernières informations n'ont pas besoin d'être spécifiques, mais le"
+" :guilabel:`Nom` doit suivre une convention particulière pour fonctionner "
+"avec la commande `ESC *`."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:169
+msgid ""
+"The :guilabel:`Name` should match this convention: "
+"`<printer_name>__IMC_<param_1>_<param_2>_..._<param_n>__`"
+msgstr ""
+"Le :guilabel:`Nom` doit correspondre à cette convention : "
+"`<printer_name>__IMC_<param_1>_<param_2>_..._<param_n>__`"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:172
+msgid "A breakdown of the naming convention:"
+msgstr "Détail de la convention d'appellation :"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:174
+msgid ""
+"`printer_name`: This is the printer name. It can be any character as long as"
+" it does not contain `_`, `/`, `#`, or ` ` (space character)."
+msgstr ""
+"`printer_name` : Il s'agit du nom de l'imprimante. Il peut être composé de "
+"n'importe quel caractère tant qu'il ne contient pas `_`, `/`, `#`, or ` ` "
+"(caractère espace)."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:176
+msgid ""
+"`IMC`: This stands for *Image Mode Column* (the simplified name for `ESC "
+"*`)."
+msgstr ""
+"`IMC` : C'est l'abréviation d'*Image Mode Column* (le nom simplifié de `ESC "
+"*`)."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:177
+msgid "`param_1`: This stands for the specific parameter:"
+msgstr "`param_1` : Il s'agit du paramètre spécifique :"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:179
+msgid ""
+"`SCALE<X>`: Scale of the picture (with the same aspect ratio). `X` should be"
+" an integer describing the scale percentage that should be used."
+msgstr ""
+"`SCALE<X>` : Échelle de l'image (avec le même rapport d'aspect). `X` doit "
+"être un entier décrivant le pourcentage d'échelle à utiliser."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:183
+msgid ""
+"`100` is the original size, `50` is half the size, `200` is twice the size."
+msgstr ""
+"`100` est la taille originale, `50` est la moitié de la taille et `200` est "
+"le double de la taille."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:185
+msgid ""
+"`LDV`: *Low Density Vertical* (will be set to *High Density Vertical* if not"
+" specified)."
+msgstr ""
+"`LDV` : *Low Density Vertical* (sera défini sur *High Density Vertical* si "
+"ce n'est pas précisé)."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:186
+msgid ""
+"`LDH`: *Low Density Horizontal* (will be set to *High Density Horizontal* if"
+" not specified)."
+msgstr ""
+"`LDH` : *Low Density Horizontal* (sera défini sur *High Density Horizontal* "
+"si ce n'est pas précisé)."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:189
+msgid ""
+"*Density* parameters might need to be configured in a particular way "
+"depending on the printer model."
+msgstr ""
+"Il se peut que les paramètres de *densité* doivent être configurés d'une "
+"manière particulière en fonction du modèle d'imprimante."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:193
+msgid ""
+"Visit `Epson's ESC * documentation <https://reference.epson-"
+"biz.com/modules/ref_escpos/index.php?content_id=88>`_ and click on the "
+"printer model printer in the table above to see if the printer should set "
+"these parameters."
+msgstr ""
+"Consultez la `documentation d'Epson relative à ESC * "
+"<https://reference.epson-"
+"biz.com/modules/ref_escpos/index.php?content_id=88>`_ et cliquez sur le "
+"modèle d'imprimante dans le tableau ci-dessus pour voir si l'imprimante doit"
+" définir ces paramètres."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:198
+msgid "The following are examples of proper and improper name formatting:"
+msgstr "Voici des exemples de formatage de nom correct et incorrect :"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:200
+msgid "Proper name formatting:"
+msgstr "Formatage de nom correct :"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:202
+msgid "`EPSONTMm30II__IMC__`"
+msgstr "`EPSONTMm30II__IMC__`"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:203
+msgid "`EPSON_TM_U220__IMC_LDV_LDH_SCALE80__`"
+msgstr "`EPSON_TM_U220__IMC_LDV_LDH_SCALE80__`"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:205
+msgid ""
+"Improper name formatting (this will not prevent printing, but the result "
+"might not have the expected printed output):"
+msgstr ""
+"Formatage de nom incorrect (cela n'empêche pas l'impression, mais le "
+"résultat risque de ne pas être celui attendu) :"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:208
+msgid "`EPSON TMm 30II` -> The name can't have spaces."
+msgstr "`EPSON TMm 30II` -> Le nom ne peut pas contenir d'espaces."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:209
+msgid ""
+"`EPSONTMm30II` -> The name itself is correct, but it won't use `ESC *`."
+msgstr ""
+"`EPSONTMm30II` -> Le nom lui-même est correct, mais il n'utilise pas `ESC "
+"*`."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:210
+msgid "`EPSONTMm30II__IMC` -> This name is missing the end `__`."
+msgstr "`EPSONTMm30II__IMC` -> Il manque la fin `__` à ce nom."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:211
+msgid ""
+"`EPSONTMm30II__IMC_XDV__` -> The parameter `XDV` does not match any existing"
+" parameters."
+msgstr ""
+"`EPSONTMm30II__IMC_XDV__` -> Le paramètre `XDV` ne correspond à aucun "
+"paramètre existant."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:212
+msgid ""
+"`EPSONTMm30II__IMC_SCALE__` -> The parameter `SCALE` is missing the scale "
+"value."
+msgstr ""
+"`EPSONTMm30II__IMC_SCALE__` -> Il manque la valeur d'échelle du paramètre "
+"`SCALE`."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:214
+msgid "**Finish adding a printer**"
+msgstr "**Terminer l'ajout d'une imprimante**"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:216
+msgid ""
+"After setting the name of the printer with the appropriate naming "
+"convention, click :guilabel:`Continue`. Next, set the :guilabel:`Make` value"
+" to :guilabel:`Raw` and for the :guilabel:`Model` value, set this to "
+":guilabel:`Raw Queue (en)`."
+msgstr ""
+"Après avoir configuré le nom de l'imprimante avec la convention "
+"d'appellation appropriée, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Continuer`. Définissez "
+"ensuite la valeur :guilabel:`Marque` sur :guilabel:`Raw` et la valeur "
+":guilabel:`Modèle` sur :guilabel:`Raw Queue (en)`."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:220
+msgid ""
+"After completing these steps, click :guilabel:`Add Printer`. If everything "
+"was done correctly, the page should redirect to the *Banners* page."
+msgstr ""
+"Après avoir complété ces étapes, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Ajouter une "
+"imprimante`. Si la configuration s'est bien passée, la page devrait "
+"rediriger vers la page *Bannières*."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:223
+msgid ""
+"At this point the printer should have been created, now the :abbr:`IoT "
+"(Internet of Things)` box just needs to detect it and then sync to Odoo's "
+"server (this could take a few minutes)."
+msgstr ""
+"À ce stade, l'imprimante doit être créée. Il suffit maintenant que "
+"l':abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` la détecte et se synchronise avec le "
+"serveur Odoo (cela peut prendre quelques minutes)."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:226
+msgid "**Adding the printer to Odoo PoS**"
+msgstr "**Ajout de l'imprimante à Odoo PdV**"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:228
+msgid ""
+"Once the printer is visible on the Odoo database, don't forget to choose it "
+"in the :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)`configuration as the :abbr:`IoT (Internet "
+"of Things)` printer. Navigate to :menuselection:`Pos App --> Settings --> "
+"Connected Devices --> IoT Box --> Receipt Printer --> Save`."
+msgstr ""
+"Une fois que l'imprimante est visible dans la base de données Odoo, "
+"n'oubliez pas de la choisir dans la configuration :abbr:`PdV (Point de "
+"vente)` en tant qu'imprimante :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)`. Allez à "
+"l'application :menuselection:`Point de Vente --> Paramètres --> "
+"Périphériques connectés --> IoT Box --> Imprimante de reçus --> "
+"Enregistrer`."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:234
+msgid ""
+"If the printer was set up incorrectly (it is still printing random text or "
+"the printed receipt is too big or small), then it cannot be modified via the"
+" printer name with *CUPS*. Instead, the above process can be repeated to set"
+" up another printer from scratch to create one with modified parameters."
+msgstr ""
+"Si l'imprimante a été mal configurée (elle imprime toujours un texte "
+"aléatoire ou le reçu imprimé est trop grand ou trop petit), elle ne peut pas"
+" être modifiée via le nom de l'imprimante avec *CUPS*. En revanche, vous "
+"pouvez répéter la procédure susmentionnée pour configurer une autre "
+"imprimante à partir de zéro et en créer une avec des paramètres modifiés."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:239
+msgid "**Example setup of the Epson TM-U220B printer using ESC**"
+msgstr ""
+"**Exemple de configuration de l'imprimante Epson TM-U220B à l'aide de ESC**"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:244
+msgid ""
+"The following is an example of the troubleshooting process for a TM-U220B "
+"printer model using the `ESC *` command. The receipt pictured below is an "
+"example of a receipt that is printing correctly due to proper formatting (in"
+" theory):"
+msgstr ""
+"Voici un exemple de processus de dépannage pour un modèle d'imprimante "
+"TM-U220B à l'aide de la commande `ESC *`. Le reçu suivant est un exemple de "
+"reçu qui s'imprime correctement grâce à un formatage adéquat (en théorie) : "
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0
+msgid "Properly formatted receipt picture from a demo database."
+msgstr ""
+"Image d'un reçu correctement formaté d'une base de données de démonstration."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:252
+msgid ""
+"Trying to print this receipt right-away prior to the proper formatting will "
+"not work as the TM-U220B printer model does not support `GS v 0`. Instead "
+"random characters will print:"
+msgstr ""
+"Essayer d'imprimer le reçu immédiatement avant le formatage correct ne "
+"fonctionnera pas, car le modèle d'imprimante TM-U220B ne prend pas en charge"
+" `GS v 0`. Il imprimera plutôt des caractères aléatoires :"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0
+msgid "Printer paper with seemingly random characters."
+msgstr "Papier d'impression avec des caractères apparemment aléatoires."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:259
+msgid ""
+"To properly configure formatting for the Epson TM-U220B printer model take "
+"the following steps."
+msgstr ""
+"Pour correctement configurer le formatage pour le modèle Epson TM-U220B, "
+"suivez les étapes suivantes :"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:261
+msgid ""
+"After consulting Epson's website for compatibility for both of the commands:"
+" `GS v 0 <https://reference.epson-"
+"biz.com/modules/ref_escpos/index.php?content_id=94>`_ and `ESC * "
+"<https://reference.epson-"
+"biz.com/modules/ref_escpos/index.php?content_id=88>`_, it can be seen that "
+"indeed the TM-U220B is not compatible with `GS v 0`, but is compatible with "
+"`ESC *`."
+msgstr ""
+"Après avoir consulté le site web d'Epson pour vérifier la compatibilité des "
+"deux commandes : `GS v 0 <https://reference.epson-"
+"biz.com/modules/ref_escpos/index.php?content_id=94>`_ et `ESC * "
+"<https://reference.epson-"
+"biz.com/modules/ref_escpos/index.php?content_id=88>`_, vous pouvez voir que "
+"le modèle TM-U220B n'est pas compatible avec `GS v 0`, mais qu'il l'est avec"
+" `ESC *`."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0
+msgid "Epson compatibility evaluation from Epson website."
+msgstr "Évaluation de la compatibilité d'Epson à partir du site web d'Epson."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:270
+msgid ""
+"When adding the printer, *CUPS* will ask which printer should be added:"
+msgstr ""
+"Lors de l'ajout de l'imprimante, *CUPS* demande quelle imprimante doit être "
+"ajoutée :"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0
+msgid "Administration menu, add printer selection."
+msgstr "Menu Administration, sélection de l'imprimante à ajouter."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:276
+msgid ""
+"In this case, the printer is connected via :abbr:`USB (Universal Serial "
+"Bus)` so it won' be part of the :guilabel:`Discovered Network Printers`. "
+"Instead it is likely part of the :guilabel:`Unknown` selection under "
+":guilabel:`Local Printers`. By unplugging the printer's :abbr:`USB "
+"(Universal Serial Bus)` cable from the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box "
+"and refreshing the page, the :guilabel:`Unknown` printer disappears. By "
+"plugging it back in, the printer reappears, so it can be said that this is "
+"the printer in question."
+msgstr ""
+"Dans ce cas, l'imprimante est connectée via :abbr:`USB (Universal Serial "
+"Bus)` et ne fait donc pas partie des :guilabel:`Imprimantes réseau "
+"découvertes`. Elle fait probablement partie de la sélection "
+":guilabel:`Inconnu` dans :guilabel:`Imprimantes locales`. En débranchant le "
+"câble :abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)` de l'imprimante de l':abbr:`IoT "
+"(Internet of Things)` box et en actualisant la page, l'imprimante "
+":guilabel:`Inconnu` disparaît. En la rebranchant, l'imprimante réapparaît, "
+"donc on peut confirmer qu'il s'agit de l'imprimante en question."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:283
+msgid ""
+"For the naming convention, since it will need to print using the `ESC *` "
+"command, it is imperative to add `__IMC`. Reference the printer model on "
+"`Epson's ESC * site <https://reference.epson-"
+"biz.com/modules/ref_escpos/index.php?content_id=88>`_ to find out more about"
+" the *density* parameters."
+msgstr ""
+"Pour la convention d'appellation, étant donné qu'elle devra imprimer à "
+"l'aide de la commande `ESC *`, il est impératif d'ajouter `__IMC`. Référez-"
+"vous au modèle d'imprimante sur le `site ESC * d'Epson "
+"<https://reference.epson-"
+"biz.com/modules/ref_escpos/index.php?content_id=88>`_ pour en savoir plus "
+"sur les paramètres de *densité*."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0
+msgid "Epson TM-U220 specifications on manufacturer's website."
+msgstr ""
+"Spécifications de l'imprimante Epson TM-U220 sur le site web du fabricant."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:292
+msgid ""
+"For this particular model, TM-U220, `m` should be equal to 0 or 1. While "
+"referencing the :guilabel:`Description` below the pink box in the above "
+"picture, the `m` values could be 0, 1, 32 or 33. So in this printers case, "
+"the `m` value can NOT be 32 or 33 (otherwise there will be random characters"
+" printed)."
+msgstr ""
+"Pour ce modèle en particulier, TM-U220, `m` doit être égal à 0 ou 1. En se "
+"référant à la :guilabel:`Description` sous l'encadré rose dans l'image ci-"
+"dessus, les valeurs `m` doivent être 0, 1, 32 ou 33. Donc dans le cas de "
+"cette imprimante, la valeur `m` ne peut PAS être 32 ou 33 (sinon, des "
+"caractères aléatoires seront imprimés)."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:297
+msgid ""
+"The table includes the numeric values: 32 and 33, they both occur if the "
+":guilabel:`Number of bits for vertical data` is set to 24. This means that "
+"is a *High Vertical Density*. In the case of configuring the Epson TM-U220, "
+"the *Low Vertical Density* will need to be forced, as this printer model "
+"does not support *High Vertical Density* for this command `ESC *`."
+msgstr ""
+"Le tableau comprend les valeurs numériques : 32 et 33, qui se produisent "
+"toutes deux si le :guilabel:`Nombre de bits pour les données verticales` est"
+" fixé sur 24. Ceci signifie que la *densité verticale est élevée*. Dans le "
+"cadre de la configuration de l'imprimante Epson TM-U220, la *densité "
+"verticale basse* doit être forcée, car ce modèle d'imprimante ne prend pas "
+"en charge la *densité verticale élevée* pour cette commande `ESC *`."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:302
+msgid ""
+"To add a *Low Vertical Density*, add the `LDV` parameter to the naming "
+"convention."
+msgstr ""
+"Pour ajouter une *Faible densité verticale*, ajoutez le paramètre `LDV` à la"
+" convention d'appellation."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0
+msgid ""
+"Add a *Low Vertical Density* (the `LDV` parameter) to the naming convention."
+msgstr ""
+"Ajoutez une *Faible densité verticale* (le paramètre `LDV`)  à la convention"
+" d'appellation."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:308
+msgid ""
+"Click :guilabel:`Continue` to proceed. Next, set the :guilabel:`Make` value "
+"to :guilabel:`Raw` and for the :guilabel:`Model` value, set this to "
+":guilabel:`Raw Queue (en)`."
+msgstr ""
+"Cliquez sur :guilabel:`Continuer` pour continuer. Définissez ensuite la "
+"valeur :guilabel:`Marque` sur :guilabel:`Raw` et la valeur "
+":guilabel:`Modèle` sur :guilabel:`Raw Queue (en)`."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0
+msgid "Epson TM-U220 specifications on manufacturers website."
+msgstr ""
+"Spécifications de l'imprimante Epson TM-U220 sur le site web du fabricant."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:315
+msgid ""
+"However when trying to print with the naming convention: "
+"`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV__`, it will print the receipt, but it will be too big"
+" and outside the margin. To resolve this, add a new printer (and naming "
+"convention) with the `SCALE<X>` parameter to adapt to our receipt size."
+msgstr ""
+"Toutefois, si vous essayez d'imprimer avec la convention d'appellation "
+"`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV__`, le reçu sera imprimé, mais il sera trop grand et "
+"dépassera les marges. Pour résoudre ce problème, ajoutez une nouvelle "
+"imprimante (et convention d'appellation) avec le paramètre `SCALE1` pour "
+"l'adapter à la taille de notre reçu."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:319
+msgid "Here are some examples:"
+msgstr "Voici quelques exemples :"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:324
+msgid "Printer Naming Convention"
+msgstr "Convention d'appellation de l'imprimante"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:325
+msgid "`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV__`"
+msgstr "`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV__`"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:326
+msgid "`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_SCALE75__`"
+msgstr "`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_SCALE75__`"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:327
+msgid "`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_LDH__`"
+msgstr "`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_LDH__`"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:328
+msgid "`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_LDH_SCALE35__`"
+msgstr "`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_LDH_SCALE35__`"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0
+msgid "Receipt example format."
+msgstr "Exemple de format de reçu."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0
+msgid "Receipt format using naming convention: EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV__."
+msgstr ""
+"Format de reçu utilisant la convention d'appellation : "
+"EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV__."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0
+msgid ""
+"Receipt format using naming convention: EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_SCALE75__."
+msgstr ""
+"Format de reçu utilisant la convention d'appellation : "
+"EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_SCALE75__."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0
+msgid "Receipt format using naming convention: EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_LDH__."
+msgstr ""
+"Format de reçu utilisant la convention d'appellation : "
+"EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_LDH__."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0
+msgid ""
+"Receipt format using naming convention: EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_LDH_SCALE35__."
+msgstr ""
+"Format de reçu utilisant la convention d'appellation : "
+"EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_LDH_SCALE35__."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:346
 msgid "The Zebra printer doesn't print anything"
 msgstr "L'imprimante Zebra n'imprime rien"
 
-#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:105
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:348
 msgid ""
 "Zebra printers are quite sensitive to the format of the Zebra Programming "
 "Language (ZPL) code that is printed. If nothing comes out of the printer or "
@@ -3170,7 +3802,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Technique --> Interface utilisateur --> Vues` en :ref:`mode développeur "
 "<developer-mode>` et recherchez le modèle correspondant."
 
-#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:112
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:355
 msgid ""
 "Check out Zebra's instructions on printing :abbr:`ZPL (Zebra Programming "
 "Language)` files `here <https://supportcommunity.zebra.com/s/article/Print-"
@@ -3181,13 +3813,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "<https://supportcommunity.zebra.com/s/article/Print-a-zpl-file-using-the-"
 "Generic-Text-Printer>`_."
 
-#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:120
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:362
 msgid "The characters read by the barcode scanner don't match the barcode"
 msgstr ""
 "Les caractères lus par le lecteur de codes-barres ne correspondent pas au "
 "code-barres"
 
-#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:122
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:364
 msgid ""
 "By default, most barcode scanners are configured in the US QWERTY format. If"
 " the barcode scanner uses a different layout, go to the form view of the "
@@ -3200,11 +3832,11 @@ msgstr ""
 "(:menuselection:`IoT --> Périphériques --> Lecteur de codes-barres`) et "
 "sélectionnez le bon format."
 
-#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:127
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:369
 msgid "Nothing happens when a barcode is scanned"
 msgstr "Rien ne se passe lorsqu'un code-barres est scanné"
 
-#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:129
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:371
 msgid ""
 "Make sure that the correct device is selected in the :menuselection:`Point "
 "of Sale` configuration and that the barcode is configured to send an `ENTER`"
@@ -3218,11 +3850,11 @@ msgstr ""
 "Pour ce faire, allez à l'application :menuselection:`Point de Vente --> Menu"
 " trois points sur le PdV --> Section IoT Box --> Modifier`."
 
-#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:135
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:377
 msgid "The barcode scanner is detected as a keyboard"
 msgstr "Le lecteur de codes-barres est détecté comme un clavier"
 
-#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:138
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:380
 msgid ""
 "Some barcode scanners do not advertise themselves as barcode scanners but as"
 " a USB keyboard instead, and will not be recognized by the :abbr:`IoT "
@@ -3232,7 +3864,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "codes-barres, mais comme des claviers USB et ne seront pas reconnus par "
 "l':abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box."
 
-#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:141
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:383
 msgid ""
 "The device type can be manually changed by going to its form view "
 "(:menuselection:`IoT App --> Devices --> Barcode Device`) and activating the"
@@ -3246,11 +3878,11 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Modifying the form view of the barcode scanner."
 msgstr "Modifiez le formulaire du lecteur de codes-barres"
 
-#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:152
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:394
 msgid "The cash drawer does not open"
 msgstr "Le tiroir caisse ne s'ouvre pas"
 
-#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:154
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:396
 msgid ""
 "The cash drawer should be connected to the printer and the :guilabel:`Cash "
 "drawer` checkbox should be ticked in the :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` "

locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po

@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 15.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-09-11 16:10+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 08:39+0000\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2021-11-02 08:49+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Jolien De Paepe, 2023\n"
 "Language-Team: French (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n"
@@ -2687,10 +2687,12 @@ msgid "Windows 10 & Linux OS"
 msgstr "Windows 10 & Linux OS"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:62
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:191
 msgid "Generate a self-signed certificate"
 msgstr "Générer un certificat auto-signé"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:64
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:193
 msgid ""
 "Navigate to the ePOS' IP address (e.g., `https://192.168.1.25`) and force "
 "the connection by clicking :guilabel:`Advanced` and :guilabel:`Proceed to "
@@ -2707,10 +2709,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "Chrome"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:72
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:201
 msgid "Warning page on Google Chrome, Windows 10"
 msgstr "Page d'avertissement dans Google Chrome, Windows 10"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:74
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:203
 msgid ""
 "Then, sign in using your printer credentials to access the ePOS printer "
 "settings. To sign in, enter `epson` in the :guilabel:`ID` field and your "
@@ -2722,6 +2726,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "imprimante dans le champ :guilabel:`Mot de passe`."
 
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:78
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:207
 msgid ""
 "Click :guilabel:`Certificate List` in the :guilabel:`Authentication` "
 "section, and click :guilabel:`create` to generate a new **Self-Signed "
@@ -2741,6 +2746,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "manuellement."
 
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:85
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:214
 msgid ""
 "The self-signed certificate is generated. Reload the page and click "
 ":guilabel:`SSL/TLS` in the :guilabel:`Security` section to ensure "
@@ -2753,10 +2759,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "section :guilabel:`Certificat du serveur`."
 
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:89
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:218
 msgid "Export a self-signed certificate"
 msgstr "Exporter un certificat auto-signé"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:91
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:220
 msgid ""
 "The export process is heavily dependent on the :abbr:`OS (Operating System)`"
 " and the browser. Start by accessing your ePOS printer settings on your web "
@@ -2772,10 +2780,12 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:96
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:156
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:225
 msgid "If you are using **Google Chrome**,"
 msgstr "Si vous utilisez **Google Chrome**,"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:98
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:227
 msgid ""
 "click :guilabel:`Not secure` next to the search bar, and "
 ":guilabel:`Certificate is not valid`;"
@@ -2790,11 +2800,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "l'imprimante n'est pas sécurisée."
 
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:104
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:233
 msgid "go to the :guilabel:`Details` tab and click :guilabel:`Export`;"
 msgstr ""
 "allez à l'onglet :guilabel:`Détails` et cliquez sur :guilabel:`Exporter` ;"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:105
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:234
 msgid ""
 "add `.crt` at the end of the file name to ensure it has the correct "
 "extension;"
@@ -2803,6 +2815,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "l'extension correcte ;"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:106
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:235
 msgid ""
 "select :guilabel:`Base64-encoded ASCII, single certificate`, at the bottom "
 "of the pop-up window;"
@@ -2812,6 +2825,8 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:108
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:125
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:237
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:254
 msgid "save, and the certificate is exported."
 msgstr "enregistrez et le certificat est exporté."
 
@@ -2826,15 +2841,18 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:114
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:168
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:243
 msgid "If you are using **Mozilla Firefox**,"
 msgstr "Si vous utilisez **Mozilla Firefox**,"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:116
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:245
 msgid "click the **lock-shaped** icon on the left of the address bar;"
 msgstr ""
 "cliquez sur l'icône en forme de **cadenas** à gauche de la barre d'adresse ;"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:117
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:246
 msgid ""
 "go to :menuselection:`Connection not secure --> More information --> "
 "Security tab --> View certificate`;"
@@ -2849,10 +2867,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "n'est pas sécurisée."
 
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:123
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:252
 msgid "scroll down to the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` section;"
 msgstr "descendez jusqu'à la section :guilabel:`Divers` ;"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:124
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:253
 msgid "click :guilabel:`PEM (cert)` in the :guilabel:`Download` section;"
 msgstr ""
 "cliquez sur :guilabel:`PEM (cert)` dans la section :guilabel:`Télécharger` ;"
@@ -2993,8 +3013,12 @@ msgid "Mac OS"
 msgstr "Mac OS"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:179
-msgid "To secure the connection on a Mac:"
+msgid ""
-msgstr "Pour sécuriser la connexion sur un Mac :"
+"On Mac OS, you can secure the connection for all browsers by following these"
+" steps:"
+msgstr ""
+"Sur Mac OS, vous pouvez sécuriser la connexion pour tous les navigateurs en "
+"suivant les étapes suivantes :"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:181
 msgid ""
@@ -3019,10 +3043,45 @@ msgstr ""
 "navigateur."
 
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:186
+msgid ""
+"To generate and export an SSL certificate and send it to IOS devices, open "
+"**Google Chrome** or **Mozilla Firefox**. Then,"
+msgstr ""
+"Pour générer et exporter un certificat SSL et l'envoyer aux périphériques "
+"iOS, ouvrez **Google Chrome** ou **Mozilla Firefox**. Ensuite,"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:0
+msgid "Warning page about the connection privacy on Google Chrome"
+msgstr ""
+"Page d'avertissement sur la confidentialité de la connexion dans Google "
+"Chrome"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:0
+msgid "Connection to the printer not secure button in Google Chrome"
+msgstr ""
+"Bouton dans Google Chrome signalant que la connexion à l'imprimante n'est "
+"pas sécurisée"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:240
+msgid ""
+"Make sure that the certificate ends with the extension `.crt`. Otherwise, "
+"some browsers might not find the file during the import process."
+msgstr ""
+"Assurez-vous que le certificat se termine par l'extension `.crt`. Sinon, "
+"certains navigateurs pourraient ne pas trouver le fichier pendant le "
+"processus d'importation."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:0
+msgid "Connection is not secure button in Mozilla Firefox"
+msgstr ""
+"Le bouton dans Mozilla Firefox signalant que la connexion n'est pas "
+"sécurisée"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:256
 msgid "Android OS"
 msgstr "Android OS"
 
-#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:188
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:258
 msgid ""
 "To import an SSL certificate into an Android device, first create and export"
 " it from a computer. Next, transfer the `.crt` file to the device using "
@@ -3033,22 +3092,22 @@ msgstr ""
 " `.crt` vers l'appareil par email, Bluetooth ou USB. Une fois le fichier sur"
 " l'appareil,"
 
-#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:192
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:262
 msgid "open the settings and search for `certificate`;"
 msgstr "ouvrez les paramètres et recherchez le `certificat` ;"
 
-#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:193
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:263
 msgid "click :guilabel:`Certificate AC` (Install from device storage);"
 msgstr ""
 "cliquez sur :guilabel:`Certificate AC` (Installer à partir du stockage de "
 "l'appareil) ;"
 
-#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:194
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:264
 msgid "select the certificate file to install it on the device."
 msgstr ""
 "sélectionnez le fichier de certificat pour l'installer sur l'appareil."
 
-#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:197
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:267
 msgid ""
 "The specific steps for installing a certificate may vary depending on the "
 "version of Android and the device manufacturer."
@@ -3056,7 +3115,92 @@ msgstr ""
 "Les étapes spécifiques pour l'installation d'un certificat peuvent dépendre "
 "fortement de la version d'Android et du fabriquant de l'appareil."
 
-#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:202
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:270
+msgid "iOS"
+msgstr "iOS"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:272
+msgid ""
+"To import an SSL certificate into an iOS device, first create and export it "
+"from a computer. Then, transfer the `.crt` file to the device using email, "
+"Bluetooth, or any file-sharing service."
+msgstr ""
+"Pour exporter un certificat SSL sur un appareil iOS, il faut d'abord le "
+"créer et l'exporter à partir d'un ordinateur. Ensuite, transférez le fichier"
+" `.crt` vers l'appareil par email, Bleutooth ou n'importe quel service de "
+"partage de fichiers."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:276
+msgid ""
+"Downloading this file triggers a warning pop-up window. Click "
+":guilabel:`Allow` to download the configuration profile, and close the "
+"second pop-up window. Then,"
+msgstr ""
+"Le téléchargement de ce fichier entraîne l'ouverture d'une fenêtre "
+"contextuelle d'avertissement. Cliquez sur :guilabel:`Autoriser` pour "
+"télécharger le profil de configuration et fermez la deuxième fenêtre "
+"contextuelle. Ensuite,"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:279
+msgid "go to the **Settings App** on the iOS device;"
+msgstr "allez à l'application **Paramètres** sur l'appareil iOS ;"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:280
+msgid "click :guilabel:`Profile Downloaded` under the user's details box;"
+msgstr ""
+"cliquez sur :guilabel:`Profil téléchargé` dans la boîte de détails de "
+"l'utilisateur ;"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:281
+msgid "locate the downloaded `.crt` file and select it;"
+msgstr "trouvez le fichier `.crt` téléchargé et sélectionnez-le ;"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:282
+msgid "click :guilabel:`Install` on the top right of the screen;"
+msgstr "cliquez sur :guilabel:`Installer` en haut à droite de l'écran ;"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:283
+msgid "if a passcode is set on the device, enter the passcode;"
+msgstr ""
+"si un mot de passe est configuré sur l'appareil, saisissez le mot de passe ;"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:284
+msgid ""
+"click :guilabel:`Install` on the top right of the certificate warning screen"
+" and the pop-up window;"
+msgstr ""
+"cliquez sur :guilabel:`Installer` en haut à droite de l'écran "
+"d'avertissement du certificat et de la fenêtre contextuelle ;"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:286
+msgid "click :guilabel:`Done`."
+msgstr "cliquez sur :guilabel:`Terminé`."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:290
+msgid ""
+"The certificate is installed, but it still needs to be authenticated. To do "
+"so,"
+msgstr ""
+"Le certificat est installé, mais il doit toujours être authentifié. Pour ce "
+"faire,"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:292
+msgid ""
+"go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General --> About > Certificate Trust "
+"Settings`;"
+msgstr ""
+"allez aux :menuselection:`Paramètres --> Général --> À propos > Paramètres "
+"de confiance du certificat` ;"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:293
+msgid "enable the installed certificate using the **slide button**;"
+msgstr "activez le certificat installé à l'aide du **bouton coulissant** ;"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:294
+msgid "click :guilabel:`Continue` on the pop-up window."
+msgstr "cliquez sur :guilabel:`Continuer` dans le fenêtre contextuelle."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:297
 msgid ""
 "If you need to export SSL certificates from an operating system or web "
 "browser that has not been mentioned, search for `export SSL certificate` + "
@@ -3068,7 +3212,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "`exporter certificat SSL` + `le nom de votre navigateur ou système "
 "d'exploitation` dans votre moteur de recherche préféré."
 
-#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:205
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:300
 msgid ""
 "Similarly, to import SSL certificates from an unmentioned OS or browser, "
 "search for `import SSL certificate root authority` + `the name of your "
@@ -3079,11 +3223,11 @@ msgstr ""
 "autorité racine` + `le nom de votre navigateur ou système d'opération` dans "
 "votre moteur de recherche préféré."
 
-#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:210
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:305
 msgid "Check if the certificate was imported correctly"
 msgstr "Vérifiez si le certificat est correctement importé"
 
-#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:212
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:307
 msgid ""
 "To confirm your printer's connection is secure, connect to its IP address "
 "using HTTPS. For example, navigate to `https://192.168.1.25` in your "
@@ -6446,12 +6590,13 @@ msgid ""
 "For :doc:`TaxCloud <../../../finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud>` users: "
 "invoices created from Amazon sales orders are **not** synchronized with "
 "TaxCloud, since Amazon already includes them in its own tax report to "
-"TaxCloud."
+"TaxCloud. (decommissioning TaxCloud integration in Odoo 17+)"
 msgstr ""
 "Pour les utilisateurs de :doc:`TaxCloud "
 "<../../../finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud>` : les factures créées à partir"
-" des commandes Amazon ne sont **pas** synchronisées avec TaxCloud, "
+" des commandes Amazon ne sont **pas** synchronisées avec TaxCloud, puisque "
-"puisqu'Amazon les inclut déjà sans sa propre déclaration de TVA à TaxCloud."
+"Amazon les inclut déjà dans sa propre déclaration de TVA à TaxCloud. (mise "
+"hors service de l'intégration de TaxCloud dans Odoo 17+)"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:97
 msgid "Register payments"

locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po

@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 15.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-09-11 16:10+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 08:39+0000\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-03-18 15:03+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Jolien De Paepe, 2023\n"
 "Language-Team: French (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n"
@@ -200,41 +200,51 @@ msgid "Manage my products"
 msgstr "Gérer mes produits"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:3
-msgid "How to display several images per product"
+msgid "Multiple images per product"
-msgstr "Comment afficher plusieurs images par produit"
+msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"By default your product web page displays the main image of your product "
+"When you register several images for a product, only the first image is "
-"only. If you like to show your products under several angles, you can turn "
+"shown on the main products page. By clicking on the product, visitors can "
-"the image into a carrousel."
+"see additional images with the carousel view."
 msgstr ""
-"Par défaut, la page internet de votre produit n'affiche que l'image "
-"principal de celui-ci. Si vous souhaitez afficher vos produits sous "
-"différents angles, vous pouvez activer le mode carrousel."
 
-#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:11
+#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst-1
+msgid "Showing the carousel view."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:12
+msgid "Adding multiple images to a product"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:14
+msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Products`, and select a product."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:15
 msgid ""
-"Check *Several images per product* in :menuselection:`Website Admin --> "
+"Go to the :guilabel:`Sales` tab, click :guilabel:`Edit`, and :guilabel:`Add "
-"Configuration --> Settings`."
+"a media`."
 msgstr ""
-"Consultez *Plusieurs images par produit* dans :menuselection:`Admin site Web"
-" --> Configuration --> Paramètres`."
 
-#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:13
+#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:16
 msgid ""
-"Open a product detail form and upload images from *Images* tab. Hit *Create*"
+"Click the pencil icon to add an image, then click :guilabel:`Save & New` to "
-" in Edit mode to get the upload wizard."
+"add additional ones."
 msgstr ""
-"Ouvrez la page détails du produit et téléchargez des images à partir de "
-"l'onglet *Images*. Dans le mode édition, sélectionnez *Créer*  pour obtenir "
-"l'assistant de téléchargement."
 
-#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:19
+#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:17
-msgid "Such extra image are common to all the product variants (if any)."
+msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save & Close` when you are done."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst-1
+msgid "Creating extra product media."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:23
+msgid "Such extra images are common to all the product variants (if any)."
 msgstr ""
-"Cette image supplémentaire est commune à toutes les variantes du produit (le"
-" cas échéant)."
 
 #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:3
 msgid "Product variants"

locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po

@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 15.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-09-11 16:10+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 08:39+0000\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-03-18 14:59+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Jolien De Paepe, 2023\n"
 "Language-Team: Dutch (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n"
@@ -404,7 +404,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:46
 #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:58
 #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:153
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:276
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:280
 msgid "in :ref:`the configuration file <reference/cmdline/config_file>` set:"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -462,8 +462,8 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:95
 #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:145
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:231
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:235
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:271
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:275
 msgid "Configuration sample"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -574,141 +574,147 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:182
 msgid ""
-"Odoo includes built-in HTTP servers, using either multithreading or "
+"Odoo includes built-in HTTP, cron, and live-chat servers, using either "
-"multiprocessing."
+"multi-threading or multi-processing."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:185
 msgid ""
-"For production use, it is recommended to use the multiprocessing server as "
+"The **multi-threaded** server is a simpler server primarily used for "
-"it increases stability, makes somewhat better use of computing resources and"
+"development, demonstrations, and its compatibility with various operating "
-" can be better monitored and resource-restricted."
+"systems (including Windows). A new thread is spawned for every new HTTP "
+"request, even for long-running requests such as long polling. Extra daemonic"
+" cron threads are spawned too. Due to a Python limitation (GIL), it doesn't "
+"make the best use of the hardware."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:189
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:191
 msgid ""
-"Multiprocessing is enabled by configuring :option:`a non-zero number of "
+"The multi-threaded server is the default server, also for docker containers."
-"worker processes <odoo-bin --workers>`, the number of workers should be "
+" It is selected by leaving the :option:`--workers <odoo-bin --workers>` "
-"based on the number of cores in the machine (possibly with some room for "
+"option out or setting it to ``0``."
-"cron workers depending on how much cron work is predicted)"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:193
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:194
 msgid ""
-"Worker limits can be configured based on the hardware configuration to avoid"
+"The **multi-processing** server is a full-blown server primarily used for "
-" resources exhaustion"
+"production. It is not liable to the same Python limitation (GIL) on resource"
-msgstr ""
+" usage and hence makes the best use of the hardware. A pool of workers is "
-
+"created upon server startup. New HTTP requests are queued by the OS until "
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:196
+"there are workers ready to process them. An extra event-driven HTTP worker "
-msgid "multiprocessing mode currently isn't available on Windows"
+"for the live chat is spawned on an alternative port. Extra cron workers are "
-msgstr ""
+"spawned too. A configurable process reaper monitors resource usage and can "
-
+"kill/restart failed workers."
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:199
-msgid "Worker number calculation"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:201
+msgid ""
+"The multi-processing server is opt-in. It is selected by setting the "
+":option:`--workers <odoo-bin --workers>` option to a non-null integer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:205
+msgid ""
+"Because it is highly customized for Linux servers, the multi-processing "
+"server is not available on Windows."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:209
+msgid "Worker number calculation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:211
 msgid "Rule of thumb : (#CPU * 2) + 1"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:202
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:212
 msgid "Cron workers need CPU"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:203
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:213
 msgid "1 worker ~= 6 concurrent users"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:206
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:216
 msgid "memory size calculation"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:208
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:218
 msgid ""
 "We consider 20% of the requests are heavy requests, while 80% are simpler "
 "ones"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:209
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:219
 msgid ""
 "A heavy worker, when all computed field are well designed, SQL requests are "
 "well designed, ... is estimated to consume around 1GB of RAM"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:210
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:220
 msgid ""
 "A lighter worker, in the same scenario, is estimated to consume around 150MB"
 " of RAM"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:212
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:222
 msgid ""
 "Needed RAM = #worker * ( (light_worker_ratio * light_worker_ram_estimation) "
 "+ (heavy_worker_ratio * heavy_worker_ram_estimation) )"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:215
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:225
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:369
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:373
 msgid "LiveChat"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:217
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:227
 msgid ""
-"In multiprocessing, a dedicated LiveChat worker is automatically started and"
+"In multi-processing, a dedicated LiveChat worker is automatically started "
-" listening on :option:`the longpolling port <odoo-bin --longpolling-port>` "
+"and listens on the :option:`--longpolling-port <odoo-bin --longpolling-"
-"but the client will not connect to it."
+"port>`. By default, the HTTP requests will keep accessing the normal HTTP "
-msgstr ""
+"workers instead of the LiveChat one. You must deploy a proxy in front of "
-
+"Odoo and redirect incoming requests whose path starts with ``/longpolling`` "
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:221
+"to the LiveChat worker. You must also start Odoo in :option:`--proxy-mode "
-msgid ""
+"<odoo-bin --proxy-mode>` so it uses the real client headers (such as "
-"Instead you must have a proxy redirecting requests whose URL starts with "
+"hostname, scheme, and IP) instead of the proxy ones."
-"``/longpolling/`` to the longpolling port. Other request should be proxied "
-"to the :option:`normal HTTP port <odoo-bin --http-port>`"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:225
-msgid ""
-"To achieve such a thing, you'll need to deploy a reverse proxy in front of "
-"Odoo, like nginx or apache. When doing so, you'll need to forward some more "
-"http Headers to Odoo, and activate the proxy_mode in Odoo configuration to "
-"have Odoo read those headers."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:233
-msgid "Server with 4 CPU, 8 Thread"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:234
-msgid "60 concurrent users"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:236
-msgid "60 users / 6 = 10 <- theoretical number of worker needed"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:237
-msgid "(4 * 2) + 1 = 9 <- theoretical maximal number of worker"
+msgid "Server with 4 CPU, 8 Thread"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:238
+msgid "60 concurrent users"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:240
+msgid "60 users / 6 = 10 <- theoretical number of worker needed"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:241
+msgid "(4 * 2) + 1 = 9 <- theoretical maximal number of worker"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:242
 msgid ""
 "We'll use 8 workers + 1 for cron. We'll also use a monitoring system to "
 "measure cpu load, and check if it's between 7 and 7.5 ."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:239
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:243
 msgid "RAM = 9 * ((0.8*150) + (0.2*1024)) ~= 3Go RAM for Odoo"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:241
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:245
 msgid "in :ref:`the configuration file <reference/cmdline/config_file>`:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:257
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:261
 msgid "HTTPS"
 msgstr "HTTPS"
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:259
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:263
 msgid ""
 "Whether it's accessed via website/web client or web service, Odoo transmits "
 "authentication information in cleartext. This means a secure deployment of "
@@ -716,43 +722,43 @@ msgid ""
 "just about any SSL termination proxy, but requires the following setup:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:264
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:268
 msgid ""
 "Enable Odoo's :option:`proxy mode <odoo-bin --proxy-mode>`. This should only"
 " be enabled when Odoo is behind a reverse proxy"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:265
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:269
 msgid "Set up the SSL termination proxy (`Nginx termination example`_)"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:266
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:270
 msgid "Set up the proxying itself (`Nginx proxying example`_)"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:267
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:271
 msgid ""
 "Your SSL termination proxy should also automatically redirect non-secure "
 "connections to the secure port"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:273
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:277
 msgid "Redirect http requests to https"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:274
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:278
 msgid "Proxy requests to odoo"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:282
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:286
 msgid "in ``/etc/nginx/sites-enabled/odoo.conf`` set:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:343
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:347
 msgid "Odoo as a WSGI Application"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:345
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:349
 msgid ""
 "It is also possible to mount Odoo as a standard WSGI_ application. Odoo "
 "provides the base for a WSGI launcher script as ``odoo-wsgi.example.py``. "
@@ -762,87 +768,67 @@ msgid ""
 "configuration file."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:351
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:355
 msgid ""
 "However the WSGI server will only expose the main HTTP endpoint for the web "
 "client, website and webservice API. Because Odoo does not control the "
 "creation of workers anymore it can not setup cron or livechat workers"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:356
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:360
 msgid "Cron Workers"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:358
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:362
-msgid "To run cron jobs for an Odoo deployment as a WSGI application requires"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:360
-msgid "A classical Odoo (run via ``odoo-bin``)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:361
 msgid ""
-"Connected to the database in which cron jobs have to be run (via "
+"Starting one of the built-in Odoo servers next to the WSGI server is "
-":option:`odoo-bin -d`)"
+"required to process cron jobs. That server must be configured to only "
+"process crons and not HTTP requests using the :option:`--no-http <odoo-bin "
+"--no-http>` cli option or the ``http_enable = False`` configuration file "
+"setting."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:363
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:367
 msgid ""
-"Which should not be exposed to the network. To ensure cron runners are not "
+"On Linux-like systems, using the multi-processing server over the multi-"
-"network-accessible, it is possible to disable the built-in HTTP server "
+"threading one is recommended to benefit from better hardware usage and "
-"entirely with :option:`odoo-bin --no-http` or setting ``http_enable = "
+"increased stability, i.e., using the :option:`--workers=-1 <odoo-bin "
-"False`` in the configuration file"
+"--workers>` and :option:`--max-cron-threads=n <odoo-bin --max-cron-threads>`"
+" cli options."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:371
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:375
 msgid ""
-"The second problematic subsystem for WSGI deployments is the LiveChat: where"
+"Using a gevent-compatible WSGI server is required for the correct operation "
-" most HTTP connections are relatively short and quickly free up their worker"
+"of the live chat feature. That server should be able to handle many "
-" process for the next request, LiveChat require a long-lived connection for "
+"simultaneous long-lived HTTP requests but doesn't need a lot of processing "
-"each client in order to implement near-real-time notifications."
+"power. All requests whose path starts with ``/longpolling`` should be "
-msgstr ""
+"directed to that server. A regular (thread/process-based) WSGI server should"
-
+" be used for all other requests."
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:376
-msgid ""
-"This is in conflict with the process-based worker model, as it will tie up "
-"worker processes and prevent new users from accessing the system. However, "
-"those long-lived connections do very little and mostly stay parked waiting "
-"for notifications."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:381
 msgid ""
-"The solutions to support livechat/motifications in a WSGI application are:"
+"The Odoo cron server can also be used to serve the live chat requests. Just "
+"drop the :option:`--no-http <odoo-bin --no-http>` cli option from the cron "
+"server and make sure requests whose path starts with ``/longpolling`` are "
+"directed to this server, either on the :option:`--http-port <odoo-bin "
+"--http-port>` (multi-threading server) or on the :option:`--longpolling-port"
+" <odoo-bin --longpolling-port>` (multi-processing server)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:383
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:388
-msgid ""
-"Deploy a threaded version of Odoo (instead of a process-based preforking "
-"one) and redirect only requests to URLs starting with ``/longpolling/`` to "
-"that Odoo, this is the simplest and the longpolling URL can double up as the"
-" cron instance."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:387
-msgid ""
-"Deploy an evented Odoo via ``odoo-gevent`` and proxy requests starting with "
-"``/longpolling/`` to :option:`the longpolling port <odoo-bin --longpolling-"
-"port>`."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:392
 msgid "Serving Static Files"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:394
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:390
 msgid ""
 "For development convenience, Odoo directly serves all static files in its "
 "modules. This may not be ideal when it comes to performances, and static "
 "files should generally be served by a static HTTP server."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:398
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:394
 msgid ""
 "Odoo static files live in each module's ``static/`` folder, so static files "
 "can be served by intercepting all requests to "
@@ -850,30 +836,30 @@ msgid ""
 "in the various addons paths."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:402
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:398
 #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:122
 msgid "Todo"
 msgstr "Te doen"
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:402
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:398
 msgid ""
 "test whether it would be interesting to serve filestored attachments via "
 "this, and how (e.g. possibility of mapping ir.attachment id to filestore "
 "hash in the database?)"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:409
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:405
 msgid "Security"
 msgstr "Beveiliging"
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:411
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:407
 msgid ""
 "For starters, keep in mind that securing an information system is a "
 "continuous process, not a one-shot operation. At any moment, you will only "
 "be as secure as the weakest link in your environment."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:415
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:411
 msgid ""
 "So please do not take this section as the ultimate list of measures that "
 "will prevent all security problems. It's only intended as a summary of the "
@@ -883,20 +869,20 @@ msgid ""
 "access control management, etc."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:421
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:417
 msgid ""
 "When deploying an internet-facing server, please be sure to consider the "
 "following security-related topics:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:424
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:420
 msgid ""
 "Always set a strong super-admin admin password, and restrict access to the "
 "database management pages as soon as the system is set up. See "
 ":ref:`db_manager_security`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:427
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:423
 msgid ""
 "Choose unique logins and strong passwords for all administrator accounts on "
 "all databases. Do not use 'admin' as the login. Do not use those logins for "
@@ -905,14 +891,14 @@ msgid ""
 "databases."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:432
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:428
 msgid ""
 "Do **not** install demo data on internet-facing servers. Databases with demo"
 " data contain default logins and passwords that can be used to get into your"
 " systems and cause significant trouble, even on staging/dev systems."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:436
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:432
 msgid ""
 "Use appropriate database filters ( :option:`--db-filter <odoo-bin --db-"
 "filter>`) to restrict the visibility of your databases according to the "
@@ -922,7 +908,7 @@ msgid ""
 "backend."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:443
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:439
 msgid ""
 "Once your ``db_name`` and ``db_filter`` are configured and only match a "
 "single database per hostname, you should set ``list_db`` configuration "
@@ -932,7 +918,7 @@ msgid ""
 "option)"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:449
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:445
 msgid ""
 "Make sure the PostgreSQL user (:option:`--db_user <odoo-bin --db_user>`) is "
 "*not* a super-user, and that your databases are owned by a different user. "
@@ -941,20 +927,20 @@ msgid ""
 ":ref:`setup/deploy/odoo`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:454
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:450
 msgid ""
 "Keep installations updated by regularly installing the latest builds, either"
 " via GitHub or by downloading the latest version from "
 "https://www.odoo.com/page/download or http://nightly.odoo.com"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:458
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:454
 msgid ""
 "Configure your server in multi-process mode with proper limits matching your"
 " typical usage (memory/CPU/timeouts). See also :ref:`builtin_server`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:461
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:457
 msgid ""
 "Run Odoo behind a web server providing HTTPS termination with a valid SSL "
 "certificate, in order to prevent eavesdropping on cleartext communications. "
@@ -964,7 +950,7 @@ msgid ""
 ":ref:`https_proxy`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:468
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:464
 msgid ""
 "If you need to allow remote SSH access to your servers, make sure to set a "
 "strong password for **all** accounts, not just `root`. It is strongly "
@@ -974,28 +960,28 @@ msgid ""
 "detection system such as `fail2ban` or equivalent."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:474
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:470
 msgid ""
 "Consider installing appropriate rate-limiting on your proxy or firewall, to "
 "prevent brute-force attacks and denial of service attacks. See also "
 ":ref:`login_brute_force` for specific measures."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:478
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:474
 msgid ""
 "Many network providers provide automatic mitigation for Distributed Denial "
 "of Service attacks (DDOS), but this is often an optional service, so you "
 "should consult with them."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:482
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:478
 msgid ""
 "Whenever possible, host your public-facing demo/test/staging instances on "
 "different machines than the production ones. And apply the same security "
 "precautions as for production."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:486
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:482
 msgid ""
 "If your public-facing Odoo server has access to sensitive internal network "
 "resources or services (e.g. via a private VLAN), implement appropriate "
@@ -1010,7 +996,7 @@ msgid ""
 "control."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:497
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:493
 msgid ""
 "If your public-facing Odoo server is behind a Web Application Firewall, a "
 "load-balancer, a transparent DDoS protection service (like CloudFlare) or a "
@@ -1025,18 +1011,26 @@ msgid ""
 "this purpose."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:508
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:504
 msgid ""
 "If you are hosting multiple customers, isolate customer data and files from "
 "each other using containers or appropriate \"jail\" techniques."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:511
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:507
 msgid ""
 "Setup daily backups of your databases and filestore data, and copy them to a"
 " remote archiving server that is not accessible from the server itself."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:510
+msgid ""
+"Deploying Odoo on Linux is strongly recommended over Windows. Should you "
+"choose nevertheless to deploy on a Windows platform, a thorough security "
+"hardening review of the server should be conducted and is outside of the "
+"scope of this guide."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:518
 msgid "Blocking Brute Force Attacks"
 msgstr ""
@@ -1510,34 +1504,42 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Windows"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:150
+#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:151
+msgid ""
+"Windows packaging is offered for the convenience of testing or running "
+"single-user local instances but production deployment is discouraged due to "
+"a number of limitations and risks associated with deploying Odoo on a "
+"Windows platform."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:155
 msgid ""
 "Download the installer from the `nightly server <https://nightly.odoo.com>`_"
 " (Community only) or the Windows installer from the `Odoo download page "
 "<https://www.odoo.com/page/download>`_ (any edition."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:153
+#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:158
 msgid "Execute the downloaded file."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:156
+#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:161
 msgid ""
 "On Windows 8 and later, a warning titled *Windows protected your PC* may be "
 "displayed. Click **More Info** and then **Run anyway** to proceed."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:159
+#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:164
 msgid ""
 "Accept the `UAC <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/User_Account_Control>`_ "
 "prompt."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:160
+#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:165
 msgid "Go through the installation steps."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:162
+#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:167
 msgid "Odoo launches automatically at the end of the installation."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -2343,44 +2345,190 @@ msgid ""
 " Outlook using OAuth authentication."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:192
-msgid "Multiple user configuration"
-msgstr ""
-
 #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:194
-msgid ""
+msgid "Configuration with a single outgoing mail server"
-"Each user should have a separate server set up. The :guilabel:`from-filter` "
-"should be set so that only the user's email is sent from that server. In "
-"other words, only a user with an email address that matches the set "
-":guilabel:`from-filter` is able to use this server."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:198
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:196
 msgid ""
-"After setting the :guilabel:`from-filter`, set up a fallback email account "
+"Configuring a single outgoing server is the simplest configuration available"
-"to allow for the sending of :guilabel:`notifications`. The fallback email "
+" for Microsoft Azure and it doesn't require extensive access rights for the "
-"must be configured as a :guilabel:`general transactional server`. The "
+"users in the database."
-":guilabel:`mail.default.from` system parameter must be set to the "
-":guilabel:`username` of the general transactional server account. For more "
-"information see :ref:`Use a default email address "
-"<email_communication/default>`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:205
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:199
-#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:213
+msgid ""
+"A generic email address would be used to send emails for all users within "
+"the database. For example it could be structured with a `notifications` "
+"alias (`notifications@example.com`) or `contact` alias "
+"(`contact@example.com`). This address must be set as the :guilabel:`FROM "
+"Filtering` on the server. This address must also match the "
+"`{mail.default.from}@{mail.catchall.domain}` key combination in the system "
+"parameters."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:206
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:247
+msgid ""
+"For more information on the from filter visit: "
+":ref:`email_communication/default`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:209
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:254
 msgid ""
 "The :guilabel:`System Parameters` can be accessed by activating "
-":doc:`../../applications/general/developer_mode` in the "
+":ref:`developer-mode` in the :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> "
-":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System Parameters`"
+"Parameters --> System Parameters` menu."
-" menu."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:210
-msgid "Configure incoming email server"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:212
 msgid ""
+"When using this configuration, every email that is sent from the database "
+"will use the address of the configured `notification` mailbox. However it "
+"should be noted that the name of the sender will appear but their email "
+"address will change:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst-1
+msgid "Name from real sender with static email."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:221
+msgid "Single outgoing mail server configuration:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:223
+msgid ""
+"Outgoing mail server **username** (login) = `notifications@example.com`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:224
+msgid ""
+"Outgoing mail server :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` = "
+"`notifications@example.com`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:225
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:279
+msgid "`mail.catchall.domain` in system parameters = `example.com`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:226
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:280
+msgid "`mail.default.from` in system parameters = `notifications`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:229
+msgid "User-specific (multiple user) configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:231
+msgid ""
+"In addition to a generic email server, individual email servers can be set "
+"up for users in a database. These email addresses must be set as the "
+":guilabel:`FROM Filtering` on each individual server for this configuration "
+"to work."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:235
+msgid ""
+"This configuration is the more difficult of the two Microsoft Azure "
+"configurations, in that it requires all users configured with email servers "
+"to have access rights to settings in order to establish a connection to the "
+"email server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:240
+#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:480
+msgid "Setup"
+msgstr "Instellingen"
+
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:242
+msgid ""
+"Each user should have a separate email server set up. The :guilabel:`FROM "
+"Filtering` should be set so that only the user's email is sent from that "
+"server. In other words, only a user with an email address that matches the "
+"set :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` is able to use this server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:249
+msgid ""
+"A :ref:`fallback server <azure_oauth/notifications>` must be setup to allow "
+"for the sending of :guilabel:`notifications`. The :guilabel:`FROM Filtering`"
+" for this server should have the value of the "
+"`{mail.default.from}@{mail.catchall.domain}`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:258
+msgid ""
+"The configuration for this transactional email server can work alongside an "
+"outgoing mass-mailing email server. The :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` for the "
+"mass-mailing email server can remain empty, but it's require to be added in "
+"the settings of the *Email Marketing* application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:263
+msgid ""
+"For more information on setting the mass-mailing email server visit "
+":ref:`email_communication/mass_mails`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:267
+msgid "Multiple user outgoing mail server configuration:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:270
+msgid "User #1 mailbox"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:270
+msgid "Outgoing mail server #1 **username** (login) = `john@example.com`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:271
+msgid ""
+"Outgoing mail server #1 :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` = `john@example.com`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:273
+msgid "User #2 mailbox"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:273
+msgid "Outgoing mail server #2 **username** (login) = `jane@example.com`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:274
+msgid ""
+"Outgoing mail server #2 :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` = `jane@example.com`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:276
+msgid "Notifications mailbox"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:276
+msgid ""
+"Outgoing mail server #3 **username** (login) = `notifications@example.com`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:277
+msgid ""
+"Outgoing mail server #3 :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` = "
+"`notifications@example.com`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:279
+msgid "System Parameters"
+msgstr "Systeemparameters"
+
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:283
+msgid "Configure incoming email server"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:285
+msgid ""
 "The incoming account should be configured in a similar way to the outgoing "
 "email account. Navigate to the :guilabel:`Incoming Mail Servers` in the "
 ":guilabel:`Technical Menu` and :guilabel:`Create` a new configuration. Check"
@@ -2391,7 +2539,7 @@ msgid ""
 "account. The account should be ready to receive email to the Odoo database."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:220
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:293
 msgid ":doc:`../../applications/general/email_communication/email_servers`"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -4120,6 +4268,14 @@ msgid ""
 "<email_communication/default>`."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:213
+msgid ""
+"The :guilabel:`System Parameters` can be accessed by activating "
+":doc:`../../applications/general/developer_mode` in the "
+":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System Parameters`"
+" menu."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:217
 msgid ""
 "Once the setup is complete, the Odoo database is ready to use the Mailjet "
@@ -6460,10 +6616,6 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "SSH"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:480
-msgid "Setup"
-msgstr "Instellingen"
-
 #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:482
 msgid ""
 "In order to use SSH, you have to set up your profile SSH public key (if it "

locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po

@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 15.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-09-11 16:10+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 08:39+0000\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2021-11-02 08:49+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Jolien De Paepe, 2023\n"
 "Language-Team: Dutch (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n"
@@ -2094,7 +2094,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:43
-#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:149
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:391
 msgid "Cash drawer"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -2103,7 +2103,7 @@ msgid "The cash drawer should be connected to the printer with an RJ25 cable."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:45
-#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:117
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:359
 msgid "Barcode scanner"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -2337,11 +2337,486 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:103
-msgid "The Zebra printer doesn't print anything"
+msgid "Epson configuration special case"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:105
 msgid ""
+"Most Epson printers support printing receipts in Odoo :abbr:`POS (Point of "
+"Sale)` using the `GS v 0` command. However, the following Epson printer "
+"models do not support this command:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:108
+msgid "TM-U220"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:109
+msgid "TM-U230"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:110
+msgid "TM-P60"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:111
+msgid "TMP-P60II"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:113
+msgid ""
+"Bypass this issue by configuring the printer to use the `ESC *` command "
+"instead."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:116
+msgid "Process to force ESC * command"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:119
+msgid "Epson printer compatibility"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:121
+msgid ""
+"The first step is to check whether the printer is incompatible with `GS v 0`"
+" command."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:125
+msgid ""
+"`Epson GS v 0 documentation <https://reference.epson-"
+"biz.com/modules/ref_escpos/index.php? content_id=94>`_ for `GS v 0` "
+"compatible printers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:127
+msgid ""
+"`Epson ESC * documentation <https://reference.epson-"
+"biz.com/modules/ref_escpos/index.php ?content_id=88>`_ for `ESC *` "
+"compatible printers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:130
+msgid ""
+"If the printer is not compatible with the `ESC *` command then the following"
+" process is not possible. Should the printer be compatible to use the `ESC "
+"*` command to print, follow this process to configure the printer with the "
+":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:135
+msgid "IoT box configuration for ESC *"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:137
+msgid ""
+"To configure the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box to use the `ESC *` "
+"command to print, go to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage by"
+" navigating to :menuselection:`IoT app --> IoT Boxes`. Then click on the "
+":guilabel:`IP address` and this will direct to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of "
+"Things)` box homepage."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:142
+msgid "**Choosing the printer**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:144
+msgid ""
+"Now click on the :guilabel:`Printers server` button. This will redirect the "
+"browser to the *CUPS* page. Next, go to :menuselection:`Administration --> "
+"Printers --> Add Printer`, choose the printer that should be modified, and "
+"then click :guilabel:`Continue`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:149
+msgid ""
+"If the name of the printer is still uncertain, take the following steps:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:151
+msgid "Take note of the listed printers on the *CUPS* page."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:152
+msgid "Turn the printer off and refresh the page."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:153
+msgid ""
+"Now compare the difference with the first list to see which printer "
+"disappeared."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:154
+msgid "Turn the printer back on and refresh the page again."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:155
+msgid "Double-check the list again to see if the printer re-appears."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:156
+msgid ""
+"The printer that disappeared and reappears again on the listed printers is "
+"the name of the printer in question."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:160
+msgid "This can be :guilabel:`Unknown` under :guilabel:`Local printers`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:162
+msgid "**CUPS naming convention**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:164
+msgid ""
+"`CUPS` will prompt the admin for three pieces of information: the "
+":guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Description` and the :guilabel:`Location`. The "
+"last two pieces of information do not need to be specific, however, the "
+":guilabel:`Name` should follow a particular convention to work with the `ESC"
+" *` command."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:169
+msgid ""
+"The :guilabel:`Name` should match this convention: "
+"`<printer_name>__IMC_<param_1>_<param_2>_..._<param_n>__`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:172
+msgid "A breakdown of the naming convention:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:174
+msgid ""
+"`printer_name`: This is the printer name. It can be any character as long as"
+" it does not contain `_`, `/`, `#`, or ` ` (space character)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:176
+msgid ""
+"`IMC`: This stands for *Image Mode Column* (the simplified name for `ESC "
+"*`)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:177
+msgid "`param_1`: This stands for the specific parameter:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:179
+msgid ""
+"`SCALE<X>`: Scale of the picture (with the same aspect ratio). `X` should be"
+" an integer describing the scale percentage that should be used."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:183
+msgid ""
+"`100` is the original size, `50` is half the size, `200` is twice the size."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:185
+msgid ""
+"`LDV`: *Low Density Vertical* (will be set to *High Density Vertical* if not"
+" specified)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:186
+msgid ""
+"`LDH`: *Low Density Horizontal* (will be set to *High Density Horizontal* if"
+" not specified)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:189
+msgid ""
+"*Density* parameters might need to be configured in a particular way "
+"depending on the printer model."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:193
+msgid ""
+"Visit `Epson's ESC * documentation <https://reference.epson-"
+"biz.com/modules/ref_escpos/index.php?content_id=88>`_ and click on the "
+"printer model printer in the table above to see if the printer should set "
+"these parameters."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:198
+msgid "The following are examples of proper and improper name formatting:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:200
+msgid "Proper name formatting:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:202
+msgid "`EPSONTMm30II__IMC__`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:203
+msgid "`EPSON_TM_U220__IMC_LDV_LDH_SCALE80__`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:205
+msgid ""
+"Improper name formatting (this will not prevent printing, but the result "
+"might not have the expected printed output):"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:208
+msgid "`EPSON TMm 30II` -> The name can't have spaces."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:209
+msgid ""
+"`EPSONTMm30II` -> The name itself is correct, but it won't use `ESC *`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:210
+msgid "`EPSONTMm30II__IMC` -> This name is missing the end `__`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:211
+msgid ""
+"`EPSONTMm30II__IMC_XDV__` -> The parameter `XDV` does not match any existing"
+" parameters."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:212
+msgid ""
+"`EPSONTMm30II__IMC_SCALE__` -> The parameter `SCALE` is missing the scale "
+"value."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:214
+msgid "**Finish adding a printer**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:216
+msgid ""
+"After setting the name of the printer with the appropriate naming "
+"convention, click :guilabel:`Continue`. Next, set the :guilabel:`Make` value"
+" to :guilabel:`Raw` and for the :guilabel:`Model` value, set this to "
+":guilabel:`Raw Queue (en)`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:220
+msgid ""
+"After completing these steps, click :guilabel:`Add Printer`. If everything "
+"was done correctly, the page should redirect to the *Banners* page."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:223
+msgid ""
+"At this point the printer should have been created, now the :abbr:`IoT "
+"(Internet of Things)` box just needs to detect it and then sync to Odoo's "
+"server (this could take a few minutes)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:226
+msgid "**Adding the printer to Odoo PoS**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:228
+msgid ""
+"Once the printer is visible on the Odoo database, don't forget to choose it "
+"in the :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)`configuration as the :abbr:`IoT (Internet "
+"of Things)` printer. Navigate to :menuselection:`Pos App --> Settings --> "
+"Connected Devices --> IoT Box --> Receipt Printer --> Save`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:234
+msgid ""
+"If the printer was set up incorrectly (it is still printing random text or "
+"the printed receipt is too big or small), then it cannot be modified via the"
+" printer name with *CUPS*. Instead, the above process can be repeated to set"
+" up another printer from scratch to create one with modified parameters."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:239
+msgid "**Example setup of the Epson TM-U220B printer using ESC**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:244
+msgid ""
+"The following is an example of the troubleshooting process for a TM-U220B "
+"printer model using the `ESC *` command. The receipt pictured below is an "
+"example of a receipt that is printing correctly due to proper formatting (in"
+" theory):"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0
+msgid "Properly formatted receipt picture from a demo database."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:252
+msgid ""
+"Trying to print this receipt right-away prior to the proper formatting will "
+"not work as the TM-U220B printer model does not support `GS v 0`. Instead "
+"random characters will print:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0
+msgid "Printer paper with seemingly random characters."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:259
+msgid ""
+"To properly configure formatting for the Epson TM-U220B printer model take "
+"the following steps."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:261
+msgid ""
+"After consulting Epson's website for compatibility for both of the commands:"
+" `GS v 0 <https://reference.epson-"
+"biz.com/modules/ref_escpos/index.php?content_id=94>`_ and `ESC * "
+"<https://reference.epson-"
+"biz.com/modules/ref_escpos/index.php?content_id=88>`_, it can be seen that "
+"indeed the TM-U220B is not compatible with `GS v 0`, but is compatible with "
+"`ESC *`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0
+msgid "Epson compatibility evaluation from Epson website."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:270
+msgid ""
+"When adding the printer, *CUPS* will ask which printer should be added:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0
+msgid "Administration menu, add printer selection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:276
+msgid ""
+"In this case, the printer is connected via :abbr:`USB (Universal Serial "
+"Bus)` so it won' be part of the :guilabel:`Discovered Network Printers`. "
+"Instead it is likely part of the :guilabel:`Unknown` selection under "
+":guilabel:`Local Printers`. By unplugging the printer's :abbr:`USB "
+"(Universal Serial Bus)` cable from the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box "
+"and refreshing the page, the :guilabel:`Unknown` printer disappears. By "
+"plugging it back in, the printer reappears, so it can be said that this is "
+"the printer in question."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:283
+msgid ""
+"For the naming convention, since it will need to print using the `ESC *` "
+"command, it is imperative to add `__IMC`. Reference the printer model on "
+"`Epson's ESC * site <https://reference.epson-"
+"biz.com/modules/ref_escpos/index.php?content_id=88>`_ to find out more about"
+" the *density* parameters."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0
+msgid "Epson TM-U220 specifications on manufacturer's website."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:292
+msgid ""
+"For this particular model, TM-U220, `m` should be equal to 0 or 1. While "
+"referencing the :guilabel:`Description` below the pink box in the above "
+"picture, the `m` values could be 0, 1, 32 or 33. So in this printers case, "
+"the `m` value can NOT be 32 or 33 (otherwise there will be random characters"
+" printed)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:297
+msgid ""
+"The table includes the numeric values: 32 and 33, they both occur if the "
+":guilabel:`Number of bits for vertical data` is set to 24. This means that "
+"is a *High Vertical Density*. In the case of configuring the Epson TM-U220, "
+"the *Low Vertical Density* will need to be forced, as this printer model "
+"does not support *High Vertical Density* for this command `ESC *`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:302
+msgid ""
+"To add a *Low Vertical Density*, add the `LDV` parameter to the naming "
+"convention."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0
+msgid ""
+"Add a *Low Vertical Density* (the `LDV` parameter) to the naming convention."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:308
+msgid ""
+"Click :guilabel:`Continue` to proceed. Next, set the :guilabel:`Make` value "
+"to :guilabel:`Raw` and for the :guilabel:`Model` value, set this to "
+":guilabel:`Raw Queue (en)`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0
+msgid "Epson TM-U220 specifications on manufacturers website."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:315
+msgid ""
+"However when trying to print with the naming convention: "
+"`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV__`, it will print the receipt, but it will be too big"
+" and outside the margin. To resolve this, add a new printer (and naming "
+"convention) with the `SCALE<X>` parameter to adapt to our receipt size."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:319
+msgid "Here are some examples:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:324
+msgid "Printer Naming Convention"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:325
+msgid "`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV__`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:326
+msgid "`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_SCALE75__`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:327
+msgid "`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_LDH__`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:328
+msgid "`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_LDH_SCALE35__`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0
+msgid "Receipt example format."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0
+msgid "Receipt format using naming convention: EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV__."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0
+msgid ""
+"Receipt format using naming convention: EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_SCALE75__."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0
+msgid "Receipt format using naming convention: EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_LDH__."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0
+msgid ""
+"Receipt format using naming convention: EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_LDH_SCALE35__."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:346
+msgid "The Zebra printer doesn't print anything"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:348
+msgid ""
 "Zebra printers are quite sensitive to the format of the Zebra Programming "
 "Language (ZPL) code that is printed. If nothing comes out of the printer or "
 "blank labels are printed, try changing the format of the report that is sent"
@@ -2350,18 +2825,18 @@ msgid ""
 " the corresponding template."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:112
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:355
 msgid ""
 "Check out Zebra's instructions on printing :abbr:`ZPL (Zebra Programming "
 "Language)` files `here <https://supportcommunity.zebra.com/s/article/Print-"
 "a-zpl-file-using-the-Generic-Text-Printer>`_."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:120
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:362
 msgid "The characters read by the barcode scanner don't match the barcode"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:122
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:364
 msgid ""
 "By default, most barcode scanners are configured in the US QWERTY format. If"
 " the barcode scanner uses a different layout, go to the form view of the "
@@ -2369,11 +2844,11 @@ msgid ""
 "the correct format."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:127
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:369
 msgid "Nothing happens when a barcode is scanned"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:129
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:371
 msgid ""
 "Make sure that the correct device is selected in the :menuselection:`Point "
 "of Sale` configuration and that the barcode is configured to send an `ENTER`"
@@ -2382,18 +2857,18 @@ msgid ""
 "Edit`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:135
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:377
 msgid "The barcode scanner is detected as a keyboard"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:138
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:380
 msgid ""
 "Some barcode scanners do not advertise themselves as barcode scanners but as"
 " a USB keyboard instead, and will not be recognized by the :abbr:`IoT "
 "(Internet of Things)` box."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:141
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:383
 msgid ""
 "The device type can be manually changed by going to its form view "
 "(:menuselection:`IoT App --> Devices --> Barcode Device`) and activating the"
@@ -2404,11 +2879,11 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Modifying the form view of the barcode scanner."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:152
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:394
 msgid "The cash drawer does not open"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:154
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:396
 msgid ""
 "The cash drawer should be connected to the printer and the :guilabel:`Cash "
 "drawer` checkbox should be ticked in the :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` "
@@ -5609,7 +6084,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:306
 msgid "Options tab"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Tabblad Opties"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:308
 msgid ""

locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po

@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 15.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-09-11 16:10+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 08:39+0000\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-03-18 15:03+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2023\n"
 "Language-Team: Dutch (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n"
@@ -185,35 +185,51 @@ msgid "Manage my products"
 msgstr "Beheer mijn producten"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:3
-msgid "How to display several images per product"
+msgid "Multiple images per product"
-msgstr "Hoe meerdere afbeeldingen per product te tonen"
+msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"By default your product web page displays the main image of your product "
+"When you register several images for a product, only the first image is "
-"only. If you like to show your products under several angles, you can turn "
+"shown on the main products page. By clicking on the product, visitors can "
-"the image into a carrousel."
+"see additional images with the carousel view."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:11
+#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst-1
+msgid "Showing the carousel view."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:12
+msgid "Adding multiple images to a product"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:14
+msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Products`, and select a product."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:15
 msgid ""
-"Check *Several images per product* in :menuselection:`Website Admin --> "
+"Go to the :guilabel:`Sales` tab, click :guilabel:`Edit`, and :guilabel:`Add "
-"Configuration --> Settings`."
+"a media`."
 msgstr ""
-"Vink de optie *Meerdere afbeeldingen per product* aan in  "
-":menuselection:`Website Admin --> Configuratie --> Instellingen`."
 
-#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:13
+#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:16
 msgid ""
-"Open a product detail form and upload images from *Images* tab. Hit *Create*"
+"Click the pencil icon to add an image, then click :guilabel:`Save & New` to "
-" in Edit mode to get the upload wizard."
+"add additional ones."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:19
+#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:17
-msgid "Such extra image are common to all the product variants (if any)."
+msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save & Close` when you are done."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst-1
+msgid "Creating extra product media."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:23
+msgid "Such extra images are common to all the product variants (if any)."
 msgstr ""
-"Zo een extra afbeeldingen zijn vaak voorkomend bij alle product varianten "
-"(als er zijn)."
 
 #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:3
 msgid "Product variants"

locale/pl/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po

@@ -6,17 +6,19 @@
 # Translators:
 # Mariusz, 2023
 # Piotr Strębski <strebski@gmail.com>, 2023
-# Wil Odoo, 2023
 # Tadeusz Karpiński <tadeuszkarpinski@gmail.com>, 2023
+# Paweł Wodyński <pw@myodoo.pl>, 2023
+# Tadeusz Karpiński <tadeusz.karpinski@braintec.com>, 2023
+# Wil Odoo, 2023
 # 
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 15.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-09-11 16:10+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 08:39+0000\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2021-11-02 08:48+0000\n"
-"Last-Translator: Tadeusz Karpiński <tadeuszkarpinski@gmail.com>, 2023\n"
+"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2023\n"
 "Language-Team: Polish (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pl/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@@ -30,7 +32,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:8
 msgid "Inventory"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Magazynowanie"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:10
 msgid ""
@@ -116,7 +118,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:6
 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:6
 msgid "Overview"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Przegląd"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:5
 msgid ""
@@ -503,7 +505,6 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:88
 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:14
-#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:14
 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:16
 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:51
 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:16
@@ -951,7 +952,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:318
 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:15
 msgid "Location"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Miejsce"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:318
 msgid "(414)(\\\\d{13})"
@@ -1195,7 +1196,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:41
 msgid "Receipts"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Przyjęcia"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:43
 msgid ""
@@ -1213,7 +1214,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:56
 msgid "Delivery Orders"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Wydania"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:58
 msgid ""
@@ -1238,7 +1239,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:82
 msgid "Internal Transfers"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Przesunięcia wewnątrzmagazynowe"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:84
 msgid ""
@@ -1297,7 +1298,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup.rst:5
 msgid "Setup"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ustawienia"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:3
 msgid "Set up your barcode scanner"
@@ -1459,7 +1460,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management.rst:5
 msgid "Warehouse Management"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Zarządzanie magazynem "
 
 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments.rst:5
 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:3
@@ -1818,6 +1819,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:194
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:115
 msgid ""
 "Then, to change the month, click :guilabel:`December` to reveal the drop-"
 "down menu, and select the desired month."
@@ -1908,55 +1910,191 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"In most companies, the stock is only counted once a year. That's why by "
+"For most companies, warehouse stock only needs to be counted once a year. "
-"default, after making an inventory adjustment in Odoo, the scheduled date "
+"This is why, by default, after making an *inventory adjustment* in Odoo, the"
-"for the next count is set on the 31st of December. However, for some "
+" scheduled date for the next inventory count is set for the 31st of December"
-"businesses it's crucial to have an accurate inventory count at all times."
+" of the current year."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:10
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:9
 msgid ""
-"The goal of cycle counts is to keep critical stock levels accurate by "
+"However, for some businesses, it's crucial to have an accurate inventory "
-"counting more often at key locations."
+"count at all times. These companies use *cycle counts* to keep critical "
+"stock levels accurate. Cycle counting is a method by which companies count "
+"their inventory more often in certain *locations*, to ensure that their "
+"physical inventory counts match their inventory records."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:16
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:15
+msgid "Activate storage locations"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:17
 msgid ""
-"In Odoo, cycle counts are location-based. The frequency of the counts is "
+"In Odoo, cycle counts are location-based. Therefore, the *storage locations*"
-"defined by the storage location. To activate storage locations, go to "
+" feature needs to be enabled before performing a cycle count."
-":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> Warehouse` and "
+msgstr ""
-"activate the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` setting. Next, click "
+
-":guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting."
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:20
+msgid ""
+"To enable this feature, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
+"Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` "
+"section. Then, click the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Storage Locations`. "
+"Click :guilabel:`Save` to save all changes."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst-1
-msgid "Enable Storage Locations in Odoo settings."
+msgid "Enabled storage locations setting in inventory settings."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:26
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:29
-msgid "Change the inventory frequency"
+msgid "Change inventory count frequency by location"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:28
-msgid ""
-"To change a location's inventory frequency, first, go to the locations by "
-"clicking :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:31
 msgid ""
-"Then, click on a location to open the location settings. Next, click on "
+"Now that the storage locations setting is enabled, the inventory count "
-":guilabel:`Edit`. In the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` field, set "
+"frequency can be changed for specific locations created in the warehouse."
-"the number of days. For example, a location that needs an inventory count "
+msgstr ""
-"every 30 days would set the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` value to "
+
-"`30`. Once the value is entered, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting"
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:34
-" to the location. Now, once an inventory adjustment is applied to this "
+msgid ""
-"location, the next scheduled count date will be automatically set based on "
+"To view and edit locations, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
-"the number of days in the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` setting."
+"Configuration --> Locations`. This reveals a :guilabel:`Locations` page "
+"containing every location currently created and listed in the warehouse."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:38
+msgid ""
+"From this page, click into a location to reveal the settings and "
+"configuration page for that location. Click :guilabel:`Edit` to edit the "
+"location settings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:41
+msgid ""
+"Under the :guilabel:`Cyclic Inventory` section, locate the "
+":guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` field, which should be set to `0` (if"
+" this location has not been edited previously). In this field, change the "
+"value to whichever number of days is desired."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst-1
-msgid "Edit a location to change the inventory frequency."
+msgid "Location frequency setting on location."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:50
+msgid ""
+"A location that needs an inventory count every 30 days should have the "
+":guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` value set to `30`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:53
+msgid ""
+"Once the frequency has been changed to the desired number of days, click "
+":guilabel:`Save` to save changes. Now, once an inventory adjustment is "
+"applied to this location, the next scheduled count date is automatically "
+"set, based on the value entered into the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency "
+"(Days)` field."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:59
+msgid "Count inventory by location"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:61
+msgid ""
+"To perform a cycle count for a specific location in the warehouse, navigate "
+"to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Inventory Adjustments`. "
+"This reveals an :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` page containing all "
+"products currently in stock, with each product listed on its own line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:66
+msgid ""
+"From this page, the :guilabel:`Filters` and :guilabel:`Group By` buttons (at"
+" the top of the page, under the :guilabel:`Search...` bar), can be used to "
+"select specific locations and perform inventory counts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst-1
+msgid "Inventory adjustments page."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:74
+msgid ""
+"To select a specific location and view all products within that location, "
+"click :guilabel:`Group By`, then click :guilabel:`Add Custom Group` to "
+"reveal a new drop-down menu to the right."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:77
+msgid ""
+"Click :guilabel:`Location` from the drop-down menu, then click "
+":guilabel:`Apply`. The page now displays condensed drop-down menus of each "
+"location in the warehouse that has products in stock, and a cycle count can "
+"be performed for all products in that location."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:82
+msgid ""
+"In large warehouses with multiple locations and a high volume of products, "
+"it might be easier to search for the specific location desired. To do this, "
+"from the :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` page, click :guilabel:`Filters`. "
+"Then, click :guilabel:`Add Custom Filter` to reveal a new menu to the right."
+" Click this menu to reveal three drop-downs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:87
+msgid ""
+"For the first field, click and select :guilabel:`Location` from the drop-"
+"down. For the second field, leave the :guilabel:`contains` value as is. For "
+"the third field, type in the name of the location that is being searched "
+"for. Click :guilabel:`Apply` for that location to appear on the page."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst-1
+msgid "Applied filters and group by on inventory adjustments page."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:97
+msgid "Change full inventory count frequency"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:99
+msgid ""
+"While cycle counts are typically performed per location, the scheduled date "
+"for full inventory counts of everything in-stock in the warehouse can also "
+"be manually changed to push the date up sooner than the date listed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:103
+msgid ""
+"To modify the default scheduled date, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app "
+"--> Configuration --> Settings`. Then, in the :guilabel:`Operations` "
+"section, locate the :guilabel:`Annual Inventory Day and Month` setting "
+"field, which includes a drop-down that is set to `31` :guilabel:`December` "
+"by default."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst-1
+msgid "Frequency field in inventory app settings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:112
+msgid ""
+"To change the day, click the `31`, and change it to a day within the range "
+"`1-31`, depending on the desired month of the year."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:118
+msgid ""
+"Once all changes have been made, click :guilabel:`Save` to save all changes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:121
+msgid ""
+":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products`"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers.rst:5
@@ -1969,7 +2107,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:6
 msgid "Introduction"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Wprowadzenie"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:8
 msgid ""
@@ -3531,7 +3669,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc.rst:5
 msgid "Miscellaneous Operations"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Różne operacje"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:3
 msgid "Process Batch Transfers"
@@ -4034,7 +4172,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning.rst:5
 msgid "Planning"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Planowanie"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:3
 msgid "How is the Scheduled Delivery Date Computed"
@@ -4164,7 +4302,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:91
 msgid "Customer Lead Time"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Czas dostawy do klienta"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:93
 msgid ""
@@ -4189,7 +4327,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:180
 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:217
 msgid "Security Lead Time"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Czas realizacji zabezpieczeń"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:110
 msgid ""
@@ -4324,7 +4462,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:201
 msgid "Manufacturing Lead Time"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Czas wyprodukowania"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:203
 msgid ""
@@ -5398,7 +5536,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:90
 msgid "Replenishment"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Uzupełnianie zapasów"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:92
 msgid ""
@@ -5458,7 +5596,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:12
 msgid "Units of measure"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Jednostki Miary"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:14
 msgid ""
@@ -5545,7 +5683,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:64
 msgid "Packages"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Paczki"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:66
 msgid ""
@@ -5710,7 +5848,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:157
 msgid "Packagings"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Opakowania"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:159
 msgid ""
@@ -6917,7 +7055,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:35
 msgid "Receive goods directly (1 step)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Przyjmij towary bezpośrednio (1 krok)"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:38
 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:70
@@ -7000,7 +7138,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:87
 msgid "Deliver goods directly (1 step)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Dostarcz towary bezpośrednio (1 krok)"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:92
 msgid ""
@@ -7533,7 +7671,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses.rst:5
 msgid "Warehouses"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Magazyny"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:3
 msgid "Create a second warehouse"
@@ -9071,7 +9209,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:223
 msgid "Rules"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Reguły"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:225
 msgid ""
@@ -9996,7 +10134,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping.rst:5
 msgid "Shipping"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Dostawa"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation.rst:5
 msgid "Shipping Operations"
@@ -10840,7 +10978,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:88
 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:130
 msgid "Delivery"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Dostawa"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:90
 msgid "You can add or change the delivery method on the delivery itself."
@@ -11176,7 +11314,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:8
 msgid "Manufacturing"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Produkcja"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:10
 msgid ""
@@ -11196,7 +11334,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance.rst:5
 msgid "Maintenance"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Konserwacja"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:3
 msgid "Add new equipment"
@@ -11739,6 +11877,330 @@ msgid ""
 "assemblies."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:3
+msgid "Manufacturing backorders"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"In some cases, the full quantity of a manufacturing order cannot be produced"
+" immediately. When this happens, Odoo *Manufacturing* allows for the "
+"manufacturing of partial quantities of the order and creates a *backorder* "
+"for the remaining amount."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:9
+msgid ""
+"In the *Manufacturing* app, creating a backorder splits the original "
+"manufacturing order into two orders. The reference tag for each order is the"
+" tag used for the original order, followed by a hyphen and then an "
+"additional number to indicate that it's a backorder."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:14
+msgid ""
+"A company creates a manufacturing order with the reference tag "
+"*WH/MO/00175*, for 10 units of *Product X*. After starting work on the "
+"manufacturing order, the employee working the production line realizes there"
+" are only enough components in stock to produce five units of the product."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:18
+msgid ""
+"Instead of waiting for additional stock of the components, they manufacture "
+"five units and create a backorder for the remaining five. This splits the "
+"manufacturing order into two separate orders: *WH/MO/00175-001* and "
+"*WH/MO/00175-002*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:22
+msgid ""
+"Order *001* contains the five units that have been manufactured, and is "
+"immediately marked as :guilabel:`Done`. Order *002* contains the five units "
+"that still need to be manufactured and is marked as :guilabel:`In Progress`."
+" Once the remaining components are available, the employee returns to order "
+"*002* and manufactures the remaining units before closing the order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:28
+msgid "Create a manufacturing backorder"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:30
+msgid ""
+"To create a backorder for part of a manufacturing order, begin by navigating"
+" to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. "
+"Select a manufacturing order with a quantity of two or more or create one by"
+" clicking :guilabel:`Create`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:34
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:86
+msgid ""
+"If a new manufacturing order is created, select a product from the "
+":guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu and enter a quantity of two or more in "
+"the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, then click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm "
+"the order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:38
+msgid ""
+"After manufacturing the quantity that is being produced immediately, enter "
+"that number in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field at the top of the "
+"manufacturing order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1
+msgid "The quantity field on a manufacturing order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:45
+msgid ""
+"Next, click :guilabel:`Validate`, and a :guilabel:`You produced less than "
+"initial demand` pop-up window appears, from which a backorder can be "
+"created. Click :guilabel:`Create Backorder` to split the manufacturing order"
+" into two separate orders, with the reference tags *WH/MO/XXXXX-001* and "
+"*WH/MO/XXXXX-002*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1
+msgid ""
+"The Create Backorder button on the \"You produced less than initial demand\""
+" pop-up window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:54
+msgid ""
+"Order *001* contains the items that have been manufactured, and is closed "
+"immediately. Order *002* is the backorder that contains the items that have "
+"yet to be manufactured, and remains open, to be completed at a later date."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:58
+msgid ""
+"Once the remaining units can be manufactured, navigate to "
+":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and "
+"then select the backorder manufacturing order. If all of the remaining units"
+" are manufactured immediately, simply click :guilabel:`Validate` to close "
+"the order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:63
+msgid ""
+"If only some of the remaining units are manufactured immediately, create "
+"another backorder for the remainder by following the steps detailed in this "
+"section."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:67
+msgid "Create a backorder from tablet view"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:69
+msgid ""
+"Backorders for manufacturing orders can also be created from the work order "
+"tablet view."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:72
+msgid ""
+"In order to use tablet view, the *Work Orders* setting must be enabled. To "
+"enable it, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> "
+"Settings`. On the :guilabel:`Settings` page, enable the checkbox next to "
+":guilabel:`Work Orders`, then click :guilabel:`Save` to save the change. "
+"This makes the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab appear on manufacturing orders, "
+"from which the tablet view can be opened."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:0
+msgid "The Work Orders setting on the Manufacturing settings page."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:82
+msgid ""
+"To create a backorder from the tablet view, begin by navigating to "
+":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. "
+"Select a manufacturing order with a quantity of two or more or create one by"
+" clicking :guilabel:`Create`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:90
+msgid ""
+"After confirming the manufacturing order, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders`"
+" tab and click the :guilabel:`📱 (tablet view)` button located on the line of"
+" the first work order to enter the tablet view."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1
+msgid "The tablet view button for a work order on a manufacturing order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:97
+msgid ""
+"Once in tablet view, enter the quantity being manufactured immediately in "
+"the :guilabel:`Units` field at the top left of the tablet view."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1
+msgid "The Units field in the tablet view."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:104
+msgid ""
+"The steps for the rest of the workflow depend on whether the manufacturing "
+"order being processed requires the completion of a single work order or "
+"multiple work orders."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:108
+msgid "Single work order"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:110
+msgid ""
+"If the manufacturing order only requires the completion of a single work "
+"order, complete the work order, then click :guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close"
+" MO`. The manufacturing order is closed and a backorder for the units that "
+"still need to be manufactured is created automatically."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1
+msgid ""
+"The Mark As Done And Close MO button in the tablet view of a work order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:118
+msgid ""
+"Once the remaining units are ready to be manufactured, navigate to "
+":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, then"
+" select the backorder manufacturing order, which is titled using the "
+"reference tag of the original backorder with *002* added to the end."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:122
+msgid ""
+"On the backorder manufacturing order, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab"
+" and click the :guilabel:`📱 (tablet view)` button located on the line of the"
+" work order to open the tablet view. If all of the units in the backorder "
+"will be completed immediately, simply click :guilabel:`Mark As Done And "
+"Close MO` after completing the work order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:127
+msgid ""
+"If only some of the remaining units will be manufactured immediately, enter "
+"the number in the :guilabel:`Units` field at the top left of the tablet "
+"view, then click :guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close MO` to create another "
+"backorder for the remaining units. The new backorder can be processed using "
+"the steps detailed in this section."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:133
+msgid "Multiple work orders"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:135
+msgid ""
+"If the manufacturing order requires the completion of multiple work orders, "
+"complete the first work order, and then click :guilabel:`Record Production`."
+" This splits the manufacturing order into two separate orders, titled "
+"*WH/MO/XXXXX-001* and *WH/MO/XXXXX-002*, with *XXXXX* being the number of "
+"the original order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1
+msgid "The Record Production button on a work order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:144
+msgid ""
+"The tablet view defaults to showing the first work order for the *002* "
+"manufacturing order. Since this manufacturing order will not be completed "
+"immediately, back out of tablet view by clicking the :guilabel:`⬅️ (back)` "
+"button twice. Doing so will take you to the *001* order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:148
+msgid ""
+"To finish the *001* order, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab and click "
+"the :guilabel:`tablet view` button located on the line of the next work "
+"order. Finally, complete the remaining work orders, then click "
+":guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close MO` to close the manufacturing order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:152
+msgid ""
+"Once the remaining units are ready to be manufactured, navigate to "
+":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, then"
+" select the *002* order. Select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab and click "
+"the :guilabel:`tablet view` button located on the line of the first work "
+"order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:157
+msgid ""
+"If all of the units in the backorder will be completed immediately, simply "
+"click :guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close MO` after completing all of the work"
+" orders."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:160
+msgid ""
+"If only some of the remaining units will be manufactured immediately, enter "
+"the number in the :guilabel:`Units` field at the top left of the tablet "
+"view, then click :guilabel:`Record Production` to create an additional "
+"backorder for the remaining units, with *003* at the end of its reference "
+"tag."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:165
+msgid ""
+"The *002* backorder and *003* backorder can be completed by following the "
+"steps detailed in this section."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:169
+msgid ""
+"It is also possible to create a backorder in the middle of a manufacturing "
+"order, when some but not all of the work orders have already been completed."
+" Doing so marks the completed work order(s) as :guilabel:`Finished` on the "
+"backorder."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:174
+msgid ""
+"A manufacturing order for four chairs requires the completion of two work "
+"orders: *Paint* and *Assemble*. While the paint step can be completed "
+"immediately for all four chairs, there are only enough screws to assemble "
+"two of them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:178
+msgid ""
+"As a result, the employee responsible for producing the chairs begins by "
+"painting all four, and marking the *Paint* work order as "
+":guilabel:`Finished` for all of them. Then, they move on to the *Assemble* "
+"work order. They assemble two of the four chairs, enter that number in the "
+":guilabel:`Units` field of the tablet view, and click :guilabel:`Record "
+"Production`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:183
+msgid ""
+"A backorder manufacturing order is created for the remaining two chairs. On "
+"the backorder, the *Paint* work order is already marked as "
+":guilabel:`Finished`, and only the *Assemble* work order is left to be "
+"completed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:187
+msgid ""
+"Once more screws are available, the manufacturing employee assembles the "
+"remaining chairs and clicks :guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close MO` to "
+"complete the *Assemble* work order and close the backorder manufacturing "
+"order."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:3
 msgid "Managing BoMs for product variants"
 msgstr ""
@@ -11807,7 +12269,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/quality_control.rst:3
 msgid "Quality Control"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Kontrola jakości"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/quality_control.rst:5
 msgid ""
@@ -12249,7 +12711,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:79
 msgid "Inventory Valuation"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Wycena Magazynów"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:81
 msgid "The cost of the manufactured product “C” is defined as:"
@@ -12261,7 +12723,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:85
 msgid "With:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Z:"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:87
 msgid "**A**: Cost of raw materials coming from YourCompany;"
@@ -12310,7 +12772,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:114
 msgid "Traceability"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Śledzenie"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:116
 msgid ""
@@ -12402,7 +12864,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:198
 msgid "Manual Replenishment"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ręczne uzupełnianie"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:200
 msgid "You can also choose to replenish your subcontractors manually."
@@ -13411,7 +13873,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:8
 msgid "Purchase"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Zakup"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:10
 msgid ""
@@ -13426,7 +13888,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced.rst:5
 msgid "Advanced"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Zaawansowane"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:3
 msgid "Analyze the performance of your purchases"
@@ -14138,7 +14600,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:46
 msgid "3-way matching"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Dopasowanie 3-kierunkowe"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:48
 msgid ""

locale/pl/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po

@@ -4,17 +4,20 @@
 # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
 # 
 # Translators:
-# Wil Odoo, 2023
+# Wojciech Warczakowski <w.warczakowski@gmail.com>, 2023
+# Tadeusz Karpiński <tadeusz.karpinski@braintec.com>, 2023
+# Karol Rybak <karolrybak85@gmail.com>, 2023
 # Tadeusz Karpiński <tadeuszkarpinski@gmail.com>, 2023
+# Wil Odoo, 2023
 # 
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 15.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-08-14 09:23+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-09-11 16:10+0000\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2021-11-02 08:49+0000\n"
-"Last-Translator: Tadeusz Karpiński <tadeuszkarpinski@gmail.com>, 2023\n"
+"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2023\n"
 "Language-Team: Polish (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pl/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@@ -24,7 +27,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/marketing.rst:5
 msgid "Marketing"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Marketing"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:6
 msgid "Email marketing"
@@ -46,7 +49,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:17
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:212
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:219
 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/unsubscriptions.rst:74
 msgid ":doc:`/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists`"
 msgstr ""
@@ -166,7 +169,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:74
 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:237
 msgid "List view"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Widok listy"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:76
 msgid ""
@@ -250,12 +253,26 @@ msgstr "Grupuj wg"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:123
 msgid ""
-"This drop-down menu provides different ways to filter email information on "
+"This drop-down menu provides additional ways to organize the data on the "
-"the dashboard. The options are: :guilabel:`My Mailings`, :guilabel:`Sent "
+"dashboard by grouping them in specific ways. Using this drop-down menu, the "
-"Date`, :guilabel:`Archived`, and :guilabel:`Add Custom Filter`. If "
+"data can be grouped by the messages' :guilabel:`Status`, or who it was "
-":guilabel:`Add Custom Filter` is selected, Odoo reveals an additional drop-"
+":guilabel:`Sent By`."
-"down menu, with three customizable fields to fill in, and Odoo reveals the "
+msgstr ""
-"appropriate results that fit that specific criteria."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:127
+msgid ""
+"There is also the option to group the data by :guilabel:`Sent Period`, which"
+" has its own sub-menu of options to choose from. The :guilabel:`Sent Period`"
+" options are :guilabel:`Year`, :guilabel:`Quarter`, :guilabel:`Month`, "
+":guilabel:`Week`, and :guilabel:`Day`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:131
+msgid ""
+"If none of the above :guilabel:`Group By` options deliver the desired "
+"results, click :guilabel:`Add Custom Group` at the bottom of the drop-down "
+"menu. Doing so reveals a new field, wherein custom criteria can be selected "
+"and applied, thus delivering any grouping of data that may be desired."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:0
@@ -263,11 +280,11 @@ msgid ""
 "View of the Group By drop-down menu on the Odoo Email Marketing application."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:132
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:139
 msgid "Favorites"
 msgstr "Ulubione"
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:134
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:141
 msgid ""
 "This drop-down menu provides different ways to incorporate past search "
 "filters and other record-related options to customize the dashboard. The "
@@ -281,11 +298,11 @@ msgid ""
 "application."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:143
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:150
 msgid "Settings"
 msgstr "Ustawienia"
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:145
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:152
 msgid ""
 "To view (and modify) the *Email Marketing* settings, navigate to "
 ":menuselection:`Email Marketing application --> Configuration --> Settings`."
@@ -295,26 +312,26 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "View of the Settings page in the Odoo Email Marketing application."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:152
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:159
 msgid ""
 "On this :guilabel:`Settings` page, there are three features available. The "
 "features are: :guilabel:`Mailing Campaigns`, :guilabel:`Blacklist Option "
 "when Unsubscribing`, and :guilabel:`Dedicated Server`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:156
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:163
 msgid ""
 ":guilabel:`Mailing Campaigns`: enables the option to manage mass mailing "
 "campaigns."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:157
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:164
 msgid ""
 ":guilabel:`Blacklist Option when Unsubscribing`: allows recipients to "
 "blacklist themselves from future mailings during the unsubscribing process."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:159
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:166
 msgid ""
 ":guilabel:`Dedicated Server`: provides the option to utilize a separate, "
 "dedicated server for mailings. When enabled, Odoo reveals a new field (and "
@@ -322,17 +339,17 @@ msgid ""
 " for it to connect properly to Odoo."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:164
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:171
 msgid "Create an email"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:166
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:173
 msgid ""
 "To create an email, open the :menuselection:`Email Marketing` application, "
 "and click the :guilabel:`Create` button in the upper-left corner."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:169
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:176
 msgid "Clicking :guilabel:`Create` reveals a blank email detail form."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -340,20 +357,20 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "View of a blank email detail form in Odoo Email Marketing application."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:175
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:182
 msgid ""
 "First, enter a :guilabel:`Subject` to the email. The :guilabel:`Subject` is "
 "visible in the recipients' inbox, allowing them to get quickly see what the "
 "message is about."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:179
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:186
 msgid ""
 "The :guilabel:`Subject` field is mandatory. An email can not be sent without"
 " a :guilabel:`Subject`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:183
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:190
 msgid ""
 "The :guilabel:`☺ (smiley face)` icon at the end of the :guilabel:`Subject` "
 "field (and :guilabel:`Preview Text` field) represents emojis. Click that "
@@ -361,24 +378,24 @@ msgid ""
 " in either field."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:187
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:194
 msgid ""
 "Next, there is the option to enter some :guilabel:`Preview Text`. This text "
 "is a catchy preview sentence that encourages recipients to open the message."
 " In most inboxes, this is displayed next to the subject."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:192
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:199
 msgid ""
 "Keep the :guilabel:`Preview Text` empty to show the first characters of the "
 "email content, instead."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:196
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:203
 msgid "Recipients"
 msgstr "Odbiorcy"
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:198
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:205
 msgid ""
 "After that, it's time to choose the recipients of this email, which can be "
 "completed in the :guilabel:`Recipients` field."
@@ -389,79 +406,79 @@ msgid ""
 "View of recipients drop-down menu in the Odoo Email Marketing application."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:205
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:212
 msgid ""
 "The default option is :guilabel:`Mailing List`. If :guilabel:`Mailing List` "
 "option is selected, a specific :guilabel:`Mailing List` needs to be chosen "
 "from the adjacent :guilabel:`Select mailing lists` field drop-down menu."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:209
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:216
 msgid ""
 "Then, Odoo will only send this email to contacts on that specific mailing "
 "list."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:214
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:221
 msgid ""
 "When the :guilabel:`Recipients` field is clicked, a drop-down menu of other "
 "options is revealed. Each option provides different ways Odoo can create a "
 "target audience for the email."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:217
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:224
 msgid ""
 "Those options (excluding the default :guilabel:`Mailing List`) provide the "
 "option to create a more specified recipient filter, in an equation-like "
 "format."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:220
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:227
 msgid "The :guilabel:`Recipients` field options are as follows:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:222
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:229
 msgid ""
 ":guilabel:`Applicant`: filter focuses on specific job applicants in the "
 "database."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:223
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:230
 msgid ""
 ":guilabel:`Contact`: filter focuses on specific contacts in the database."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:224
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:231
 msgid ""
 ":guilabel:`Event Registration`: filter focuses on people in the database who"
 " purchased event registrations."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:226
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:233
 msgid ""
 ":guilabel:`Event Track`: filter focuses on people in the database who hosted"
 " a specific talk (track) at an event."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:228
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:235
 msgid ""
 ":guilabel:`Lead/Opportunity`: filter focuses on leads or opportunities in "
 "the database."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:229
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:236
 msgid ""
 ":guilabel:`Mailing Contact`: filter focuses on specific mailing contacts in "
 "the database."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:230
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:237
 msgid ""
 ":guilabel:`Sales Order`: filter focuses on a specific sales orders in the "
 "database."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:232
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:239
 msgid ""
 "If the specified recipient fields don't automatically reveal themselves, "
 "simply click the :guilabel:`Add Filter` button beneath the "
@@ -469,18 +486,18 @@ msgid ""
 " to further drill down the target recipients for this mailing."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:237
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:244
 msgid "Add a recipient filter"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:239
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:246
 msgid ""
 "To add a more specified recipient filter, select any recipient option (other"
 " than :guilabel:`Mailing List`), and clicking :guilabel:`Add Filter`, if "
 "needed, to reveal three fields, formatted like an equation."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:243
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:250
 msgid ""
 "To reveal the sub-menu options, click each field, and make the desired "
 "selections, until the preferred configuration has been achieved. The number "
@@ -493,20 +510,20 @@ msgid ""
 "View of how recipient filters can be customized in Odoo Email Marketing."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:252
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:259
 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:191
 msgid ""
 "Some sub-menu options in the first rule field allow for a second choice to "
 "provide even more specificity."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:255
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:262
 msgid ""
 "To the right of each rule, are :guilabel:`× (Delete node)`, :guilabel:`＋ "
 "(Add node)`, and :guilabel:`⋯ (Add branch)` icons."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:258
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:265
 msgid ""
 "The :guilabel:`× (Delete node)` icon deletes a specific node (line) of the "
 "rule. The :guilabel:`＋ (Add node)` icon adds a node (line) to the rule. And,"
@@ -515,17 +532,17 @@ msgid ""
 "even more specificity to the line above it."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:264
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:271
 msgid "Mail body tab"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:266
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:273
 msgid ""
 "At the bottom of the email form are two tabs: :guilabel:`Mail Body` and "
 ":guilabel:`Settings`. Let's focus on :guilabel:`Mail Body` tab first."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:269
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:276
 msgid ""
 "In the :guilabel:`Mail Body` tab, there are a number of pre-configured "
 "message templates to choose from. Select the desired template, and modify "
@@ -540,7 +557,7 @@ msgid ""
 "application."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:279
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:286
 msgid ""
 "To build an email from scratch, select the :guilabel:`Plain Text` template, "
 "and Odoo provides a blank email canvas, which can be customized in a number "
@@ -550,17 +567,17 @@ msgid ""
 " is clicked."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:286
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:293
 msgid "Settings tab"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:288
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:295
 msgid ""
 "To the right of the :guilabel:`Mail Body` tab is the :guilabel:`Settings` "
 "tab."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:291
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:298
 msgid ""
 "The options available in the :guilabel:`Settings` tab will be different, "
 "depending on if the :guilabel:`Mailing Campaigns` feature is activated in "
@@ -569,7 +586,7 @@ msgid ""
 "Settings`)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:296
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:303
 msgid ""
 "Without the :guilabel:`Mailing Campaigns` feature activated, the "
 ":guilabel:`Settings` tab on the email detail form looks like this:"
@@ -581,32 +598,32 @@ msgid ""
 "activated."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:303
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:310
 msgid ""
 ":guilabel:`Responsible`: choose an employee (in the database) to be "
 "responsible for this particular email."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:305
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:312
 msgid ""
 ":guilabel:`Send From`: designate an email alias that'll display as the "
 "sender of this particular email."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:307
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:314
 msgid ""
 ":guilabel:`Reply To`: designate an email alias to whom all the replies to "
 "this particular email will be sent."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:309
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:316
 msgid ""
 ":guilabel:`Attachments`: if any specific documents are required (or helpful)"
 " for this event invite, they can be sent along with this email, by clicking "
 ":guilabel:`ATTACH A FILE`, and adding the appropriate document(s)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:313
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:320
 msgid ""
 "When the :guilabel:`Mailing Campaigns` feature *is* activated, additional "
 ":guilabel:`Marketing` options appear in the :guilabel:`Settings` tab, which "
@@ -618,17 +635,17 @@ msgid ""
 "View of settings tab in Odoo Email Marketing when settings are activated."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:320
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:327
 msgid ""
 "The additional features are: :guilabel:`Mailing Campaign`, :guilabel:`Allow "
 "A/B Testing`, and :guilabel:`A/B Testing percentage`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:324
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:331
 msgid "Mailing campaigns"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:326
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:333
 msgid ""
 "The :guilabel:`Mailing Campaign` field provides the option to add this "
 "particular email to a previously-made email campaign in the database. Click "
@@ -642,7 +659,7 @@ msgid ""
 "application."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:334
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:341
 msgid ""
 "If the desired campaign isn't available in the initial drop-down menu, "
 "select :guilabel:`Search More` to reveal a complete list of all mailing "
@@ -651,18 +668,18 @@ msgid ""
 "campaign in the drop-down menu. Then, select the desired campaign."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:340
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:347
 msgid "Create new mailing campaign (from Settings tab)"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:342
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:349
 msgid ""
 "To create a new campaign from this :guilabel:`Mailing Campaign` field, start"
 " typing the name of this new campaign, and select :guilabel:`Create "
 "[Campaign Name]` or :guilabel:`Create and Edit...`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:345
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:352
 msgid ""
 "Click :guilabel:`Create` to add this new mailing campaign to the database, "
 "and modify its settings in the future. And click :guilabel:`Create and "
@@ -676,14 +693,14 @@ msgid ""
 "application."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:353
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:360
 msgid ""
 "Here, the new mailing campaign can be further customized. Adjust the "
 ":guilabel:`Campaign Name`, assign a :guilabel:`Responsible`, and add "
 ":guilabel:`Tags`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:356
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:363
 msgid ""
 "The top row of the :guilabel:`Create: Mailing Campaign` pop-up window is "
 "filled with analytical smart buttons. Each of which displays various metrics"
@@ -691,24 +708,24 @@ msgid ""
 "detailed page with even more in-depth statistics."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:360
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:367
 msgid ""
 "The option to instantly a new communication from this pop-up window is "
 "available in the upper-left corner. The adjustable status bar is located in "
 "the upper-right."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:363
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:370
 msgid ""
 "When all modifications are ready to be finalized, click :guilabel:`Save`. To"
 " delete the entire campaign, click :guilabel:`Discard`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:367
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:374
 msgid "Create new mailing campaign (from Campaigns page)"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:369
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:376
 msgid ""
 "When the :guilabel:`Mailing Campaigns` feature is activated, a new "
 ":guilabel:`Campaigns` option appears in the header of the *Email Marketing* "
@@ -716,7 +733,7 @@ msgid ""
 "page in the *Email Marketing* app."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:373
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:380
 msgid ""
 "To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Email Marketing app --> Campaigns "
 "--> Create`. When that's clicked, a pop-up window appears, in which the "
@@ -728,7 +745,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "View of the campaign pop-up window in Odoo Email Marketing."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:381
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:388
 msgid ""
 "Click :guilabel:`Add` to add the campaign to the database, and freely edit "
 "it later on. Or, click :guilabel:`Edit` and Odoo reveals the campaign "
@@ -738,11 +755,11 @@ msgid ""
 " the form."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:387
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:394
 msgid "A/B testing"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:389
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:396
 msgid ""
 "Back in the :guilabel:`Settings` tab of the mailing, if the :guilabel:`Allow"
 " A/B Testing` box is checked, recipients are only be mailed to once. This "
@@ -751,7 +768,7 @@ msgid ""
 "duplicate messages."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:394
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:401
 msgid ""
 "The :guilabel:`A/B Testing percentage` field represents the percentage of "
 "contacts in the database that this message will be mailed to, as a part of "
@@ -759,30 +776,30 @@ msgid ""
 "are randomly chosen."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:399
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:406
 msgid "Send, schedule, or test"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:401
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:408
 msgid ""
 "After finalizing the mailing, Odoo provides the following options in the "
 "upper-left corner of the email template page. Those options are: "
 ":guilabel:`Send`, :guilabel:`Schedule`, and :guilabel:`Test`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:405
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:412
 msgid ""
 "While in :guilabel:`Edit` mode, there are also buttons to :guilabel:`Save` "
 "or :guilabel:`Discard` the mailing, as well."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:408
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:415
 msgid ""
 ":guilabel:`Send` - Click to have Odoo send the email to the desired "
 "recipients. When Odoo has sent the mailing, the status changes to *Sent*."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:410
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:417
 msgid ""
 ":guilabel:`Schedule` - Click to reveal a pop-up window, in which a future "
 "date-time is chosen. Odoo sends the mailing to the desired recipients at "
@@ -790,7 +807,7 @@ msgid ""
 "mailing changes to *In Queue*."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:413
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:420
 msgid ""
 ":guilabel:`Test` - Click to reveal a pop-up window, in which Odoo allows a "
 "sample email to be sent for testing purposes. Enter the desired recipient's "
@@ -798,20 +815,20 @@ msgid ""
 " Sample Mail`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:416
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:423
 msgid ""
 ":guilabel:`Save` - Click to save the mailing as a draft, which can be edited"
 " (and sent) at a later date. When clicked, the status of the mailing stays "
 "as :guilabel:`Draft`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:418
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:425
 msgid ""
 ":guilabel:`Discard` - Click to discard any changes that have been made since"
 " the last save."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:421
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:428
 msgid ""
 "When :guilabel:`Save` or :guilabel:`Discard` is selected (while in "
 ":guilabel:`Edit` mode), those options are replaced with an :guilabel:`Edit` "
@@ -820,7 +837,7 @@ msgid ""
 "mailing."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:427
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:434
 msgid ""
 "By default, there's a daily limit applied for **all emails** sent throughout"
 " *all* applications. So, if there are remaining emails to be sent after a "
@@ -1108,7 +1125,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/unsubscriptions.rst:30
 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst:102
 msgid "Blacklist"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Czarna lista"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/unsubscriptions.rst:32
 msgid ""
@@ -1184,7 +1201,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events.rst:5
 msgid "Events"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Wydarzenia"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events.rst:8
 msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Events <https://www.odoo.com/slides/surveys-63>`_"
@@ -2026,7 +2043,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst:128
 msgid "Lead Generation Rules"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Zasady generowania szans"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst:130
 msgid "With Odoo, leads can be generated from events."
@@ -2088,7 +2105,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation.rst:8
 msgid "Marketing Automation"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Automatyzacja Marketingu"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation.rst:11
 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing.rst:11
@@ -2099,7 +2116,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced.rst:5
 msgid "Advanced"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Zaawansowane"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:3
 msgid "Understanding metrics"
@@ -2268,7 +2285,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:11
 msgid "Create a campaign"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Utwórz kampanię"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:13
 msgid ""
@@ -2906,7 +2923,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing.rst:8
 msgid "SMS Marketing"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Marketing SMS"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials.rst:5
 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials.rst:5
@@ -3968,7 +3985,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing.rst:8
 msgid "Social Marketing"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Media Społecznościowe"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:3
 msgid "Social marketing campaigns"
@@ -4721,7 +4738,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:281
 msgid "Visitors"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Odwiedzający"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:283
 msgid ""
@@ -4828,7 +4845,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:5
 msgid "Surveys"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ankiety"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:8
 msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Surveys <https://www.odoo.com/slides/surveys-62>`_"
@@ -5034,7 +5051,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:94
 msgid "Conditional Display"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Wyświetlanie warunkowe"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:96
 msgid ""
@@ -5090,7 +5107,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:119
 msgid "Questions"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Pytania"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:121
 msgid ""
@@ -5148,7 +5165,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:147
 msgid "Scoring"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ocenianie"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:149
 msgid ""
@@ -5201,7 +5218,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:172
 msgid "Candidates"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Kandydaci"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:174
 msgid ""
@@ -5221,7 +5238,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:182
 msgid "Live Session"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Sesja na żywo"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:184
 msgid ""

locale/pl/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po

@@ -4,17 +4,20 @@
 # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
 # 
 # Translators:
-# Wil Odoo, 2023
+# Maksym <ms@myodoo.pl>, 2023
+# Tadeusz Karpiński <tadeusz.karpinski@braintec.com>, 2023
+# Paweł Wodyński <pw@myodoo.pl>, 2023
 # Tadeusz Karpiński <tadeuszkarpinski@gmail.com>, 2023
+# Wil Odoo, 2023
 # 
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 15.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-09-11 16:10+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 08:39+0000\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2021-11-02 08:49+0000\n"
-"Last-Translator: Tadeusz Karpiński <tadeuszkarpinski@gmail.com>, 2023\n"
+"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2023\n"
 "Language-Team: Polish (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pl/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@@ -25,11 +28,11 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../content/applications/sales.rst:5
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales.rst:8
 msgid "Sales"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Sprzedaż"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm.rst:8
 msgid "CRM"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "CRM"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm.rst:10
 msgid ""
@@ -464,7 +467,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:59
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:36
 msgid "Pricing"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ceny"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:61
 msgid ""
@@ -887,7 +890,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:53
 msgid "Applications"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Aplikacje"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:55
 msgid ""
@@ -1588,7 +1591,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:6
 msgid "Point of Sale"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Punkt sprzedaży"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:8
 msgid ""
@@ -2001,10 +2004,12 @@ msgid "Windows 10 & Linux OS"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:62
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:191
 msgid "Generate a self-signed certificate"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:64
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:193
 msgid ""
 "Navigate to the ePOS' IP address (e.g., `https://192.168.1.25`) and force "
 "the connection by clicking :guilabel:`Advanced` and :guilabel:`Proceed to "
@@ -2016,10 +2021,12 @@ msgid "warning page about the connection privacy on Google Chrome"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:72
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:201
 msgid "Warning page on Google Chrome, Windows 10"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:74
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:203
 msgid ""
 "Then, sign in using your printer credentials to access the ePOS printer "
 "settings. To sign in, enter `epson` in the :guilabel:`ID` field and your "
@@ -2027,6 +2034,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:78
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:207
 msgid ""
 "Click :guilabel:`Certificate List` in the :guilabel:`Authentication` "
 "section, and click :guilabel:`create` to generate a new **Self-Signed "
@@ -2038,6 +2046,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:85
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:214
 msgid ""
 "The self-signed certificate is generated. Reload the page and click "
 ":guilabel:`SSL/TLS` in the :guilabel:`Security` section to ensure "
@@ -2046,10 +2055,12 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:89
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:218
 msgid "Export a self-signed certificate"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:91
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:220
 msgid ""
 "The export process is heavily dependent on the :abbr:`OS (Operating System)`"
 " and the browser. Start by accessing your ePOS printer settings on your web "
@@ -2060,10 +2071,12 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:96
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:156
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:225
 msgid "If you are using **Google Chrome**,"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:98
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:227
 msgid ""
 "click :guilabel:`Not secure` next to the search bar, and "
 ":guilabel:`Certificate is not valid`;"
@@ -2074,16 +2087,19 @@ msgid "Connection to the printer not secure button in Google Chrome browser."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:104
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:233
 msgid "go to the :guilabel:`Details` tab and click :guilabel:`Export`;"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:105
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:234
 msgid ""
 "add `.crt` at the end of the file name to ensure it has the correct "
 "extension;"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:106
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:235
 msgid ""
 "select :guilabel:`Base64-encoded ASCII, single certificate`, at the bottom "
 "of the pop-up window;"
@@ -2091,6 +2107,8 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:108
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:125
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:237
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:254
 msgid "save, and the certificate is exported."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -2102,14 +2120,17 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:114
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:168
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:243
 msgid "If you are using **Mozilla Firefox**,"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:116
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:245
 msgid "click the **lock-shaped** icon on the left of the address bar;"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:117
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:246
 msgid ""
 "go to :menuselection:`Connection not secure --> More information --> "
 "Security tab --> View certificate`;"
@@ -2120,10 +2141,12 @@ msgid "Connection is not secure button in Mozilla Firefox browser"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:123
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:252
 msgid "scroll down to the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` section;"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:124
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:253
 msgid "click :guilabel:`PEM (cert)` in the :guilabel:`Download` section;"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -2237,7 +2260,9 @@ msgid "Mac OS"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:179
-msgid "To secure the connection on a Mac:"
+msgid ""
+"On Mac OS, you can secure the connection for all browsers by following these"
+" steps:"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:181
@@ -2257,35 +2282,127 @@ msgid "reboot the printer so you can use it with any other browser."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:186
+msgid ""
+"To generate and export an SSL certificate and send it to IOS devices, open "
+"**Google Chrome** or **Mozilla Firefox**. Then,"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:0
+msgid "Warning page about the connection privacy on Google Chrome"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:0
+msgid "Connection to the printer not secure button in Google Chrome"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:240
+msgid ""
+"Make sure that the certificate ends with the extension `.crt`. Otherwise, "
+"some browsers might not find the file during the import process."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:0
+msgid "Connection is not secure button in Mozilla Firefox"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:256
 msgid "Android OS"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:188
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:258
 msgid ""
 "To import an SSL certificate into an Android device, first create and export"
 " it from a computer. Next, transfer the `.crt` file to the device using "
 "email, Bluetooth, or USB. Once the file is on the device,"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:192
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:262
 msgid "open the settings and search for `certificate`;"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:193
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:263
 msgid "click :guilabel:`Certificate AC` (Install from device storage);"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:194
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:264
 msgid "select the certificate file to install it on the device."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:197
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:267
 msgid ""
 "The specific steps for installing a certificate may vary depending on the "
 "version of Android and the device manufacturer."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:202
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:270
+msgid "iOS"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:272
+msgid ""
+"To import an SSL certificate into an iOS device, first create and export it "
+"from a computer. Then, transfer the `.crt` file to the device using email, "
+"Bluetooth, or any file-sharing service."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:276
+msgid ""
+"Downloading this file triggers a warning pop-up window. Click "
+":guilabel:`Allow` to download the configuration profile, and close the "
+"second pop-up window. Then,"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:279
+msgid "go to the **Settings App** on the iOS device;"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:280
+msgid "click :guilabel:`Profile Downloaded` under the user's details box;"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:281
+msgid "locate the downloaded `.crt` file and select it;"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:282
+msgid "click :guilabel:`Install` on the top right of the screen;"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:283
+msgid "if a passcode is set on the device, enter the passcode;"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:284
+msgid ""
+"click :guilabel:`Install` on the top right of the certificate warning screen"
+" and the pop-up window;"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:286
+msgid "click :guilabel:`Done`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:290
+msgid ""
+"The certificate is installed, but it still needs to be authenticated. To do "
+"so,"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:292
+msgid ""
+"go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General --> About > Certificate Trust "
+"Settings`;"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:293
+msgid "enable the installed certificate using the **slide button**;"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:294
+msgid "click :guilabel:`Continue` on the pop-up window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:297
 msgid ""
 "If you need to export SSL certificates from an operating system or web "
 "browser that has not been mentioned, search for `export SSL certificate` + "
@@ -2293,18 +2410,18 @@ msgid ""
 "engine."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:205
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:300
 msgid ""
 "Similarly, to import SSL certificates from an unmentioned OS or browser, "
 "search for `import SSL certificate root authority` + `the name of your "
 "browser or operating system` in your preferred search engine."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:210
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:305
 msgid "Check if the certificate was imported correctly"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:212
+#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:307
 msgid ""
 "To confirm your printer's connection is secure, connect to its IP address "
 "using HTTPS. For example, navigate to `https://192.168.1.25` in your "
@@ -2538,7 +2655,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:3
 msgid "Adyen"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Adyen"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:5
 msgid ""
@@ -2681,7 +2798,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:77
 msgid "Add a new payment method"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Dodaj nową metodę płatności"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:79
 msgid ""
@@ -2741,7 +2858,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:15
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:15
 msgid "Connect an IoT Box"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Połącz z IoT Box"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:17
 msgid ""
@@ -2951,7 +3068,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:3
 msgid "Worldline"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Worldline"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:9
 msgid "Please note that Worldline is currently only available in the Benelux."
@@ -3108,7 +3225,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/cash_rounding.rst:3
 msgid "Cash rounding"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Zaokrąglenie gotówki"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/cash_rounding.rst:5
 msgid ""
@@ -3183,7 +3300,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discount_tags.rst:13
 msgid "Barcode Nomenclature"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Nomenklatura kodu kreskowego"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discount_tags.rst:15
 msgid "To use discounts tags, we need to learn about barcode nomenclature."
@@ -3224,7 +3341,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:3
 msgid "Discounts"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Upusty"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:5
 msgid ""
@@ -3487,7 +3604,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:3
 msgid "Pricelists"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Cenniki"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:5
 msgid ""
@@ -3546,7 +3663,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:6
 msgid "Receipts"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Przyjęcia"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:8
 msgid ""
@@ -3601,7 +3718,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:40
 msgid "Invoices"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Faktury"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:42
 msgid ""
@@ -3674,7 +3791,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/reporting.rst:3
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting.rst:5
 msgid "Reporting"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Raportowanie"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/reporting.rst:6
 msgid "View statistics"
@@ -3753,7 +3870,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:3
 msgid "Bills"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Faktury zakupu"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:5
 msgid ""
@@ -4007,7 +4124,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:3
 msgid "Tips"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Napiwki"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:5
 msgid ""
@@ -4310,7 +4427,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:3
 msgid "Rental"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Wynajem"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:5
 msgid "**Odoo Rental** is a comprehensive solution to manage your rentals."
@@ -4333,7 +4450,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:17
 msgid "Rental Pricing"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Cennik Wynajmu"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:22
 msgid ""
@@ -4484,7 +4601,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector.rst:5
 msgid "Amazon Connector"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Łącznik Amazon"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:3
 msgid "Amazon Connector Features"
@@ -4568,7 +4685,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:34
 msgid "Charges"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Opłaty"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:35
 msgid "Delivery created"
@@ -4635,19 +4752,19 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:64
 msgid "Canada"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Kanada"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:64
 msgid "Amazon.ca"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Amazon.ca"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:66
 msgid "Mexico"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Meksyk"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:66
 msgid "Amazon.com.mx"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Amazon.com.mx"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:68
 msgid "US"
@@ -4655,7 +4772,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:68
 msgid "Amazon.com"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Amazon.com"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:72
 msgid "**Europe region**"
@@ -4663,27 +4780,27 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:74
 msgid "Germany"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Niemcy"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:74
 msgid "Amazon.de"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Amazon.de"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:76
 msgid "Spain"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Hiszpania"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:76
 msgid "Amazon.es"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Amazon.es"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:78
 msgid "France"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Francja"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:78
 msgid "Amazon.fr"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Amazon.fr"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:80
 msgid "UK"
@@ -4691,23 +4808,23 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:80
 msgid "Amazon.co.uk"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Amazon.co.uk"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:82
 msgid "Italy"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Włochy"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:82
 msgid "Amazon.it"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Amazon.it"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:84
 msgid "Netherlands"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Holandia"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:84
 msgid "Amazon.nl"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Amazon.nl"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:88
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:132
@@ -4880,7 +4997,7 @@ msgid ""
 "For :doc:`TaxCloud <../../../finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud>` users: "
 "invoices created from Amazon sales orders are **not** synchronized with "
 "TaxCloud, since Amazon already includes them in its own tax report to "
-"TaxCloud."
+"TaxCloud. (decommissioning TaxCloud integration in Odoo 17+)"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:97
@@ -5232,7 +5349,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector.rst:5
 msgid "eBay Connector"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Złącze eBay"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:3
 msgid "How to list a product?"
@@ -6818,7 +6935,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:88
 msgid "Odoo"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Odoo"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:90
 msgid ""
@@ -6922,7 +7039,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:11
 msgid "T-shirt"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "T-shirt"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:13
 msgid "Color: Blue, Red, White, Black"
@@ -7674,7 +7791,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:35
 msgid "Register a payment"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Zarejestruj płatność"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:37
 msgid ""
@@ -8505,7 +8622,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:8
 msgid "Subscriptions"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Subskrypcje"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:10
 msgid ""

locale/pl/LC_MESSAGES/services.po

@@ -5,15 +5,17 @@
 # 
 # Translators:
 # Tadeusz Karpiński <tadeuszkarpinski@gmail.com>, 2023
+# Tomasz Leppich <t.leppich@gmail.com>, 2023
+# Wil Odoo, 2023
 # 
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 15.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-07-07 06:24+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-09-11 16:10+0000\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2021-11-02 08:49+0000\n"
-"Last-Translator: Tadeusz Karpiński <tadeuszkarpinski@gmail.com>, 2023\n"
+"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2023\n"
 "Language-Team: Polish (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pl/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@@ -23,11 +25,11 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/services.rst:5
 msgid "Services"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Usługi"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/services/field_service.rst:8
 msgid "Field Service"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Serwis Terenowy"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/services/field_service.rst:11
 msgid ""
@@ -230,7 +232,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:8
 msgid "Helpdesk"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Punkt Pomocy"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:11
 msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Helpdesk <https://www.odoo.com/slides/helpdesk-51>`_"
@@ -238,7 +240,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced.rst:5
 msgid "Advanced"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Zaawansowane"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:3
 msgid "After Sales Features"
@@ -404,7 +406,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview.rst:5
 #: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview.rst:5
 msgid "Overview"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Przegląd"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:3
 msgid "Forum and eLearning"
@@ -412,7 +414,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:6
 msgid "Forum"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Forum"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:8
 msgid ""
@@ -518,7 +520,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:73
 msgid "Todo"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Do zrobienia"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:73
 msgid ""
@@ -644,7 +646,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:3
 msgid "Ratings"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Oceny"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:5
 msgid ""
@@ -751,7 +753,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:21
 msgid "Email Alias"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Alias adresu e-mail"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:24
 msgid ""
@@ -782,7 +784,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:39
 msgid "Website Form"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Formularz na stronie"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:41
 msgid ""
@@ -814,7 +816,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:56
 msgid "Live Chat"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Czat na żywo"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:59
 msgid ""
@@ -1400,7 +1402,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/services/project.rst:8
 msgid "Project"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Projekt"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/services/project.rst:10
 msgid ""
@@ -1418,7 +1420,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks.rst:5
 msgid "Tasks"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Zadania"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst:3
 msgid "Create Project's Tasks from an Email Alias"
@@ -1487,7 +1489,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets.rst:8
 msgid "Timesheets"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Karty pracy"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:3
 msgid "Create Timesheets upon Time Off Validation"
@@ -1568,133 +1570,3 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst-1
 msgid "View of the details of a project/task in Odoo Timeheets"
 msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:7
-msgid "What can I expect from the support service?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:11
-msgid "5 days a week"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:13
-msgid ""
-"Your Odoo Online subscription includes **unlimited 24hr support at no extra "
-"cost, Monday to Friday**. Our teams are located around the world to ensure "
-"you have support, no matter your location. Your support representative could"
-" be communicating to you from San Francisco, Belgium, or India!"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:18
-msgid ""
-"Our support team can be contacted through our `online support form "
-"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:22
-msgid "What kind of support is included?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:24
-msgid ""
-"Providing you with relevant material (guidelines, product documentation, "
-"etc...)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:26
-msgid ""
-"Answers to issues that you may encounter in your standard Odoo database (eg."
-" “I cannot close my Point of Sale” or “I cannot find my sales KPIs?”)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:28
-msgid "Questions related to your account, subscription, or billing"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:29
-msgid ""
-"Bug resolution (blocking issues or unexpected behaviour not due to "
-"misconfiguration or customization)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:31
-msgid ""
-"Issues that might occur in a test database after upgrading to a newer "
-"version"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:33
-msgid ""
-"*Odoo Support does not make changes to your production database without your"
-" agreement and gives you the material and knowledge to do it yourself!*"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:37
-msgid ":ref:`upgrade/sla`"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:38
-msgid ":doc:`/administration/maintain/supported_versions`"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:42
-msgid "What kind of support is not included?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:44
-msgid ""
-"Questions that require us to understand your business processes in order to "
-"help you implement your database"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:46
-msgid ""
-"Training on how to use our software (we will direct you to our many "
-"resources)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:47
-msgid "Import of documents into your database"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:48
-msgid ""
-"Guidance on which configurations to apply inside of an application or the "
-"database"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:49
-msgid ""
-"How to set up configuration models (Examples include: Inventory Routes, "
-"Payment Terms, Warehouses, etc)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:51
-msgid "Any intervention on your own servers/deployments of Odoo"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:52
-msgid ""
-"Any intervention on your own third party account (Ingenico, Authorize, UPS, "
-"etc)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:53
-msgid ""
-"Questions or issues related to specific developments or customizations done "
-"either by Odoo or a third party (this is specific only to your database or "
-"involving code)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:57
-msgid ""
-"You can get this type of support with a `Success Pack "
-"<https://www.odoo.com/pricing-packs>`__. With a pack, one of our consultants"
-" will analyze the way your business runs and tell you how you can get the "
-"most out of your Odoo Database. We will handle all configurations and coach "
-"you on how to use Odoo."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:63
-msgid ":doc:`/administration/upgrade`"
-msgstr ""

locale/pl/LC_MESSAGES/sphinx.po

@@ -3,6 +3,10 @@
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
 # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
 # 
+# Translators:
+# Tadeusz Karpiński <tadeuszkarpinski@gmail.com>, 2023
+# Wil Odoo, 2023
+# 
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
@@ -10,6 +14,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
 "POT-Creation-Date: 2023-01-02 09:09+0000\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-03-18 15:03+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2023\n"
 "Language-Team: Polish (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pl/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@@ -53,19 +58,19 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:14
 msgid "Accounting"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Księgowość"
 
 #: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:19
 msgid "Inventory"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Magazynowanie"
 
 #: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:24
 msgid "Manufacturing"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Produkcja"
 
 #: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:29
 msgid "Point of Sale"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Punkt sprzedaży"
 
 #: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:35
 msgid "Install and Maintain"
@@ -100,7 +105,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:64
 msgid "Developer"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Deweloper"
 
 #: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:65
 msgid ""
@@ -144,7 +149,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:107
 msgid "Documentation"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Dokumentacja"
 
 #: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:112
 msgid "Content guidelines"
@@ -152,7 +157,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/legal.html:4
 msgid "Legal"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Prawne"
 
 #: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/legal.html:10
 #: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/legal.html:17
@@ -161,7 +166,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/legal.html:25
 msgid "Terms and Conditions"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Warunki i postanowienia"
 
 #: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/legal.html:34
 msgid "Odoo Enterprise Agreement"
@@ -178,7 +183,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/legal.html:78
 #: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/legal.html:80
 msgid "Read"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Czytaj"
 
 #: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/legal.html:43
 #: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/legal.html:62

locale/pl/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po

@@ -5,6 +5,7 @@
 # 
 # Translators:
 # Tadeusz Karpiński <tadeuszkarpinski@gmail.com>, 2023
+# Martin Trigaux, 2023
 # Wil Odoo, 2023
 # 
 #, fuzzy
@@ -12,7 +13,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 15.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-09-11 16:10+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 08:39+0000\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-03-18 15:03+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2023\n"
 "Language-Team: Polish (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pl/)\n"
@@ -24,11 +25,11 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/websites.rst:5
 msgid "Websites"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Strony internetowe"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce.rst:8
 msgid "eCommerce"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "eCommerce"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce.rst:10
 msgid ""
@@ -62,7 +63,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started.rst:5
 msgid "Get started"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Rozpocznij"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:3
 msgid "How to customize my catalog page"
@@ -70,7 +71,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:6
 msgid "Product Catalog"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Katalog produktów"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:8
 msgid ""
@@ -162,30 +163,50 @@ msgid "Manage my products"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:3
-msgid "How to display several images per product"
+msgid "Multiple images per product"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"By default your product web page displays the main image of your product "
+"When you register several images for a product, only the first image is "
-"only. If you like to show your products under several angles, you can turn "
+"shown on the main products page. By clicking on the product, visitors can "
-"the image into a carrousel."
+"see additional images with the carousel view."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:11
+#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst-1
+msgid "Showing the carousel view."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:12
+msgid "Adding multiple images to a product"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:14
+msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Products`, and select a product."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:15
 msgid ""
-"Check *Several images per product* in :menuselection:`Website Admin --> "
+"Go to the :guilabel:`Sales` tab, click :guilabel:`Edit`, and :guilabel:`Add "
-"Configuration --> Settings`."
+"a media`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:13
+#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:16
 msgid ""
-"Open a product detail form and upload images from *Images* tab. Hit *Create*"
+"Click the pencil icon to add an image, then click :guilabel:`Save & New` to "
-" in Edit mode to get the upload wizard."
+"add additional ones."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:19
+#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:17
-msgid "Such extra image are common to all the product variants (if any)."
+msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save & Close` when you are done."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst-1
+msgid "Creating extra product media."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:23
+msgid "Such extra images are common to all the product variants (if any)."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:3
@@ -398,7 +419,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:20
 msgid "Accessory Products"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Akcesoria dla Produktu"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:22
 msgid ""
@@ -437,7 +458,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:46
 msgid "Optional Products"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Produkty opcjonalne"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:48
 msgid ""
@@ -548,7 +569,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:13
 #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:18
 msgid "Setup"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ustawienia"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:11
 msgid ""
@@ -820,7 +841,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:14
 msgid "Sign up"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Zarejestruj się"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:16
 msgid ""
@@ -852,7 +873,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:6
 msgid "Live Chat"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Czat na żywo"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:8
 msgid ""
@@ -995,7 +1016,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/ratings.rst:3
 msgid "Ratings"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Oceny"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/ratings.rst:5
 msgid ""
@@ -1006,7 +1027,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/ratings.rst:10
 msgid "Customer Rating"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ocena klienta"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/ratings.rst:12
 msgid ""
@@ -1164,7 +1185,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/websites/website.rst:8
 msgid "Website"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Strona internetowa"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/websites/website.rst:10
 msgid ""
@@ -1402,7 +1423,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:170
 msgid "Blogs"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Blogi"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:172
 msgid "Slide Channels"
@@ -1410,15 +1431,15 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:174
 msgid "Forums"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Fora"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:176
 msgid "Events"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Wydarzenia"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:178
 msgid "Job Positions"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Stanowisko"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:181
 msgid ""
@@ -1530,7 +1551,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:261
 msgid "Pricelists"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Cenniki"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:263
 msgid ""
@@ -1882,7 +1903,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:3
 msgid "Translations"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Tłumaczenia"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:5
 msgid ""
@@ -1892,7 +1913,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:9
 msgid "Process"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Uruchom"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:11
 msgid ""
@@ -2015,7 +2036,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:5
 msgid "Pages"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Strony"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:3
 msgid "Search Engine Optimisation (SEO)"
@@ -2068,7 +2089,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:39
 msgid "Keywords"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Słowa kluczowe"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:41
 msgid ""
@@ -2185,7 +2206,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:124
 msgid "Twitter Scroller"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Scroller Twittera"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:126
 msgid ""
@@ -2510,7 +2531,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:313
 msgid "Introduction"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Wprowadzenie"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:315
 msgid ""
@@ -2543,7 +2564,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:335
 msgid "Images"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Obrazy"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:337
 msgid ""
@@ -2923,7 +2944,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:574
 msgid "Sitemap"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Mapa witryny"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:576
 msgid ""
@@ -3023,7 +3044,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting.rst:5
 msgid "Reporting"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Raportowanie"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/google_analytics.rst:3
 msgid "Google Analytics"

locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po

@@ -9,18 +9,18 @@
 # Claudia Baisan, 2023
 # Hongu Cosmin <cosmin513@gmail.com>, 2023
 # Lyall Kindmurr, 2023
-# Cozmin Candea <office@terrabit.ro>, 2023
 # Martin Trigaux, 2023
 # Dorin Hongu <dhongu@gmail.com>, 2023
+# Cozmin Candea <office@terrabit.ro>, 2023
 # 
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 15.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-09-11 16:10+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 08:39+0000\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-03-18 14:59+0000\n"
-"Last-Translator: Dorin Hongu <dhongu@gmail.com>, 2023\n"
+"Last-Translator: Cozmin Candea <office@terrabit.ro>, 2023\n"
 "Language-Team: Romanian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ro/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@@ -389,7 +389,7 @@ msgstr "Afișează doar bazele de date cu nume care încep cu 'mycompany'"
 #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:46
 #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:58
 #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:153
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:276
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:280
 msgid "in :ref:`the configuration file <reference/cmdline/config_file>` set:"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -472,8 +472,8 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:95
 #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:145
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:231
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:235
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:271
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:275
 msgid "Configuration sample"
 msgstr "Exemplu de configurare"
 
@@ -608,68 +608,72 @@ msgstr "Server integrat"
 
 #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:182
 msgid ""
-"Odoo includes built-in HTTP servers, using either multithreading or "
+"Odoo includes built-in HTTP, cron, and live-chat servers, using either "
-"multiprocessing."
+"multi-threading or multi-processing."
 msgstr ""
-"Odoo include servere HTTP integrate, folosind fie multithreading, fie "
-"multiprocessing."
 
 #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:185
 msgid ""
-"For production use, it is recommended to use the multiprocessing server as "
+"The **multi-threaded** server is a simpler server primarily used for "
-"it increases stability, makes somewhat better use of computing resources and"
+"development, demonstrations, and its compatibility with various operating "
-" can be better monitored and resource-restricted."
+"systems (including Windows). A new thread is spawned for every new HTTP "
+"request, even for long-running requests such as long polling. Extra daemonic"
+" cron threads are spawned too. Due to a Python limitation (GIL), it doesn't "
+"make the best use of the hardware."
 msgstr ""
-"Pentru utilizare în producție, este recomandat să se folosească serverul "
-"multiprocessing deoarece crește stabilitatea, folosește mai bine resursele "
-"de calcul și poate fi mai bine monitorizat și restricționat la resurse."
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:189
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:191
 msgid ""
-"Multiprocessing is enabled by configuring :option:`a non-zero number of "
+"The multi-threaded server is the default server, also for docker containers."
-"worker processes <odoo-bin --workers>`, the number of workers should be "
+" It is selected by leaving the :option:`--workers <odoo-bin --workers>` "
-"based on the number of cores in the machine (possibly with some room for "
+"option out or setting it to ``0``."
-"cron workers depending on how much cron work is predicted)"
 msgstr ""
-"Multiprocessing este activat prin configurarea :option:`a unui număr non-"
-"zero de procese worker <odoo-bin --workers>`, numărul de procese worker "
-"trebuie să fie bazat pe numărul de nuclee din mașină (posibil cu puțin "
-"spațiu pentru cron workers în funcție de cât de multă munca cron este "
-"prevăzută)"
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:193
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:194
 msgid ""
-"Worker limits can be configured based on the hardware configuration to avoid"
+"The **multi-processing** server is a full-blown server primarily used for "
-" resources exhaustion"
+"production. It is not liable to the same Python limitation (GIL) on resource"
+" usage and hence makes the best use of the hardware. A pool of workers is "
+"created upon server startup. New HTTP requests are queued by the OS until "
+"there are workers ready to process them. An extra event-driven HTTP worker "
+"for the live chat is spawned on an alternative port. Extra cron workers are "
+"spawned too. A configurable process reaper monitors resource usage and can "
+"kill/restart failed workers."
 msgstr ""
-"Limitele proceselor worker pot fi configurate în funcție de configurația "
-"hardware-ului pentru a evita epuizarea resurselor"
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:196
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:201
-msgid "multiprocessing mode currently isn't available on Windows"
+msgid ""
-msgstr "modulul multiprocessing nu este disponibil în prezent pe Windows"
+"The multi-processing server is opt-in. It is selected by setting the "
+":option:`--workers <odoo-bin --workers>` option to a non-null integer."
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:199
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:205
+msgid ""
+"Because it is highly customized for Linux servers, the multi-processing "
+"server is not available on Windows."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:209
 msgid "Worker number calculation"
 msgstr "Calculul numărului de procese worker"
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:201
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:211
 msgid "Rule of thumb : (#CPU * 2) + 1"
 msgstr "Regulă de bază: (#CPU * 2) + 1"
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:202
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:212
 msgid "Cron workers need CPU"
 msgstr "Procesele cron au nevoie de CPU"
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:203
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:213
 msgid "1 worker ~= 6 concurrent users"
 msgstr "1 proces worker ~= 6 utilizatori concurenți"
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:206
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:216
 msgid "memory size calculation"
 msgstr "calculul dimensiunii memoriei"
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:208
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:218
 msgid ""
 "We consider 20% of the requests are heavy requests, while 80% are simpler "
 "ones"
@@ -677,7 +681,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Considerăm că 20% din cererile sunt cereri grele, în timp ce 80% sunt mai "
 "simplu"
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:209
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:219
 msgid ""
 "A heavy worker, when all computed field are well designed, SQL requests are "
 "well designed, ... is estimated to consume around 1GB of RAM"
@@ -686,7 +690,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "cererile SQL sunt bine proiectate, ... este estimat să consume aproximativ "
 "1GB de RAM"
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:210
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:220
 msgid ""
 "A lighter worker, in the same scenario, is estimated to consume around 150MB"
 " of RAM"
@@ -694,7 +698,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Un proces worker mai ușor, în același scenariu, este estimat să consume "
 "aproximativ 150MB de RAM"
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:212
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:222
 msgid ""
 "Needed RAM = #worker * ( (light_worker_ratio * light_worker_ram_estimation) "
 "+ (heavy_worker_ratio * heavy_worker_ram_estimation) )"
@@ -702,55 +706,41 @@ msgstr ""
 "RAM necesară = #worker * ( (rata_worker_ușor * estimarea_ram_worker_ușor) + "
 "(rata_worker_greu * estimarea_ram_worker_greu) )"
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:215
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:225
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:369
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:373
 msgid "LiveChat"
 msgstr "LiveChat"
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:217
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:227
 msgid ""
-"In multiprocessing, a dedicated LiveChat worker is automatically started and"
+"In multi-processing, a dedicated LiveChat worker is automatically started "
-" listening on :option:`the longpolling port <odoo-bin --longpolling-port>` "
+"and listens on the :option:`--longpolling-port <odoo-bin --longpolling-"
-"but the client will not connect to it."
+"port>`. By default, the HTTP requests will keep accessing the normal HTTP "
+"workers instead of the LiveChat one. You must deploy a proxy in front of "
+"Odoo and redirect incoming requests whose path starts with ``/longpolling`` "
+"to the LiveChat worker. You must also start Odoo in :option:`--proxy-mode "
+"<odoo-bin --proxy-mode>` so it uses the real client headers (such as "
+"hostname, scheme, and IP) instead of the proxy ones."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:221
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:237
-msgid ""
-"Instead you must have a proxy redirecting requests whose URL starts with "
-"``/longpolling/`` to the longpolling port. Other request should be proxied "
-"to the :option:`normal HTTP port <odoo-bin --http-port>`"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:225
-msgid ""
-"To achieve such a thing, you'll need to deploy a reverse proxy in front of "
-"Odoo, like nginx or apache. When doing so, you'll need to forward some more "
-"http Headers to Odoo, and activate the proxy_mode in Odoo configuration to "
-"have Odoo read those headers."
-msgstr ""
-"Pentru a obține așa ceva, va trebui să implementați un proxy invers în fața "
-"Odoo, ca nginx sau apache. În acest caz, va trebui să redirecționați câteva "
-"mai multe antete http către Odoo, și să activați modulul proxy în "
-"configurația Odoo pentru a avea Odoo să citească aceste antete."
-
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:233
 msgid "Server with 4 CPU, 8 Thread"
 msgstr "Server cu 4 CPU, 8 Thread"
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:234
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:238
 msgid "60 concurrent users"
 msgstr "60 de utilizatori concurenți"
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:236
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:240
 msgid "60 users / 6 = 10 <- theoretical number of worker needed"
 msgstr ""
 "60 de utilizatori / 6 = 10 <- numărul teoretic de procese worker necesare"
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:237
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:241
 msgid "(4 * 2) + 1 = 9 <- theoretical maximal number of worker"
 msgstr "(4 * 2) + 1 = 9 <- numărul maxim teoretic de procese worker"
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:238
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:242
 msgid ""
 "We'll use 8 workers + 1 for cron. We'll also use a monitoring system to "
 "measure cpu load, and check if it's between 7 and 7.5 ."
@@ -759,19 +749,19 @@ msgstr ""
 "sistem de monitorizare pentru a măsura încărcarea CPU, și pentru a verifica "
 "dacă este între 7 și 7.5 ."
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:239
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:243
 msgid "RAM = 9 * ((0.8*150) + (0.2*1024)) ~= 3Go RAM for Odoo"
 msgstr "RAM = 9 * ((0.8*150) + (0.2*1024)) ~= 3Go RAM pentru Odoo"
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:241
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:245
 msgid "in :ref:`the configuration file <reference/cmdline/config_file>`:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:257
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:261
 msgid "HTTPS"
 msgstr "HTTPS"
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:259
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:263
 msgid ""
 "Whether it's accessed via website/web client or web service, Odoo transmits "
 "authentication information in cleartext. This means a secure deployment of "
@@ -785,7 +775,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "aproape oricărui proxy de terminare SSL, dar necesită următoarea "
 "configurare:"
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:264
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:268
 msgid ""
 "Enable Odoo's :option:`proxy mode <odoo-bin --proxy-mode>`. This should only"
 " be enabled when Odoo is behind a reverse proxy"
@@ -794,15 +784,15 @@ msgstr ""
 "lucru ar trebui să fie activat numai atunci când Odoo este în spatele unui "
 "proxy invers"
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:265
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:269
 msgid "Set up the SSL termination proxy (`Nginx termination example`_)"
 msgstr "Configurați proxy-ul de terminare SSL (`Exemplu de terminare Nginx`_)"
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:266
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:270
 msgid "Set up the proxying itself (`Nginx proxying example`_)"
 msgstr "Configurați proxy-ul în sine (`Exemplu de proxy Nginx`_)"
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:267
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:271
 msgid ""
 "Your SSL termination proxy should also automatically redirect non-secure "
 "connections to the secure port"
@@ -810,23 +800,23 @@ msgstr ""
 "Proxy-ul dvs. de terminare SSL ar trebui de asemenea să redirecționeze  la "
 "conexiunile ne securizate către port"
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:273
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:277
 msgid "Redirect http requests to https"
 msgstr "Redirecționați cererile http către https"
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:274
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:278
 msgid "Proxy requests to odoo"
 msgstr "Proxy requests to odoo"
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:282
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:286
 msgid "in ``/etc/nginx/sites-enabled/odoo.conf`` set:"
 msgstr "în ``/etc/nginx/sites-enabled/odoo.conf`` setați:"
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:343
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:347
 msgid "Odoo as a WSGI Application"
 msgstr "Odoo ca o aplicație WSGI"
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:345
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:349
 msgid ""
 "It is also possible to mount Odoo as a standard WSGI_ application. Odoo "
 "provides the base for a WSGI launcher script as ``odoo-wsgi.example.py``. "
@@ -842,7 +832,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "direct în :mod:`odoo.tools.config` în loc de prin linia de comandă sau un "
 "fișier de configurare."
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:351
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:355
 msgid ""
 "However the WSGI server will only expose the main HTTP endpoint for the web "
 "client, website and webservice API. Because Odoo does not control the "
@@ -853,99 +843,60 @@ msgstr ""
 "crearea mai multor procese worker, nu poate configura cron sau procese "
 "worker livechat"
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:356
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:360
 msgid "Cron Workers"
 msgstr "Procese worker Cron"
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:358
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:362
-msgid "To run cron jobs for an Odoo deployment as a WSGI application requires"
-msgstr ""
-"Pentru a rula cron jobs pentru o implementare Odoo ca o aplicație WSGI este "
-"necesar"
-
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:360
-msgid "A classical Odoo (run via ``odoo-bin``)"
-msgstr "Un Odoo clasic (rulat prin intermediul ``odoo-bin``)"
-
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:361
 msgid ""
-"Connected to the database in which cron jobs have to be run (via "
+"Starting one of the built-in Odoo servers next to the WSGI server is "
-":option:`odoo-bin -d`)"
+"required to process cron jobs. That server must be configured to only "
+"process crons and not HTTP requests using the :option:`--no-http <odoo-bin "
+"--no-http>` cli option or the ``http_enable = False`` configuration file "
+"setting."
 msgstr ""
-"Conectat la baza de date în care cron jobs trebuie să fie rulate (prin "
-":option:`odoo-bin -d`)"
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:363
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:367
 msgid ""
-"Which should not be exposed to the network. To ensure cron runners are not "
+"On Linux-like systems, using the multi-processing server over the multi-"
-"network-accessible, it is possible to disable the built-in HTTP server "
+"threading one is recommended to benefit from better hardware usage and "
-"entirely with :option:`odoo-bin --no-http` or setting ``http_enable = "
+"increased stability, i.e., using the :option:`--workers=-1 <odoo-bin "
-"False`` in the configuration file"
+"--workers>` and :option:`--max-cron-threads=n <odoo-bin --max-cron-threads>`"
+" cli options."
 msgstr ""
-"Care nu ar trebui să fie expus rețelei. Pentru a asigura că cron runners nu "
-"sunt accesibile prin rețea, este posibil să dezactivați complet serverul "
-"HTTP încorporat cu :option:`odoo-bin --no-http` sau setarea ``http_enable = "
-"False`` în fișierul de configurare"
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:371
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:375
 msgid ""
-"The second problematic subsystem for WSGI deployments is the LiveChat: where"
+"Using a gevent-compatible WSGI server is required for the correct operation "
-" most HTTP connections are relatively short and quickly free up their worker"
+"of the live chat feature. That server should be able to handle many "
-" process for the next request, LiveChat require a long-lived connection for "
+"simultaneous long-lived HTTP requests but doesn't need a lot of processing "
-"each client in order to implement near-real-time notifications."
+"power. All requests whose path starts with ``/longpolling`` should be "
+"directed to that server. A regular (thread/process-based) WSGI server should"
+" be used for all other requests."
 msgstr ""
-"Al doilea sub-sistem problematic pentru implementări WSGI este LiveChat: "
-"unde majoritatea conexiunilor HTTP sunt relativ scurte și eliberează rapid "
-"procesul worker pentru următoarea cerere, LiveChat necesită o conexiune "
-"lungă pentru fiecare client pentru a implementa notificări aproape în timp "
-"real."
-
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:376
-msgid ""
-"This is in conflict with the process-based worker model, as it will tie up "
-"worker processes and prevent new users from accessing the system. However, "
-"those long-lived connections do very little and mostly stay parked waiting "
-"for notifications."
-msgstr ""
-"Acest lucru este în conflict cu modelul de bază a proceselor worker, "
-"deoarece va atașa procesele worker și va împiedica utilizatorii noi să "
-"acceseze sistemul. Cu toate acestea, aceste conexiuni lungi nu fac prea mult"
-" și majoritatea rămân parcate așteptând notificări."
 
 #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:381
 msgid ""
-"The solutions to support livechat/motifications in a WSGI application are:"
+"The Odoo cron server can also be used to serve the live chat requests. Just "
-msgstr ""
+"drop the :option:`--no-http <odoo-bin --no-http>` cli option from the cron "
-"Soluțiile pentru a sprijini livechat/motifications într-o aplicație WSGI "
+"server and make sure requests whose path starts with ``/longpolling`` are "
-"sunt:"
+"directed to this server, either on the :option:`--http-port <odoo-bin "
-
+"--http-port>` (multi-threading server) or on the :option:`--longpolling-port"
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:383
+" <odoo-bin --longpolling-port>` (multi-processing server)."
-msgid ""
-"Deploy a threaded version of Odoo (instead of a process-based preforking "
-"one) and redirect only requests to URLs starting with ``/longpolling/`` to "
-"that Odoo, this is the simplest and the longpolling URL can double up as the"
-" cron instance."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:387
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:388
-msgid ""
-"Deploy an evented Odoo via ``odoo-gevent`` and proxy requests starting with "
-"``/longpolling/`` to :option:`the longpolling port <odoo-bin --longpolling-"
-"port>`."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:392
 msgid "Serving Static Files"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:394
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:390
 msgid ""
 "For development convenience, Odoo directly serves all static files in its "
 "modules. This may not be ideal when it comes to performances, and static "
 "files should generally be served by a static HTTP server."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:398
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:394
 msgid ""
 "Odoo static files live in each module's ``static/`` folder, so static files "
 "can be served by intercepting all requests to "
@@ -953,23 +904,23 @@ msgid ""
 "in the various addons paths."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:402
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:398
 #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:122
 msgid "Todo"
 msgstr "Todo"
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:402
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:398
 msgid ""
 "test whether it would be interesting to serve filestored attachments via "
 "this, and how (e.g. possibility of mapping ir.attachment id to filestore "
 "hash in the database?)"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:409
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:405
 msgid "Security"
 msgstr "Securitate"
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:411
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:407
 msgid ""
 "For starters, keep in mind that securing an information system is a "
 "continuous process, not a one-shot operation. At any moment, you will only "
@@ -979,7 +930,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "proces continuu, nu o operațiune unică. În orice moment, veți fi doar atât "
 "de sigur cât cel mai slab link din mediul dvs."
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:415
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:411
 msgid ""
 "So please do not take this section as the ultimate list of measures that "
 "will prevent all security problems. It's only intended as a summary of the "
@@ -996,7 +947,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "distribuția, cele mai bune practici din punct de vedere al utilizatorilor, "
 "parolelor și managementului controlului accesului, etc."
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:421
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:417
 msgid ""
 "When deploying an internet-facing server, please be sure to consider the "
 "following security-related topics:"
@@ -1004,7 +955,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Când implementați un server orientat către internet, vă rugăm să luați în  "
 "considerare următoarele subiecte legate de securitate:"
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:424
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:420
 msgid ""
 "Always set a strong super-admin admin password, and restrict access to the "
 "database management pages as soon as the system is set up. See "
@@ -1014,7 +965,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "accesul la paginile de administrare a bazei de date imediat ce sistemul este"
 " configurat. Vedeți :ref:`db_manager_security`."
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:427
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:423
 msgid ""
 "Choose unique logins and strong passwords for all administrator accounts on "
 "all databases. Do not use 'admin' as the login. Do not use those logins for "
@@ -1028,7 +979,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "controlul/administrarea instalării. *Niciodată* nu utilizați parolele "
 "implicit ca admin/admin, chiar și pentru bazele de date de test/staging."
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:432
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:428
 msgid ""
 "Do **not** install demo data on internet-facing servers. Databases with demo"
 " data contain default logins and passwords that can be used to get into your"
@@ -1039,7 +990,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "care pot fi utilizate pentru a intra în sistemele dvs. și pot cauza probleme"
 " semnificative, chiar și pe sistemele de testare/dezvoltare."
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:436
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:432
 msgid ""
 "Use appropriate database filters ( :option:`--db-filter <odoo-bin --db-"
 "filter>`) to restrict the visibility of your databases according to the "
@@ -1055,7 +1006,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "virgulă) lista de baze de date disponibile pentru a filtra, în loc să lăsați"
 " sistemul să le aducă toate din backend-ul bazei de date."
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:443
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:439
 msgid ""
 "Once your ``db_name`` and ``db_filter`` are configured and only match a "
 "single database per hostname, you should set ``list_db`` configuration "
@@ -1071,7 +1022,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "bazelor de date (aceasta este expusă și ca opțiunea de linie de comandă "
 ":option:`--no-database-list <odoo-bin --no-database-list>`)"
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:449
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:445
 msgid ""
 "Make sure the PostgreSQL user (:option:`--db_user <odoo-bin --db_user>`) is "
 "*not* a super-user, and that your databases are owned by a different user. "
@@ -1085,7 +1036,7 @@ msgstr ""
 " folosiți un ``db_user`` non-privilegiat dedicat. Vedeți și "
 ":ref:`setup/deploy/odoo`."
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:454
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:450
 msgid ""
 "Keep installations updated by regularly installing the latest builds, either"
 " via GitHub or by downloading the latest version from "
@@ -1096,7 +1047,7 @@ msgstr ""
 " recente versiuni de la https://www.odoo.com/page/download sau "
 "http://nightly.odoo.com"
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:458
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:454
 msgid ""
 "Configure your server in multi-process mode with proper limits matching your"
 " typical usage (memory/CPU/timeouts). See also :ref:`builtin_server`."
@@ -1104,7 +1055,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Configurați serverul dvs. în modul multi-proces cu limite adecvate care se "
 "potrivesc cu utilizarea tipică (memorie/CPU/timeout-uri). Vedeți și :ref:"
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:461
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:457
 msgid ""
 "Run Odoo behind a web server providing HTTPS termination with a valid SSL "
 "certificate, in order to prevent eavesdropping on cleartext communications. "
@@ -1120,7 +1071,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "timeout-uri adecvate, apoi activați opțiunea :option:`proxy mode <odoo-bin "
 "--proxy-mode>`. Vedeți și :ref:`https_proxy`."
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:468
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:464
 msgid ""
 "If you need to allow remote SSH access to your servers, make sure to set a "
 "strong password for **all** accounts, not just `root`. It is strongly "
@@ -1137,7 +1088,7 @@ msgstr ""
 " doar IP-uri de încredere în firewall și / sau rulați un sistem de detectare"
 " a forței brute precum `fail2ban` sau echivalentul său."
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:474
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:470
 msgid ""
 "Consider installing appropriate rate-limiting on your proxy or firewall, to "
 "prevent brute-force attacks and denial of service attacks. See also "
@@ -1148,7 +1099,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "tip denial of service. Vedeți și :ref:`login_brute_force` pentru măsuri "
 "specifice."
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:478
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:474
 msgid ""
 "Many network providers provide automatic mitigation for Distributed Denial "
 "of Service attacks (DDOS), but this is often an optional service, so you "
@@ -1158,7 +1109,7 @@ msgstr ""
 " Distributed Denial of Service (DDOS), dar aceasta este adesea un serviciu "
 "opțional, așa că ar trebui să vă consultați cu ei."
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:482
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:478
 msgid ""
 "Whenever possible, host your public-facing demo/test/staging instances on "
 "different machines than the production ones. And apply the same security "
@@ -1168,7 +1119,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "publicul pe mașini diferite de cele de producție. Și aplicați aceleași "
 "precauții de securitate ca și pentru producție."
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:486
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:482
 msgid ""
 "If your public-facing Odoo server has access to sensitive internal network "
 "resources or services (e.g. via a private VLAN), implement appropriate "
@@ -1195,7 +1146,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "systemd.html>`_ poate fi de asemenea util pentru a implementa controlul de "
 "acces la rețea per-proces."
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:497
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:493
 msgid ""
 "If your public-facing Odoo server is behind a Web Application Firewall, a "
 "load-balancer, a transparent DDoS protection service (like CloudFlare) or a "
@@ -1222,7 +1173,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "servicii precum CloudFlare de obicei mențin o listă publică a gamelor lor de"
 " adrese IP pentru acest scop."
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:508
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:504
 msgid ""
 "If you are hosting multiple customers, isolate customer data and files from "
 "each other using containers or appropriate \"jail\" techniques."
@@ -1230,7 +1181,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Dacă găzduiți mai mulți clienți, izolați datele și fișierele clienților unul"
 " de celălalt utilizând containere sau tehnici adecvate de \"jail\"."
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:511
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:507
 msgid ""
 "Setup daily backups of your databases and filestore data, and copy them to a"
 " remote archiving server that is not accessible from the server itself."
@@ -1239,6 +1190,14 @@ msgstr ""
 "magazin de fișiere, și copiați-le pe un server de arhivare la distanță care "
 "nu este accesibil de la serverul în sine."
 
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:510
+msgid ""
+"Deploying Odoo on Linux is strongly recommended over Windows. Should you "
+"choose nevertheless to deploy on a Windows platform, a thorough security "
+"hardening review of the server should be conducted and is outside of the "
+"scope of this guide."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:518
 msgid "Blocking Brute Force Attacks"
 msgstr "Blocarea atacurilor brute force"
@@ -1786,34 +1745,42 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Windows"
 msgstr "Windows"
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:150
+#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:151
+msgid ""
+"Windows packaging is offered for the convenience of testing or running "
+"single-user local instances but production deployment is discouraged due to "
+"a number of limitations and risks associated with deploying Odoo on a "
+"Windows platform."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:155
 msgid ""
 "Download the installer from the `nightly server <https://nightly.odoo.com>`_"
 " (Community only) or the Windows installer from the `Odoo download page "
 "<https://www.odoo.com/page/download>`_ (any edition."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:153
+#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:158
 msgid "Execute the downloaded file."
 msgstr "Executați fișierul descărcat."
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:156
+#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:161
 msgid ""
 "On Windows 8 and later, a warning titled *Windows protected your PC* may be "
 "displayed. Click **More Info** and then **Run anyway** to proceed."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:159
+#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:164
 msgid ""
 "Accept the `UAC <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/User_Account_Control>`_ "
 "prompt."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:160
+#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:165
 msgid "Go through the installation steps."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:162
+#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:167
 msgid "Odoo launches automatically at the end of the installation."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -2746,58 +2713,189 @@ msgstr ""
 "e-mailuri sigure și securizate prin Microsoft Outlook folosind "
 "autentificarea OAuth."
 
-#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:192
-msgid "Multiple user configuration"
-msgstr "Configurarea utilizatorilor multipli"
-
 #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:194
-msgid ""
+msgid "Configuration with a single outgoing mail server"
-"Each user should have a separate server set up. The :guilabel:`from-filter` "
-"should be set so that only the user's email is sent from that server. In "
-"other words, only a user with an email address that matches the set "
-":guilabel:`from-filter` is able to use this server."
 msgstr ""
-"Trebuie să fie configurat un server separat pentru fiecare utilizator. "
-":guilabel:`from-filter` trebuie să fie setat astfel încât să fie trimis doar"
-" e-mailul utilizatorului de la acel server. În alte cuvinte, numai un "
-"utilizator cu o adresă de e-mail care se potrivește cu setarea "
-":guilabel:`from-filter` este capabil să utilizeze acest server."
 
-#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:198
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:196
 msgid ""
-"After setting the :guilabel:`from-filter`, set up a fallback email account "
+"Configuring a single outgoing server is the simplest configuration available"
-"to allow for the sending of :guilabel:`notifications`. The fallback email "
+" for Microsoft Azure and it doesn't require extensive access rights for the "
-"must be configured as a :guilabel:`general transactional server`. The "
+"users in the database."
-":guilabel:`mail.default.from` system parameter must be set to the "
-":guilabel:`username` of the general transactional server account. For more "
-"information see :ref:`Use a default email address "
-"<email_communication/default>`."
 msgstr ""
-"După setarea :guilabel:`from-filter`, configurați un cont de e-mail de "
-"rezervă pentru a permite trimiterea de :guilabel:`notificări`. Contul de "
-"e-mail de rezervă trebuie să fie configurat ca un :guilabel:`general "
-"transactional server`. :guilabel:`mail.default.from` parametrul de sistem "
-"trebuie să fie setat la :guilabel:`username` al contului de server "
-"tranzacțional general. Pentru mai multe informații, consultați "
-":ref:`Utilizați o adresă de e-mail implicită <email_communication/default>`."
 
-#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:205
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:199
-#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:213
+msgid ""
+"A generic email address would be used to send emails for all users within "
+"the database. For example it could be structured with a `notifications` "
+"alias (`notifications@example.com`) or `contact` alias "
+"(`contact@example.com`). This address must be set as the :guilabel:`FROM "
+"Filtering` on the server. This address must also match the "
+"`{mail.default.from}@{mail.catchall.domain}` key combination in the system "
+"parameters."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:206
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:247
+msgid ""
+"For more information on the from filter visit: "
+":ref:`email_communication/default`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:209
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:254
 msgid ""
 "The :guilabel:`System Parameters` can be accessed by activating "
-":doc:`../../applications/general/developer_mode` in the "
+":ref:`developer-mode` in the :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> "
-":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System Parameters`"
+"Parameters --> System Parameters` menu."
-" menu."
 msgstr ""
-":guilabel:`Parametrii de sistem` pot fi accesate prin activarea "
-":doc:`../../applications/general/developer_mode` în meniul "
-":menuselection:`Setări --> Tehnic --> Parametri --> Parametri de sistem`."
 
-#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:210
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:212
+msgid ""
+"When using this configuration, every email that is sent from the database "
+"will use the address of the configured `notification` mailbox. However it "
+"should be noted that the name of the sender will appear but their email "
+"address will change:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst-1
+msgid "Name from real sender with static email."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:221
+msgid "Single outgoing mail server configuration:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:223
+msgid ""
+"Outgoing mail server **username** (login) = `notifications@example.com`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:224
+msgid ""
+"Outgoing mail server :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` = "
+"`notifications@example.com`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:225
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:279
+msgid "`mail.catchall.domain` in system parameters = `example.com`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:226
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:280
+msgid "`mail.default.from` in system parameters = `notifications`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:229
+msgid "User-specific (multiple user) configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:231
+msgid ""
+"In addition to a generic email server, individual email servers can be set "
+"up for users in a database. These email addresses must be set as the "
+":guilabel:`FROM Filtering` on each individual server for this configuration "
+"to work."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:235
+msgid ""
+"This configuration is the more difficult of the two Microsoft Azure "
+"configurations, in that it requires all users configured with email servers "
+"to have access rights to settings in order to establish a connection to the "
+"email server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:240
+#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:480
+msgid "Setup"
+msgstr "Configurare"
+
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:242
+msgid ""
+"Each user should have a separate email server set up. The :guilabel:`FROM "
+"Filtering` should be set so that only the user's email is sent from that "
+"server. In other words, only a user with an email address that matches the "
+"set :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` is able to use this server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:249
+msgid ""
+"A :ref:`fallback server <azure_oauth/notifications>` must be setup to allow "
+"for the sending of :guilabel:`notifications`. The :guilabel:`FROM Filtering`"
+" for this server should have the value of the "
+"`{mail.default.from}@{mail.catchall.domain}`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:258
+msgid ""
+"The configuration for this transactional email server can work alongside an "
+"outgoing mass-mailing email server. The :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` for the "
+"mass-mailing email server can remain empty, but it's require to be added in "
+"the settings of the *Email Marketing* application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:263
+msgid ""
+"For more information on setting the mass-mailing email server visit "
+":ref:`email_communication/mass_mails`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:267
+msgid "Multiple user outgoing mail server configuration:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:270
+msgid "User #1 mailbox"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:270
+msgid "Outgoing mail server #1 **username** (login) = `john@example.com`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:271
+msgid ""
+"Outgoing mail server #1 :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` = `john@example.com`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:273
+msgid "User #2 mailbox"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:273
+msgid "Outgoing mail server #2 **username** (login) = `jane@example.com`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:274
+msgid ""
+"Outgoing mail server #2 :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` = `jane@example.com`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:276
+msgid "Notifications mailbox"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:276
+msgid ""
+"Outgoing mail server #3 **username** (login) = `notifications@example.com`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:277
+msgid ""
+"Outgoing mail server #3 :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` = "
+"`notifications@example.com`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:279
+msgid "System Parameters"
+msgstr "Parametri sistem"
+
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:283
 msgid "Configure incoming email server"
 msgstr "Configurați serverul de e-mail de intrare"
 
-#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:212
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:285
 msgid ""
 "The incoming account should be configured in a similar way to the outgoing "
 "email account. Navigate to the :guilabel:`Incoming Mail Servers` in the "
@@ -2817,7 +2915,7 @@ msgstr ""
 ":guilabel:`Outlook Token Valid` Acum :guilabel:`Test and Confirm` contul. "
 "Contul ar trebui să fie gata să primească e-mailuri în baza de date Odoo."
 
-#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:220
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:293
 msgid ":doc:`../../applications/general/email_communication/email_servers`"
 msgstr ":doc:`../../applications/general/email_communication/email_servers`"
 
@@ -4950,6 +5048,17 @@ msgstr ""
 "Pentru mai multe informații, consultați :ref:`Utilizarea unei adrese de "
 "email implicită <email_communication/default>`."
 
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:213
+msgid ""
+"The :guilabel:`System Parameters` can be accessed by activating "
+":doc:`../../applications/general/developer_mode` in the "
+":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System Parameters`"
+" menu."
+msgstr ""
+":guilabel:`Parametrii de sistem` pot fi accesate prin activarea "
+":doc:`../../applications/general/developer_mode` în meniul "
+":menuselection:`Setări --> Tehnic --> Parametri --> Parametri de sistem`."
+
 #: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:217
 msgid ""
 "Once the setup is complete, the Odoo database is ready to use the Mailjet "
@@ -7885,10 +7994,6 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "SSH"
 msgstr "SSH"
 
-#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:480
-msgid "Setup"
-msgstr "Configurare"
-
 #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:482
 msgid ""
 "In order to use SSH, you have to set up your profile SSH public key (if it "

locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po

@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 15.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-09-11 16:10+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 08:39+0000\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2021-11-02 08:48+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Hongu Cosmin <cosmin513@gmail.com>, 2023\n"
 "Language-Team: Romanian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ro/)\n"
@@ -592,7 +592,6 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:88
 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:14
-#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:14
 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:16
 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:51
 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:16
@@ -2025,6 +2024,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:194
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:115
 msgid ""
 "Then, to change the month, click :guilabel:`December` to reveal the drop-"
 "down menu, and select the desired month."
@@ -2117,79 +2117,192 @@ msgstr "Numărări ciclice"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"In most companies, the stock is only counted once a year. That's why by "
+"For most companies, warehouse stock only needs to be counted once a year. "
-"default, after making an inventory adjustment in Odoo, the scheduled date "
+"This is why, by default, after making an *inventory adjustment* in Odoo, the"
-"for the next count is set on the 31st of December. However, for some "
+" scheduled date for the next inventory count is set for the 31st of December"
-"businesses it's crucial to have an accurate inventory count at all times."
+" of the current year."
 msgstr ""
-"În majoritatea companiilor, stocul este numărat o singură dată pe an. De "
-"aceea, în mod implicit, după ce se face o corecție de inventar în Odoo, data"
-" programată pentru următoarea numărare este stabilită pe 31 decembrie. Cu "
-"toate acestea, pentru unele afaceri este critic să aibă o numărare exactă a "
-"inventarului în orice moment."
 
-#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:10
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:9
 msgid ""
-"The goal of cycle counts is to keep critical stock levels accurate by "
+"However, for some businesses, it's crucial to have an accurate inventory "
-"counting more often at key locations."
+"count at all times. These companies use *cycle counts* to keep critical "
+"stock levels accurate. Cycle counting is a method by which companies count "
+"their inventory more often in certain *locations*, to ensure that their "
+"physical inventory counts match their inventory records."
 msgstr ""
-"Scopul numărărilor ciclice este de a menține nivelurile critice de stoc "
-"exacte prin numărarea mai des în locații cheie."
 
-#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:16
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:15
-msgid ""
+msgid "Activate storage locations"
-"In Odoo, cycle counts are location-based. The frequency of the counts is "
+msgstr ""
-"defined by the storage location. To activate storage locations, go to "
+
-":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> Warehouse` and "
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:17
-"activate the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` setting. Next, click "
+msgid ""
-":guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting."
+"In Odoo, cycle counts are location-based. Therefore, the *storage locations*"
+" feature needs to be enabled before performing a cycle count."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:20
+msgid ""
+"To enable this feature, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
+"Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` "
+"section. Then, click the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Storage Locations`. "
+"Click :guilabel:`Save` to save all changes."
 msgstr ""
-"În Odoo, numărările ciclice sunt bazate pe locație. Frecvența numărărilor "
-"este definită de către locația de stocare. Pentru a activa locațiile de "
-"stocare, accesați :menuselection:`Inventar --> Configurare --> Setări --> "
-"Depozit` și activați setarea :guilabel:`Locații de stocare`. În continuare, "
-"faceți clic pe :guilabel:`Salvați` pentru a aplica setarea."
 
 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst-1
-msgid "Enable Storage Locations in Odoo settings."
+msgid "Enabled storage locations setting in inventory settings."
-msgstr "Activați locațiile de stocare în setările Odoo."
+msgstr ""
-
+
-#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:26
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:29
-msgid "Change the inventory frequency"
+msgid "Change inventory count frequency by location"
-msgstr "Modificați frecvența inventarului"
-
-#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:28
-msgid ""
-"To change a location's inventory frequency, first, go to the locations by "
-"clicking :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`."
 msgstr ""
-"Pentru a modifica frecvența inventarului unei locații, mai întâi, accesați "
 
 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:31
 msgid ""
-"Then, click on a location to open the location settings. Next, click on "
+"Now that the storage locations setting is enabled, the inventory count "
-":guilabel:`Edit`. In the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` field, set "
+"frequency can be changed for specific locations created in the warehouse."
-"the number of days. For example, a location that needs an inventory count "
+msgstr ""
-"every 30 days would set the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` value to "
+
-"`30`. Once the value is entered, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting"
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:34
-" to the location. Now, once an inventory adjustment is applied to this "
+msgid ""
-"location, the next scheduled count date will be automatically set based on "
+"To view and edit locations, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
-"the number of days in the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` setting."
+"Configuration --> Locations`. This reveals a :guilabel:`Locations` page "
+"containing every location currently created and listed in the warehouse."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:38
+msgid ""
+"From this page, click into a location to reveal the settings and "
+"configuration page for that location. Click :guilabel:`Edit` to edit the "
+"location settings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:41
+msgid ""
+"Under the :guilabel:`Cyclic Inventory` section, locate the "
+":guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` field, which should be set to `0` (if"
+" this location has not been edited previously). In this field, change the "
+"value to whichever number of days is desired."
 msgstr ""
-"Apoi, faceți clic pe o locație pentru a deschide setările locației.Apoi, "
-"faceți clic pe :guilabel:`Editare`. În câmpul :guilabel:`Frecvența "
-"inventarului (zile)`, setați numărul de zile. De exemplu, o locație care are"
-" nevoie de o numărare a inventarului la fiecare 30 de zile ar seta valoarea "
-":guilabel:`Frecvența inventarului (zile)` la `30`. După ce valoarea este "
-"introdusă, faceți clic pe :guilabel:`Salvați` pentru a aplica setarea la "
-"locație. Acum, odată ce o corecție de inventar este aplicată acestei "
-"locații, data programată pentru următoarea numărare va fi setată automat în "
-"funcție de numărul de zile din setarea :guilabel:`Frecvența inventarului "
-"(zile)`."
 
 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst-1
-msgid "Edit a location to change the inventory frequency."
+msgid "Location frequency setting on location."
-msgstr "Editeaza o locatie pentru a schimba frecventa de inventar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:50
+msgid ""
+"A location that needs an inventory count every 30 days should have the "
+":guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` value set to `30`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:53
+msgid ""
+"Once the frequency has been changed to the desired number of days, click "
+":guilabel:`Save` to save changes. Now, once an inventory adjustment is "
+"applied to this location, the next scheduled count date is automatically "
+"set, based on the value entered into the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency "
+"(Days)` field."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:59
+msgid "Count inventory by location"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:61
+msgid ""
+"To perform a cycle count for a specific location in the warehouse, navigate "
+"to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Inventory Adjustments`. "
+"This reveals an :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` page containing all "
+"products currently in stock, with each product listed on its own line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:66
+msgid ""
+"From this page, the :guilabel:`Filters` and :guilabel:`Group By` buttons (at"
+" the top of the page, under the :guilabel:`Search...` bar), can be used to "
+"select specific locations and perform inventory counts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst-1
+msgid "Inventory adjustments page."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:74
+msgid ""
+"To select a specific location and view all products within that location, "
+"click :guilabel:`Group By`, then click :guilabel:`Add Custom Group` to "
+"reveal a new drop-down menu to the right."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:77
+msgid ""
+"Click :guilabel:`Location` from the drop-down menu, then click "
+":guilabel:`Apply`. The page now displays condensed drop-down menus of each "
+"location in the warehouse that has products in stock, and a cycle count can "
+"be performed for all products in that location."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:82
+msgid ""
+"In large warehouses with multiple locations and a high volume of products, "
+"it might be easier to search for the specific location desired. To do this, "
+"from the :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` page, click :guilabel:`Filters`. "
+"Then, click :guilabel:`Add Custom Filter` to reveal a new menu to the right."
+" Click this menu to reveal three drop-downs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:87
+msgid ""
+"For the first field, click and select :guilabel:`Location` from the drop-"
+"down. For the second field, leave the :guilabel:`contains` value as is. For "
+"the third field, type in the name of the location that is being searched "
+"for. Click :guilabel:`Apply` for that location to appear on the page."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst-1
+msgid "Applied filters and group by on inventory adjustments page."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:97
+msgid "Change full inventory count frequency"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:99
+msgid ""
+"While cycle counts are typically performed per location, the scheduled date "
+"for full inventory counts of everything in-stock in the warehouse can also "
+"be manually changed to push the date up sooner than the date listed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:103
+msgid ""
+"To modify the default scheduled date, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app "
+"--> Configuration --> Settings`. Then, in the :guilabel:`Operations` "
+"section, locate the :guilabel:`Annual Inventory Day and Month` setting "
+"field, which includes a drop-down that is set to `31` :guilabel:`December` "
+"by default."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst-1
+msgid "Frequency field in inventory app settings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:112
+msgid ""
+"To change the day, click the `31`, and change it to a day within the range "
+"`1-31`, depending on the desired month of the year."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:118
+msgid ""
+"Once all changes have been made, click :guilabel:`Save` to save all changes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:121
+msgid ""
+":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products`"
+msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers.rst:5
 msgid "Lots and Serial Numbers"
@@ -13250,6 +13363,330 @@ msgid ""
 "assemblies."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:3
+msgid "Manufacturing backorders"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"In some cases, the full quantity of a manufacturing order cannot be produced"
+" immediately. When this happens, Odoo *Manufacturing* allows for the "
+"manufacturing of partial quantities of the order and creates a *backorder* "
+"for the remaining amount."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:9
+msgid ""
+"In the *Manufacturing* app, creating a backorder splits the original "
+"manufacturing order into two orders. The reference tag for each order is the"
+" tag used for the original order, followed by a hyphen and then an "
+"additional number to indicate that it's a backorder."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:14
+msgid ""
+"A company creates a manufacturing order with the reference tag "
+"*WH/MO/00175*, for 10 units of *Product X*. After starting work on the "
+"manufacturing order, the employee working the production line realizes there"
+" are only enough components in stock to produce five units of the product."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:18
+msgid ""
+"Instead of waiting for additional stock of the components, they manufacture "
+"five units and create a backorder for the remaining five. This splits the "
+"manufacturing order into two separate orders: *WH/MO/00175-001* and "
+"*WH/MO/00175-002*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:22
+msgid ""
+"Order *001* contains the five units that have been manufactured, and is "
+"immediately marked as :guilabel:`Done`. Order *002* contains the five units "
+"that still need to be manufactured and is marked as :guilabel:`In Progress`."
+" Once the remaining components are available, the employee returns to order "
+"*002* and manufactures the remaining units before closing the order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:28
+msgid "Create a manufacturing backorder"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:30
+msgid ""
+"To create a backorder for part of a manufacturing order, begin by navigating"
+" to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. "
+"Select a manufacturing order with a quantity of two or more or create one by"
+" clicking :guilabel:`Create`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:34
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:86
+msgid ""
+"If a new manufacturing order is created, select a product from the "
+":guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu and enter a quantity of two or more in "
+"the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, then click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm "
+"the order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:38
+msgid ""
+"After manufacturing the quantity that is being produced immediately, enter "
+"that number in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field at the top of the "
+"manufacturing order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1
+msgid "The quantity field on a manufacturing order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:45
+msgid ""
+"Next, click :guilabel:`Validate`, and a :guilabel:`You produced less than "
+"initial demand` pop-up window appears, from which a backorder can be "
+"created. Click :guilabel:`Create Backorder` to split the manufacturing order"
+" into two separate orders, with the reference tags *WH/MO/XXXXX-001* and "
+"*WH/MO/XXXXX-002*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1
+msgid ""
+"The Create Backorder button on the \"You produced less than initial demand\""
+" pop-up window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:54
+msgid ""
+"Order *001* contains the items that have been manufactured, and is closed "
+"immediately. Order *002* is the backorder that contains the items that have "
+"yet to be manufactured, and remains open, to be completed at a later date."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:58
+msgid ""
+"Once the remaining units can be manufactured, navigate to "
+":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and "
+"then select the backorder manufacturing order. If all of the remaining units"
+" are manufactured immediately, simply click :guilabel:`Validate` to close "
+"the order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:63
+msgid ""
+"If only some of the remaining units are manufactured immediately, create "
+"another backorder for the remainder by following the steps detailed in this "
+"section."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:67
+msgid "Create a backorder from tablet view"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:69
+msgid ""
+"Backorders for manufacturing orders can also be created from the work order "
+"tablet view."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:72
+msgid ""
+"In order to use tablet view, the *Work Orders* setting must be enabled. To "
+"enable it, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> "
+"Settings`. On the :guilabel:`Settings` page, enable the checkbox next to "
+":guilabel:`Work Orders`, then click :guilabel:`Save` to save the change. "
+"This makes the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab appear on manufacturing orders, "
+"from which the tablet view can be opened."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:0
+msgid "The Work Orders setting on the Manufacturing settings page."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:82
+msgid ""
+"To create a backorder from the tablet view, begin by navigating to "
+":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. "
+"Select a manufacturing order with a quantity of two or more or create one by"
+" clicking :guilabel:`Create`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:90
+msgid ""
+"After confirming the manufacturing order, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders`"
+" tab and click the :guilabel:`📱 (tablet view)` button located on the line of"
+" the first work order to enter the tablet view."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1
+msgid "The tablet view button for a work order on a manufacturing order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:97
+msgid ""
+"Once in tablet view, enter the quantity being manufactured immediately in "
+"the :guilabel:`Units` field at the top left of the tablet view."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1
+msgid "The Units field in the tablet view."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:104
+msgid ""
+"The steps for the rest of the workflow depend on whether the manufacturing "
+"order being processed requires the completion of a single work order or "
+"multiple work orders."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:108
+msgid "Single work order"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:110
+msgid ""
+"If the manufacturing order only requires the completion of a single work "
+"order, complete the work order, then click :guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close"
+" MO`. The manufacturing order is closed and a backorder for the units that "
+"still need to be manufactured is created automatically."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1
+msgid ""
+"The Mark As Done And Close MO button in the tablet view of a work order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:118
+msgid ""
+"Once the remaining units are ready to be manufactured, navigate to "
+":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, then"
+" select the backorder manufacturing order, which is titled using the "
+"reference tag of the original backorder with *002* added to the end."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:122
+msgid ""
+"On the backorder manufacturing order, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab"
+" and click the :guilabel:`📱 (tablet view)` button located on the line of the"
+" work order to open the tablet view. If all of the units in the backorder "
+"will be completed immediately, simply click :guilabel:`Mark As Done And "
+"Close MO` after completing the work order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:127
+msgid ""
+"If only some of the remaining units will be manufactured immediately, enter "
+"the number in the :guilabel:`Units` field at the top left of the tablet "
+"view, then click :guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close MO` to create another "
+"backorder for the remaining units. The new backorder can be processed using "
+"the steps detailed in this section."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:133
+msgid "Multiple work orders"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:135
+msgid ""
+"If the manufacturing order requires the completion of multiple work orders, "
+"complete the first work order, and then click :guilabel:`Record Production`."
+" This splits the manufacturing order into two separate orders, titled "
+"*WH/MO/XXXXX-001* and *WH/MO/XXXXX-002*, with *XXXXX* being the number of "
+"the original order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1
+msgid "The Record Production button on a work order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:144
+msgid ""
+"The tablet view defaults to showing the first work order for the *002* "
+"manufacturing order. Since this manufacturing order will not be completed "
+"immediately, back out of tablet view by clicking the :guilabel:`⬅️ (back)` "
+"button twice. Doing so will take you to the *001* order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:148
+msgid ""
+"To finish the *001* order, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab and click "
+"the :guilabel:`tablet view` button located on the line of the next work "
+"order. Finally, complete the remaining work orders, then click "
+":guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close MO` to close the manufacturing order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:152
+msgid ""
+"Once the remaining units are ready to be manufactured, navigate to "
+":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, then"
+" select the *002* order. Select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab and click "
+"the :guilabel:`tablet view` button located on the line of the first work "
+"order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:157
+msgid ""
+"If all of the units in the backorder will be completed immediately, simply "
+"click :guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close MO` after completing all of the work"
+" orders."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:160
+msgid ""
+"If only some of the remaining units will be manufactured immediately, enter "
+"the number in the :guilabel:`Units` field at the top left of the tablet "
+"view, then click :guilabel:`Record Production` to create an additional "
+"backorder for the remaining units, with *003* at the end of its reference "
+"tag."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:165
+msgid ""
+"The *002* backorder and *003* backorder can be completed by following the "
+"steps detailed in this section."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:169
+msgid ""
+"It is also possible to create a backorder in the middle of a manufacturing "
+"order, when some but not all of the work orders have already been completed."
+" Doing so marks the completed work order(s) as :guilabel:`Finished` on the "
+"backorder."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:174
+msgid ""
+"A manufacturing order for four chairs requires the completion of two work "
+"orders: *Paint* and *Assemble*. While the paint step can be completed "
+"immediately for all four chairs, there are only enough screws to assemble "
+"two of them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:178
+msgid ""
+"As a result, the employee responsible for producing the chairs begins by "
+"painting all four, and marking the *Paint* work order as "
+":guilabel:`Finished` for all of them. Then, they move on to the *Assemble* "
+"work order. They assemble two of the four chairs, enter that number in the "
+":guilabel:`Units` field of the tablet view, and click :guilabel:`Record "
+"Production`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:183
+msgid ""
+"A backorder manufacturing order is created for the remaining two chairs. On "
+"the backorder, the *Paint* work order is already marked as "
+":guilabel:`Finished`, and only the *Assemble* work order is left to be "
+"completed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:187
+msgid ""
+"Once more screws are available, the manufacturing employee assembles the "
+"remaining chairs and clicks :guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close MO` to "
+"complete the *Assemble* work order and close the backorder manufacturing "
+"order."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:3
 msgid "Managing BoMs for product variants"
 msgstr "Gestionați BOM-uri pentru variante de produs"

locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po

@@ -9,15 +9,16 @@
 # Cozmin Candea <office@terrabit.ro>, 2023
 # Martin Trigaux, 2023
 # Dorin Hongu <dhongu@gmail.com>, 2023
+# Fenyedi Levente, 2023
 # 
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 15.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-09-11 16:10+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 08:39+0000\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2021-11-02 08:49+0000\n"
-"Last-Translator: Dorin Hongu <dhongu@gmail.com>, 2023\n"
+"Last-Translator: Fenyedi Levente, 2023\n"
 "Language-Team: Romanian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ro/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@@ -2299,7 +2300,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:43
-#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:149
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:391
 msgid "Cash drawer"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -2308,7 +2309,7 @@ msgid "The cash drawer should be connected to the printer with an RJ25 cable."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:45
-#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:117
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:359
 msgid "Barcode scanner"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -2545,11 +2546,486 @@ msgstr ""
 "selectat un driver pentru aceste imprimante."
 
 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:103
-msgid "The Zebra printer doesn't print anything"
+msgid "Epson configuration special case"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:105
 msgid ""
+"Most Epson printers support printing receipts in Odoo :abbr:`POS (Point of "
+"Sale)` using the `GS v 0` command. However, the following Epson printer "
+"models do not support this command:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:108
+msgid "TM-U220"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:109
+msgid "TM-U230"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:110
+msgid "TM-P60"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:111
+msgid "TMP-P60II"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:113
+msgid ""
+"Bypass this issue by configuring the printer to use the `ESC *` command "
+"instead."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:116
+msgid "Process to force ESC * command"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:119
+msgid "Epson printer compatibility"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:121
+msgid ""
+"The first step is to check whether the printer is incompatible with `GS v 0`"
+" command."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:125
+msgid ""
+"`Epson GS v 0 documentation <https://reference.epson-"
+"biz.com/modules/ref_escpos/index.php? content_id=94>`_ for `GS v 0` "
+"compatible printers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:127
+msgid ""
+"`Epson ESC * documentation <https://reference.epson-"
+"biz.com/modules/ref_escpos/index.php ?content_id=88>`_ for `ESC *` "
+"compatible printers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:130
+msgid ""
+"If the printer is not compatible with the `ESC *` command then the following"
+" process is not possible. Should the printer be compatible to use the `ESC "
+"*` command to print, follow this process to configure the printer with the "
+":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:135
+msgid "IoT box configuration for ESC *"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:137
+msgid ""
+"To configure the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box to use the `ESC *` "
+"command to print, go to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage by"
+" navigating to :menuselection:`IoT app --> IoT Boxes`. Then click on the "
+":guilabel:`IP address` and this will direct to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of "
+"Things)` box homepage."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:142
+msgid "**Choosing the printer**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:144
+msgid ""
+"Now click on the :guilabel:`Printers server` button. This will redirect the "
+"browser to the *CUPS* page. Next, go to :menuselection:`Administration --> "
+"Printers --> Add Printer`, choose the printer that should be modified, and "
+"then click :guilabel:`Continue`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:149
+msgid ""
+"If the name of the printer is still uncertain, take the following steps:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:151
+msgid "Take note of the listed printers on the *CUPS* page."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:152
+msgid "Turn the printer off and refresh the page."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:153
+msgid ""
+"Now compare the difference with the first list to see which printer "
+"disappeared."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:154
+msgid "Turn the printer back on and refresh the page again."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:155
+msgid "Double-check the list again to see if the printer re-appears."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:156
+msgid ""
+"The printer that disappeared and reappears again on the listed printers is "
+"the name of the printer in question."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:160
+msgid "This can be :guilabel:`Unknown` under :guilabel:`Local printers`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:162
+msgid "**CUPS naming convention**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:164
+msgid ""
+"`CUPS` will prompt the admin for three pieces of information: the "
+":guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Description` and the :guilabel:`Location`. The "
+"last two pieces of information do not need to be specific, however, the "
+":guilabel:`Name` should follow a particular convention to work with the `ESC"
+" *` command."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:169
+msgid ""
+"The :guilabel:`Name` should match this convention: "
+"`<printer_name>__IMC_<param_1>_<param_2>_..._<param_n>__`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:172
+msgid "A breakdown of the naming convention:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:174
+msgid ""
+"`printer_name`: This is the printer name. It can be any character as long as"
+" it does not contain `_`, `/`, `#`, or ` ` (space character)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:176
+msgid ""
+"`IMC`: This stands for *Image Mode Column* (the simplified name for `ESC "
+"*`)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:177
+msgid "`param_1`: This stands for the specific parameter:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:179
+msgid ""
+"`SCALE<X>`: Scale of the picture (with the same aspect ratio). `X` should be"
+" an integer describing the scale percentage that should be used."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:183
+msgid ""
+"`100` is the original size, `50` is half the size, `200` is twice the size."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:185
+msgid ""
+"`LDV`: *Low Density Vertical* (will be set to *High Density Vertical* if not"
+" specified)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:186
+msgid ""
+"`LDH`: *Low Density Horizontal* (will be set to *High Density Horizontal* if"
+" not specified)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:189
+msgid ""
+"*Density* parameters might need to be configured in a particular way "
+"depending on the printer model."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:193
+msgid ""
+"Visit `Epson's ESC * documentation <https://reference.epson-"
+"biz.com/modules/ref_escpos/index.php?content_id=88>`_ and click on the "
+"printer model printer in the table above to see if the printer should set "
+"these parameters."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:198
+msgid "The following are examples of proper and improper name formatting:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:200
+msgid "Proper name formatting:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:202
+msgid "`EPSONTMm30II__IMC__`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:203
+msgid "`EPSON_TM_U220__IMC_LDV_LDH_SCALE80__`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:205
+msgid ""
+"Improper name formatting (this will not prevent printing, but the result "
+"might not have the expected printed output):"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:208
+msgid "`EPSON TMm 30II` -> The name can't have spaces."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:209
+msgid ""
+"`EPSONTMm30II` -> The name itself is correct, but it won't use `ESC *`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:210
+msgid "`EPSONTMm30II__IMC` -> This name is missing the end `__`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:211
+msgid ""
+"`EPSONTMm30II__IMC_XDV__` -> The parameter `XDV` does not match any existing"
+" parameters."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:212
+msgid ""
+"`EPSONTMm30II__IMC_SCALE__` -> The parameter `SCALE` is missing the scale "
+"value."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:214
+msgid "**Finish adding a printer**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:216
+msgid ""
+"After setting the name of the printer with the appropriate naming "
+"convention, click :guilabel:`Continue`. Next, set the :guilabel:`Make` value"
+" to :guilabel:`Raw` and for the :guilabel:`Model` value, set this to "
+":guilabel:`Raw Queue (en)`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:220
+msgid ""
+"After completing these steps, click :guilabel:`Add Printer`. If everything "
+"was done correctly, the page should redirect to the *Banners* page."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:223
+msgid ""
+"At this point the printer should have been created, now the :abbr:`IoT "
+"(Internet of Things)` box just needs to detect it and then sync to Odoo's "
+"server (this could take a few minutes)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:226
+msgid "**Adding the printer to Odoo PoS**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:228
+msgid ""
+"Once the printer is visible on the Odoo database, don't forget to choose it "
+"in the :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)`configuration as the :abbr:`IoT (Internet "
+"of Things)` printer. Navigate to :menuselection:`Pos App --> Settings --> "
+"Connected Devices --> IoT Box --> Receipt Printer --> Save`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:234
+msgid ""
+"If the printer was set up incorrectly (it is still printing random text or "
+"the printed receipt is too big or small), then it cannot be modified via the"
+" printer name with *CUPS*. Instead, the above process can be repeated to set"
+" up another printer from scratch to create one with modified parameters."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:239
+msgid "**Example setup of the Epson TM-U220B printer using ESC**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:244
+msgid ""
+"The following is an example of the troubleshooting process for a TM-U220B "
+"printer model using the `ESC *` command. The receipt pictured below is an "
+"example of a receipt that is printing correctly due to proper formatting (in"
+" theory):"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0
+msgid "Properly formatted receipt picture from a demo database."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:252
+msgid ""
+"Trying to print this receipt right-away prior to the proper formatting will "
+"not work as the TM-U220B printer model does not support `GS v 0`. Instead "
+"random characters will print:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0
+msgid "Printer paper with seemingly random characters."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:259
+msgid ""
+"To properly configure formatting for the Epson TM-U220B printer model take "
+"the following steps."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:261
+msgid ""
+"After consulting Epson's website for compatibility for both of the commands:"
+" `GS v 0 <https://reference.epson-"
+"biz.com/modules/ref_escpos/index.php?content_id=94>`_ and `ESC * "
+"<https://reference.epson-"
+"biz.com/modules/ref_escpos/index.php?content_id=88>`_, it can be seen that "
+"indeed the TM-U220B is not compatible with `GS v 0`, but is compatible with "
+"`ESC *`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0
+msgid "Epson compatibility evaluation from Epson website."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:270
+msgid ""
+"When adding the printer, *CUPS* will ask which printer should be added:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0
+msgid "Administration menu, add printer selection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:276
+msgid ""
+"In this case, the printer is connected via :abbr:`USB (Universal Serial "
+"Bus)` so it won' be part of the :guilabel:`Discovered Network Printers`. "
+"Instead it is likely part of the :guilabel:`Unknown` selection under "
+":guilabel:`Local Printers`. By unplugging the printer's :abbr:`USB "
+"(Universal Serial Bus)` cable from the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box "
+"and refreshing the page, the :guilabel:`Unknown` printer disappears. By "
+"plugging it back in, the printer reappears, so it can be said that this is "
+"the printer in question."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:283
+msgid ""
+"For the naming convention, since it will need to print using the `ESC *` "
+"command, it is imperative to add `__IMC`. Reference the printer model on "
+"`Epson's ESC * site <https://reference.epson-"
+"biz.com/modules/ref_escpos/index.php?content_id=88>`_ to find out more about"
+" the *density* parameters."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0
+msgid "Epson TM-U220 specifications on manufacturer's website."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:292
+msgid ""
+"For this particular model, TM-U220, `m` should be equal to 0 or 1. While "
+"referencing the :guilabel:`Description` below the pink box in the above "
+"picture, the `m` values could be 0, 1, 32 or 33. So in this printers case, "
+"the `m` value can NOT be 32 or 33 (otherwise there will be random characters"
+" printed)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:297
+msgid ""
+"The table includes the numeric values: 32 and 33, they both occur if the "
+":guilabel:`Number of bits for vertical data` is set to 24. This means that "
+"is a *High Vertical Density*. In the case of configuring the Epson TM-U220, "
+"the *Low Vertical Density* will need to be forced, as this printer model "
+"does not support *High Vertical Density* for this command `ESC *`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:302
+msgid ""
+"To add a *Low Vertical Density*, add the `LDV` parameter to the naming "
+"convention."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0
+msgid ""
+"Add a *Low Vertical Density* (the `LDV` parameter) to the naming convention."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:308
+msgid ""
+"Click :guilabel:`Continue` to proceed. Next, set the :guilabel:`Make` value "
+"to :guilabel:`Raw` and for the :guilabel:`Model` value, set this to "
+":guilabel:`Raw Queue (en)`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0
+msgid "Epson TM-U220 specifications on manufacturers website."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:315
+msgid ""
+"However when trying to print with the naming convention: "
+"`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV__`, it will print the receipt, but it will be too big"
+" and outside the margin. To resolve this, add a new printer (and naming "
+"convention) with the `SCALE<X>` parameter to adapt to our receipt size."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:319
+msgid "Here are some examples:"
+msgstr "Aiici sunt câteva exemple:"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:324
+msgid "Printer Naming Convention"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:325
+msgid "`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV__`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:326
+msgid "`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_SCALE75__`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:327
+msgid "`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_LDH__`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:328
+msgid "`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_LDH_SCALE35__`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0
+msgid "Receipt example format."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0
+msgid "Receipt format using naming convention: EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV__."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0
+msgid ""
+"Receipt format using naming convention: EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_SCALE75__."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0
+msgid "Receipt format using naming convention: EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_LDH__."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0
+msgid ""
+"Receipt format using naming convention: EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_LDH_SCALE35__."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:346
+msgid "The Zebra printer doesn't print anything"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:348
+msgid ""
 "Zebra printers are quite sensitive to the format of the Zebra Programming "
 "Language (ZPL) code that is printed. If nothing comes out of the printer or "
 "blank labels are printed, try changing the format of the report that is sent"
@@ -2558,20 +3034,20 @@ msgid ""
 " the corresponding template."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:112
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:355
 msgid ""
 "Check out Zebra's instructions on printing :abbr:`ZPL (Zebra Programming "
 "Language)` files `here <https://supportcommunity.zebra.com/s/article/Print-"
 "a-zpl-file-using-the-Generic-Text-Printer>`_."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:120
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:362
 msgid "The characters read by the barcode scanner don't match the barcode"
 msgstr ""
 "Caracterele citite de cititorul de coduri de bare nu se potrivesc cu codul "
 "de bare"
 
-#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:122
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:364
 msgid ""
 "By default, most barcode scanners are configured in the US QWERTY format. If"
 " the barcode scanner uses a different layout, go to the form view of the "
@@ -2579,11 +3055,11 @@ msgid ""
 "the correct format."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:127
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:369
 msgid "Nothing happens when a barcode is scanned"
 msgstr "Nu se întâmplă nimic când un cod de bare este scanat"
 
-#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:129
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:371
 msgid ""
 "Make sure that the correct device is selected in the :menuselection:`Point "
 "of Sale` configuration and that the barcode is configured to send an `ENTER`"
@@ -2592,18 +3068,18 @@ msgid ""
 "Edit`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:135
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:377
 msgid "The barcode scanner is detected as a keyboard"
 msgstr "Codul de bare este detectat ca o tastatură"
 
-#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:138
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:380
 msgid ""
 "Some barcode scanners do not advertise themselves as barcode scanners but as"
 " a USB keyboard instead, and will not be recognized by the :abbr:`IoT "
 "(Internet of Things)` box."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:141
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:383
 msgid ""
 "The device type can be manually changed by going to its form view "
 "(:menuselection:`IoT App --> Devices --> Barcode Device`) and activating the"
@@ -2614,11 +3090,11 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Modifying the form view of the barcode scanner."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:152
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:394
 msgid "The cash drawer does not open"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:154
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:396
 msgid ""
 "The cash drawer should be connected to the printer and the :guilabel:`Cash "
 "drawer` checkbox should be ticked in the :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` "

locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po

@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 15.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-09-11 16:10+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 08:39+0000\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-03-18 15:03+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Cozmin Candea <office@terrabit.ro>, 2023\n"
 "Language-Team: Romanian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ro/)\n"
@@ -188,41 +188,51 @@ msgid "Manage my products"
 msgstr "Gestionați produsele mele"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:3
-msgid "How to display several images per product"
+msgid "Multiple images per product"
-msgstr "Cum să afișați mai multe imagini pe produs"
+msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"By default your product web page displays the main image of your product "
+"When you register several images for a product, only the first image is "
-"only. If you like to show your products under several angles, you can turn "
+"shown on the main products page. By clicking on the product, visitors can "
-"the image into a carrousel."
+"see additional images with the carousel view."
 msgstr ""
-"În mod implicit, pagina web a produsului dvs. afișează doar imaginea "
-"principală a produsului dvs. Dacă doriți să arătați produsele dvs. sub mai "
-"multe unghiuri, puteți transforma imaginea într-un carusel."
 
-#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:11
+#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst-1
+msgid "Showing the carousel view."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:12
+msgid "Adding multiple images to a product"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:14
+msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Products`, and select a product."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:15
 msgid ""
-"Check *Several images per product* in :menuselection:`Website Admin --> "
+"Go to the :guilabel:`Sales` tab, click :guilabel:`Edit`, and :guilabel:`Add "
-"Configuration --> Settings`."
+"a media`."
 msgstr ""
-"Verificați *Mai multe imagini pe produs* în :menuselection:`Administrator "
-"site web --> Configurare --> Setări`."
 
-#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:13
+#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:16
 msgid ""
-"Open a product detail form and upload images from *Images* tab. Hit *Create*"
+"Click the pencil icon to add an image, then click :guilabel:`Save & New` to "
-" in Edit mode to get the upload wizard."
+"add additional ones."
 msgstr ""
-"Deschideți un formular de detalii ale produsului și încărcați imagini din "
-"fila *Imagini*. Apăsați *Creați* în modul de editare pentru a obține "
-"asistentul de încărcare."
 
-#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:19
+#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:17
-msgid "Such extra image are common to all the product variants (if any)."
+msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save & Close` when you are done."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst-1
+msgid "Creating extra product media."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:23
+msgid "Such extra images are common to all the product variants (if any)."
 msgstr ""
-"Aceste imagini suplimentare sunt comune tuturor variantele de produs (dacă "
-"există)."
 
 #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:3
 msgid "Product variants"

locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po

@@ -8,17 +8,17 @@
 # Martin Trigaux, 2022
 # Wichanon Jamwutthipreecha, 2022
 # Khwunchai Jaengsawang <khwunchai.j@ku.th>, 2023
-# Wil Odoo, 2023
 # Rasareeyar Lappiam, 2023
+# Wil Odoo, 2023
 # 
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 15.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-09-11 16:10+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 08:39+0000\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-03-18 14:59+0000\n"
-"Last-Translator: Rasareeyar Lappiam, 2023\n"
+"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2023\n"
 "Language-Team: Thai (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/th/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@@ -360,7 +360,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:46
 #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:58
 #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:153
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:276
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:280
 msgid "in :ref:`the configuration file <reference/cmdline/config_file>` set:"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -418,8 +418,8 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:95
 #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:145
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:231
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:235
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:271
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:275
 msgid "Configuration sample"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -530,141 +530,147 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:182
 msgid ""
-"Odoo includes built-in HTTP servers, using either multithreading or "
+"Odoo includes built-in HTTP, cron, and live-chat servers, using either "
-"multiprocessing."
+"multi-threading or multi-processing."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:185
 msgid ""
-"For production use, it is recommended to use the multiprocessing server as "
+"The **multi-threaded** server is a simpler server primarily used for "
-"it increases stability, makes somewhat better use of computing resources and"
+"development, demonstrations, and its compatibility with various operating "
-" can be better monitored and resource-restricted."
+"systems (including Windows). A new thread is spawned for every new HTTP "
+"request, even for long-running requests such as long polling. Extra daemonic"
+" cron threads are spawned too. Due to a Python limitation (GIL), it doesn't "
+"make the best use of the hardware."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:189
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:191
 msgid ""
-"Multiprocessing is enabled by configuring :option:`a non-zero number of "
+"The multi-threaded server is the default server, also for docker containers."
-"worker processes <odoo-bin --workers>`, the number of workers should be "
+" It is selected by leaving the :option:`--workers <odoo-bin --workers>` "
-"based on the number of cores in the machine (possibly with some room for "
+"option out or setting it to ``0``."
-"cron workers depending on how much cron work is predicted)"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:193
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:194
 msgid ""
-"Worker limits can be configured based on the hardware configuration to avoid"
+"The **multi-processing** server is a full-blown server primarily used for "
-" resources exhaustion"
+"production. It is not liable to the same Python limitation (GIL) on resource"
-msgstr ""
+" usage and hence makes the best use of the hardware. A pool of workers is "
-
+"created upon server startup. New HTTP requests are queued by the OS until "
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:196
+"there are workers ready to process them. An extra event-driven HTTP worker "
-msgid "multiprocessing mode currently isn't available on Windows"
+"for the live chat is spawned on an alternative port. Extra cron workers are "
-msgstr ""
+"spawned too. A configurable process reaper monitors resource usage and can "
-
+"kill/restart failed workers."
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:199
-msgid "Worker number calculation"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:201
+msgid ""
+"The multi-processing server is opt-in. It is selected by setting the "
+":option:`--workers <odoo-bin --workers>` option to a non-null integer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:205
+msgid ""
+"Because it is highly customized for Linux servers, the multi-processing "
+"server is not available on Windows."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:209
+msgid "Worker number calculation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:211
 msgid "Rule of thumb : (#CPU * 2) + 1"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:202
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:212
 msgid "Cron workers need CPU"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:203
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:213
 msgid "1 worker ~= 6 concurrent users"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:206
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:216
 msgid "memory size calculation"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:208
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:218
 msgid ""
 "We consider 20% of the requests are heavy requests, while 80% are simpler "
 "ones"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:209
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:219
 msgid ""
 "A heavy worker, when all computed field are well designed, SQL requests are "
 "well designed, ... is estimated to consume around 1GB of RAM"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:210
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:220
 msgid ""
 "A lighter worker, in the same scenario, is estimated to consume around 150MB"
 " of RAM"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:212
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:222
 msgid ""
 "Needed RAM = #worker * ( (light_worker_ratio * light_worker_ram_estimation) "
 "+ (heavy_worker_ratio * heavy_worker_ram_estimation) )"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:215
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:225
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:369
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:373
 msgid "LiveChat"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:217
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:227
 msgid ""
-"In multiprocessing, a dedicated LiveChat worker is automatically started and"
+"In multi-processing, a dedicated LiveChat worker is automatically started "
-" listening on :option:`the longpolling port <odoo-bin --longpolling-port>` "
+"and listens on the :option:`--longpolling-port <odoo-bin --longpolling-"
-"but the client will not connect to it."
+"port>`. By default, the HTTP requests will keep accessing the normal HTTP "
-msgstr ""
+"workers instead of the LiveChat one. You must deploy a proxy in front of "
-
+"Odoo and redirect incoming requests whose path starts with ``/longpolling`` "
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:221
+"to the LiveChat worker. You must also start Odoo in :option:`--proxy-mode "
-msgid ""
+"<odoo-bin --proxy-mode>` so it uses the real client headers (such as "
-"Instead you must have a proxy redirecting requests whose URL starts with "
+"hostname, scheme, and IP) instead of the proxy ones."
-"``/longpolling/`` to the longpolling port. Other request should be proxied "
-"to the :option:`normal HTTP port <odoo-bin --http-port>`"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:225
-msgid ""
-"To achieve such a thing, you'll need to deploy a reverse proxy in front of "
-"Odoo, like nginx or apache. When doing so, you'll need to forward some more "
-"http Headers to Odoo, and activate the proxy_mode in Odoo configuration to "
-"have Odoo read those headers."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:233
-msgid "Server with 4 CPU, 8 Thread"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:234
-msgid "60 concurrent users"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:236
-msgid "60 users / 6 = 10 <- theoretical number of worker needed"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:237
-msgid "(4 * 2) + 1 = 9 <- theoretical maximal number of worker"
+msgid "Server with 4 CPU, 8 Thread"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:238
+msgid "60 concurrent users"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:240
+msgid "60 users / 6 = 10 <- theoretical number of worker needed"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:241
+msgid "(4 * 2) + 1 = 9 <- theoretical maximal number of worker"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:242
 msgid ""
 "We'll use 8 workers + 1 for cron. We'll also use a monitoring system to "
 "measure cpu load, and check if it's between 7 and 7.5 ."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:239
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:243
 msgid "RAM = 9 * ((0.8*150) + (0.2*1024)) ~= 3Go RAM for Odoo"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:241
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:245
 msgid "in :ref:`the configuration file <reference/cmdline/config_file>`:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:257
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:261
 msgid "HTTPS"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:259
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:263
 msgid ""
 "Whether it's accessed via website/web client or web service, Odoo transmits "
 "authentication information in cleartext. This means a secure deployment of "
@@ -672,43 +678,43 @@ msgid ""
 "just about any SSL termination proxy, but requires the following setup:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:264
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:268
 msgid ""
 "Enable Odoo's :option:`proxy mode <odoo-bin --proxy-mode>`. This should only"
 " be enabled when Odoo is behind a reverse proxy"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:265
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:269
 msgid "Set up the SSL termination proxy (`Nginx termination example`_)"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:266
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:270
 msgid "Set up the proxying itself (`Nginx proxying example`_)"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:267
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:271
 msgid ""
 "Your SSL termination proxy should also automatically redirect non-secure "
 "connections to the secure port"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:273
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:277
 msgid "Redirect http requests to https"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:274
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:278
 msgid "Proxy requests to odoo"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:282
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:286
 msgid "in ``/etc/nginx/sites-enabled/odoo.conf`` set:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:343
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:347
 msgid "Odoo as a WSGI Application"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:345
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:349
 msgid ""
 "It is also possible to mount Odoo as a standard WSGI_ application. Odoo "
 "provides the base for a WSGI launcher script as ``odoo-wsgi.example.py``. "
@@ -718,87 +724,67 @@ msgid ""
 "configuration file."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:351
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:355
 msgid ""
 "However the WSGI server will only expose the main HTTP endpoint for the web "
 "client, website and webservice API. Because Odoo does not control the "
 "creation of workers anymore it can not setup cron or livechat workers"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:356
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:360
 msgid "Cron Workers"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:358
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:362
-msgid "To run cron jobs for an Odoo deployment as a WSGI application requires"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:360
-msgid "A classical Odoo (run via ``odoo-bin``)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:361
 msgid ""
-"Connected to the database in which cron jobs have to be run (via "
+"Starting one of the built-in Odoo servers next to the WSGI server is "
-":option:`odoo-bin -d`)"
+"required to process cron jobs. That server must be configured to only "
+"process crons and not HTTP requests using the :option:`--no-http <odoo-bin "
+"--no-http>` cli option or the ``http_enable = False`` configuration file "
+"setting."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:363
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:367
 msgid ""
-"Which should not be exposed to the network. To ensure cron runners are not "
+"On Linux-like systems, using the multi-processing server over the multi-"
-"network-accessible, it is possible to disable the built-in HTTP server "
+"threading one is recommended to benefit from better hardware usage and "
-"entirely with :option:`odoo-bin --no-http` or setting ``http_enable = "
+"increased stability, i.e., using the :option:`--workers=-1 <odoo-bin "
-"False`` in the configuration file"
+"--workers>` and :option:`--max-cron-threads=n <odoo-bin --max-cron-threads>`"
+" cli options."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:371
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:375
 msgid ""
-"The second problematic subsystem for WSGI deployments is the LiveChat: where"
+"Using a gevent-compatible WSGI server is required for the correct operation "
-" most HTTP connections are relatively short and quickly free up their worker"
+"of the live chat feature. That server should be able to handle many "
-" process for the next request, LiveChat require a long-lived connection for "
+"simultaneous long-lived HTTP requests but doesn't need a lot of processing "
-"each client in order to implement near-real-time notifications."
+"power. All requests whose path starts with ``/longpolling`` should be "
-msgstr ""
+"directed to that server. A regular (thread/process-based) WSGI server should"
-
+" be used for all other requests."
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:376
-msgid ""
-"This is in conflict with the process-based worker model, as it will tie up "
-"worker processes and prevent new users from accessing the system. However, "
-"those long-lived connections do very little and mostly stay parked waiting "
-"for notifications."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:381
 msgid ""
-"The solutions to support livechat/motifications in a WSGI application are:"
+"The Odoo cron server can also be used to serve the live chat requests. Just "
+"drop the :option:`--no-http <odoo-bin --no-http>` cli option from the cron "
+"server and make sure requests whose path starts with ``/longpolling`` are "
+"directed to this server, either on the :option:`--http-port <odoo-bin "
+"--http-port>` (multi-threading server) or on the :option:`--longpolling-port"
+" <odoo-bin --longpolling-port>` (multi-processing server)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:383
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:388
-msgid ""
-"Deploy a threaded version of Odoo (instead of a process-based preforking "
-"one) and redirect only requests to URLs starting with ``/longpolling/`` to "
-"that Odoo, this is the simplest and the longpolling URL can double up as the"
-" cron instance."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:387
-msgid ""
-"Deploy an evented Odoo via ``odoo-gevent`` and proxy requests starting with "
-"``/longpolling/`` to :option:`the longpolling port <odoo-bin --longpolling-"
-"port>`."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:392
 msgid "Serving Static Files"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:394
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:390
 msgid ""
 "For development convenience, Odoo directly serves all static files in its "
 "modules. This may not be ideal when it comes to performances, and static "
 "files should generally be served by a static HTTP server."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:398
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:394
 msgid ""
 "Odoo static files live in each module's ``static/`` folder, so static files "
 "can be served by intercepting all requests to "
@@ -806,30 +792,30 @@ msgid ""
 "in the various addons paths."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:402
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:398
 #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:122
 msgid "Todo"
 msgstr "ที่จะทำ"
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:402
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:398
 msgid ""
 "test whether it would be interesting to serve filestored attachments via "
 "this, and how (e.g. possibility of mapping ir.attachment id to filestore "
 "hash in the database?)"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:409
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:405
 msgid "Security"
 msgstr "ความปลอดภัย"
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:411
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:407
 msgid ""
 "For starters, keep in mind that securing an information system is a "
 "continuous process, not a one-shot operation. At any moment, you will only "
 "be as secure as the weakest link in your environment."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:415
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:411
 msgid ""
 "So please do not take this section as the ultimate list of measures that "
 "will prevent all security problems. It's only intended as a summary of the "
@@ -839,20 +825,20 @@ msgid ""
 "access control management, etc."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:421
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:417
 msgid ""
 "When deploying an internet-facing server, please be sure to consider the "
 "following security-related topics:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:424
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:420
 msgid ""
 "Always set a strong super-admin admin password, and restrict access to the "
 "database management pages as soon as the system is set up. See "
 ":ref:`db_manager_security`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:427
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:423
 msgid ""
 "Choose unique logins and strong passwords for all administrator accounts on "
 "all databases. Do not use 'admin' as the login. Do not use those logins for "
@@ -861,14 +847,14 @@ msgid ""
 "databases."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:432
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:428
 msgid ""
 "Do **not** install demo data on internet-facing servers. Databases with demo"
 " data contain default logins and passwords that can be used to get into your"
 " systems and cause significant trouble, even on staging/dev systems."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:436
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:432
 msgid ""
 "Use appropriate database filters ( :option:`--db-filter <odoo-bin --db-"
 "filter>`) to restrict the visibility of your databases according to the "
@@ -878,7 +864,7 @@ msgid ""
 "backend."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:443
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:439
 msgid ""
 "Once your ``db_name`` and ``db_filter`` are configured and only match a "
 "single database per hostname, you should set ``list_db`` configuration "
@@ -888,7 +874,7 @@ msgid ""
 "option)"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:449
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:445
 msgid ""
 "Make sure the PostgreSQL user (:option:`--db_user <odoo-bin --db_user>`) is "
 "*not* a super-user, and that your databases are owned by a different user. "
@@ -897,20 +883,20 @@ msgid ""
 ":ref:`setup/deploy/odoo`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:454
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:450
 msgid ""
 "Keep installations updated by regularly installing the latest builds, either"
 " via GitHub or by downloading the latest version from "
 "https://www.odoo.com/page/download or http://nightly.odoo.com"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:458
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:454
 msgid ""
 "Configure your server in multi-process mode with proper limits matching your"
 " typical usage (memory/CPU/timeouts). See also :ref:`builtin_server`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:461
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:457
 msgid ""
 "Run Odoo behind a web server providing HTTPS termination with a valid SSL "
 "certificate, in order to prevent eavesdropping on cleartext communications. "
@@ -920,7 +906,7 @@ msgid ""
 ":ref:`https_proxy`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:468
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:464
 msgid ""
 "If you need to allow remote SSH access to your servers, make sure to set a "
 "strong password for **all** accounts, not just `root`. It is strongly "
@@ -930,28 +916,28 @@ msgid ""
 "detection system such as `fail2ban` or equivalent."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:474
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:470
 msgid ""
 "Consider installing appropriate rate-limiting on your proxy or firewall, to "
 "prevent brute-force attacks and denial of service attacks. See also "
 ":ref:`login_brute_force` for specific measures."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:478
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:474
 msgid ""
 "Many network providers provide automatic mitigation for Distributed Denial "
 "of Service attacks (DDOS), but this is often an optional service, so you "
 "should consult with them."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:482
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:478
 msgid ""
 "Whenever possible, host your public-facing demo/test/staging instances on "
 "different machines than the production ones. And apply the same security "
 "precautions as for production."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:486
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:482
 msgid ""
 "If your public-facing Odoo server has access to sensitive internal network "
 "resources or services (e.g. via a private VLAN), implement appropriate "
@@ -966,7 +952,7 @@ msgid ""
 "control."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:497
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:493
 msgid ""
 "If your public-facing Odoo server is behind a Web Application Firewall, a "
 "load-balancer, a transparent DDoS protection service (like CloudFlare) or a "
@@ -981,18 +967,26 @@ msgid ""
 "this purpose."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:508
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:504
 msgid ""
 "If you are hosting multiple customers, isolate customer data and files from "
 "each other using containers or appropriate \"jail\" techniques."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:511
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:507
 msgid ""
 "Setup daily backups of your databases and filestore data, and copy them to a"
 " remote archiving server that is not accessible from the server itself."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:510
+msgid ""
+"Deploying Odoo on Linux is strongly recommended over Windows. Should you "
+"choose nevertheless to deploy on a Windows platform, a thorough security "
+"hardening review of the server should be conducted and is outside of the "
+"scope of this guide."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:518
 msgid "Blocking Brute Force Attacks"
 msgstr ""
@@ -1466,34 +1460,42 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Windows"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:150
+#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:151
+msgid ""
+"Windows packaging is offered for the convenience of testing or running "
+"single-user local instances but production deployment is discouraged due to "
+"a number of limitations and risks associated with deploying Odoo on a "
+"Windows platform."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:155
 msgid ""
 "Download the installer from the `nightly server <https://nightly.odoo.com>`_"
 " (Community only) or the Windows installer from the `Odoo download page "
 "<https://www.odoo.com/page/download>`_ (any edition."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:153
+#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:158
 msgid "Execute the downloaded file."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:156
+#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:161
 msgid ""
 "On Windows 8 and later, a warning titled *Windows protected your PC* may be "
 "displayed. Click **More Info** and then **Run anyway** to proceed."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:159
+#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:164
 msgid ""
 "Accept the `UAC <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/User_Account_Control>`_ "
 "prompt."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:160
+#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:165
 msgid "Go through the installation steps."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:162
+#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:167
 msgid "Odoo launches automatically at the end of the installation."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -2299,44 +2301,190 @@ msgid ""
 " Outlook using OAuth authentication."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:192
-msgid "Multiple user configuration"
-msgstr ""
-
 #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:194
-msgid ""
+msgid "Configuration with a single outgoing mail server"
-"Each user should have a separate server set up. The :guilabel:`from-filter` "
-"should be set so that only the user's email is sent from that server. In "
-"other words, only a user with an email address that matches the set "
-":guilabel:`from-filter` is able to use this server."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:198
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:196
 msgid ""
-"After setting the :guilabel:`from-filter`, set up a fallback email account "
+"Configuring a single outgoing server is the simplest configuration available"
-"to allow for the sending of :guilabel:`notifications`. The fallback email "
+" for Microsoft Azure and it doesn't require extensive access rights for the "
-"must be configured as a :guilabel:`general transactional server`. The "
+"users in the database."
-":guilabel:`mail.default.from` system parameter must be set to the "
-":guilabel:`username` of the general transactional server account. For more "
-"information see :ref:`Use a default email address "
-"<email_communication/default>`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:205
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:199
-#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:213
+msgid ""
+"A generic email address would be used to send emails for all users within "
+"the database. For example it could be structured with a `notifications` "
+"alias (`notifications@example.com`) or `contact` alias "
+"(`contact@example.com`). This address must be set as the :guilabel:`FROM "
+"Filtering` on the server. This address must also match the "
+"`{mail.default.from}@{mail.catchall.domain}` key combination in the system "
+"parameters."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:206
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:247
+msgid ""
+"For more information on the from filter visit: "
+":ref:`email_communication/default`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:209
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:254
 msgid ""
 "The :guilabel:`System Parameters` can be accessed by activating "
-":doc:`../../applications/general/developer_mode` in the "
+":ref:`developer-mode` in the :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> "
-":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System Parameters`"
+"Parameters --> System Parameters` menu."
-" menu."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:210
-msgid "Configure incoming email server"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:212
 msgid ""
+"When using this configuration, every email that is sent from the database "
+"will use the address of the configured `notification` mailbox. However it "
+"should be noted that the name of the sender will appear but their email "
+"address will change:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst-1
+msgid "Name from real sender with static email."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:221
+msgid "Single outgoing mail server configuration:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:223
+msgid ""
+"Outgoing mail server **username** (login) = `notifications@example.com`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:224
+msgid ""
+"Outgoing mail server :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` = "
+"`notifications@example.com`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:225
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:279
+msgid "`mail.catchall.domain` in system parameters = `example.com`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:226
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:280
+msgid "`mail.default.from` in system parameters = `notifications`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:229
+msgid "User-specific (multiple user) configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:231
+msgid ""
+"In addition to a generic email server, individual email servers can be set "
+"up for users in a database. These email addresses must be set as the "
+":guilabel:`FROM Filtering` on each individual server for this configuration "
+"to work."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:235
+msgid ""
+"This configuration is the more difficult of the two Microsoft Azure "
+"configurations, in that it requires all users configured with email servers "
+"to have access rights to settings in order to establish a connection to the "
+"email server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:240
+#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:480
+msgid "Setup"
+msgstr "ตั้งค่า"
+
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:242
+msgid ""
+"Each user should have a separate email server set up. The :guilabel:`FROM "
+"Filtering` should be set so that only the user's email is sent from that "
+"server. In other words, only a user with an email address that matches the "
+"set :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` is able to use this server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:249
+msgid ""
+"A :ref:`fallback server <azure_oauth/notifications>` must be setup to allow "
+"for the sending of :guilabel:`notifications`. The :guilabel:`FROM Filtering`"
+" for this server should have the value of the "
+"`{mail.default.from}@{mail.catchall.domain}`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:258
+msgid ""
+"The configuration for this transactional email server can work alongside an "
+"outgoing mass-mailing email server. The :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` for the "
+"mass-mailing email server can remain empty, but it's require to be added in "
+"the settings of the *Email Marketing* application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:263
+msgid ""
+"For more information on setting the mass-mailing email server visit "
+":ref:`email_communication/mass_mails`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:267
+msgid "Multiple user outgoing mail server configuration:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:270
+msgid "User #1 mailbox"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:270
+msgid "Outgoing mail server #1 **username** (login) = `john@example.com`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:271
+msgid ""
+"Outgoing mail server #1 :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` = `john@example.com`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:273
+msgid "User #2 mailbox"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:273
+msgid "Outgoing mail server #2 **username** (login) = `jane@example.com`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:274
+msgid ""
+"Outgoing mail server #2 :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` = `jane@example.com`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:276
+msgid "Notifications mailbox"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:276
+msgid ""
+"Outgoing mail server #3 **username** (login) = `notifications@example.com`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:277
+msgid ""
+"Outgoing mail server #3 :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` = "
+"`notifications@example.com`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:279
+msgid "System Parameters"
+msgstr "พารามิเตอร์ของระบบ"
+
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:283
+msgid "Configure incoming email server"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:285
+msgid ""
 "The incoming account should be configured in a similar way to the outgoing "
 "email account. Navigate to the :guilabel:`Incoming Mail Servers` in the "
 ":guilabel:`Technical Menu` and :guilabel:`Create` a new configuration. Check"
@@ -2347,7 +2495,7 @@ msgid ""
 "account. The account should be ready to receive email to the Odoo database."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:220
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:293
 msgid ":doc:`../../applications/general/email_communication/email_servers`"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -4067,6 +4215,14 @@ msgid ""
 "<email_communication/default>`."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:213
+msgid ""
+"The :guilabel:`System Parameters` can be accessed by activating "
+":doc:`../../applications/general/developer_mode` in the "
+":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System Parameters`"
+" menu."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:217
 msgid ""
 "Once the setup is complete, the Odoo database is ready to use the Mailjet "
@@ -6393,10 +6549,6 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "SSH"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:480
-msgid "Setup"
-msgstr "ตั้งค่า"
-
 #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:482
 msgid ""
 "In order to use SSH, you have to set up your profile SSH public key (if it "

locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po

@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 15.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-09-11 16:10+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 08:39+0000\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2021-11-02 08:49+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Rasareeyar Lappiam, 2023\n"
 "Language-Team: Thai (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/th/)\n"
@@ -2087,7 +2087,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:43
-#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:149
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:391
 msgid "Cash drawer"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -2096,7 +2096,7 @@ msgid "The cash drawer should be connected to the printer with an RJ25 cable."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:45
-#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:117
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:359
 msgid "Barcode scanner"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -2330,11 +2330,486 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:103
-msgid "The Zebra printer doesn't print anything"
+msgid "Epson configuration special case"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:105
 msgid ""
+"Most Epson printers support printing receipts in Odoo :abbr:`POS (Point of "
+"Sale)` using the `GS v 0` command. However, the following Epson printer "
+"models do not support this command:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:108
+msgid "TM-U220"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:109
+msgid "TM-U230"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:110
+msgid "TM-P60"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:111
+msgid "TMP-P60II"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:113
+msgid ""
+"Bypass this issue by configuring the printer to use the `ESC *` command "
+"instead."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:116
+msgid "Process to force ESC * command"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:119
+msgid "Epson printer compatibility"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:121
+msgid ""
+"The first step is to check whether the printer is incompatible with `GS v 0`"
+" command."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:125
+msgid ""
+"`Epson GS v 0 documentation <https://reference.epson-"
+"biz.com/modules/ref_escpos/index.php? content_id=94>`_ for `GS v 0` "
+"compatible printers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:127
+msgid ""
+"`Epson ESC * documentation <https://reference.epson-"
+"biz.com/modules/ref_escpos/index.php ?content_id=88>`_ for `ESC *` "
+"compatible printers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:130
+msgid ""
+"If the printer is not compatible with the `ESC *` command then the following"
+" process is not possible. Should the printer be compatible to use the `ESC "
+"*` command to print, follow this process to configure the printer with the "
+":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:135
+msgid "IoT box configuration for ESC *"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:137
+msgid ""
+"To configure the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box to use the `ESC *` "
+"command to print, go to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage by"
+" navigating to :menuselection:`IoT app --> IoT Boxes`. Then click on the "
+":guilabel:`IP address` and this will direct to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of "
+"Things)` box homepage."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:142
+msgid "**Choosing the printer**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:144
+msgid ""
+"Now click on the :guilabel:`Printers server` button. This will redirect the "
+"browser to the *CUPS* page. Next, go to :menuselection:`Administration --> "
+"Printers --> Add Printer`, choose the printer that should be modified, and "
+"then click :guilabel:`Continue`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:149
+msgid ""
+"If the name of the printer is still uncertain, take the following steps:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:151
+msgid "Take note of the listed printers on the *CUPS* page."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:152
+msgid "Turn the printer off and refresh the page."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:153
+msgid ""
+"Now compare the difference with the first list to see which printer "
+"disappeared."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:154
+msgid "Turn the printer back on and refresh the page again."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:155
+msgid "Double-check the list again to see if the printer re-appears."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:156
+msgid ""
+"The printer that disappeared and reappears again on the listed printers is "
+"the name of the printer in question."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:160
+msgid "This can be :guilabel:`Unknown` under :guilabel:`Local printers`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:162
+msgid "**CUPS naming convention**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:164
+msgid ""
+"`CUPS` will prompt the admin for three pieces of information: the "
+":guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Description` and the :guilabel:`Location`. The "
+"last two pieces of information do not need to be specific, however, the "
+":guilabel:`Name` should follow a particular convention to work with the `ESC"
+" *` command."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:169
+msgid ""
+"The :guilabel:`Name` should match this convention: "
+"`<printer_name>__IMC_<param_1>_<param_2>_..._<param_n>__`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:172
+msgid "A breakdown of the naming convention:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:174
+msgid ""
+"`printer_name`: This is the printer name. It can be any character as long as"
+" it does not contain `_`, `/`, `#`, or ` ` (space character)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:176
+msgid ""
+"`IMC`: This stands for *Image Mode Column* (the simplified name for `ESC "
+"*`)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:177
+msgid "`param_1`: This stands for the specific parameter:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:179
+msgid ""
+"`SCALE<X>`: Scale of the picture (with the same aspect ratio). `X` should be"
+" an integer describing the scale percentage that should be used."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:183
+msgid ""
+"`100` is the original size, `50` is half the size, `200` is twice the size."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:185
+msgid ""
+"`LDV`: *Low Density Vertical* (will be set to *High Density Vertical* if not"
+" specified)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:186
+msgid ""
+"`LDH`: *Low Density Horizontal* (will be set to *High Density Horizontal* if"
+" not specified)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:189
+msgid ""
+"*Density* parameters might need to be configured in a particular way "
+"depending on the printer model."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:193
+msgid ""
+"Visit `Epson's ESC * documentation <https://reference.epson-"
+"biz.com/modules/ref_escpos/index.php?content_id=88>`_ and click on the "
+"printer model printer in the table above to see if the printer should set "
+"these parameters."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:198
+msgid "The following are examples of proper and improper name formatting:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:200
+msgid "Proper name formatting:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:202
+msgid "`EPSONTMm30II__IMC__`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:203
+msgid "`EPSON_TM_U220__IMC_LDV_LDH_SCALE80__`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:205
+msgid ""
+"Improper name formatting (this will not prevent printing, but the result "
+"might not have the expected printed output):"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:208
+msgid "`EPSON TMm 30II` -> The name can't have spaces."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:209
+msgid ""
+"`EPSONTMm30II` -> The name itself is correct, but it won't use `ESC *`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:210
+msgid "`EPSONTMm30II__IMC` -> This name is missing the end `__`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:211
+msgid ""
+"`EPSONTMm30II__IMC_XDV__` -> The parameter `XDV` does not match any existing"
+" parameters."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:212
+msgid ""
+"`EPSONTMm30II__IMC_SCALE__` -> The parameter `SCALE` is missing the scale "
+"value."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:214
+msgid "**Finish adding a printer**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:216
+msgid ""
+"After setting the name of the printer with the appropriate naming "
+"convention, click :guilabel:`Continue`. Next, set the :guilabel:`Make` value"
+" to :guilabel:`Raw` and for the :guilabel:`Model` value, set this to "
+":guilabel:`Raw Queue (en)`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:220
+msgid ""
+"After completing these steps, click :guilabel:`Add Printer`. If everything "
+"was done correctly, the page should redirect to the *Banners* page."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:223
+msgid ""
+"At this point the printer should have been created, now the :abbr:`IoT "
+"(Internet of Things)` box just needs to detect it and then sync to Odoo's "
+"server (this could take a few minutes)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:226
+msgid "**Adding the printer to Odoo PoS**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:228
+msgid ""
+"Once the printer is visible on the Odoo database, don't forget to choose it "
+"in the :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)`configuration as the :abbr:`IoT (Internet "
+"of Things)` printer. Navigate to :menuselection:`Pos App --> Settings --> "
+"Connected Devices --> IoT Box --> Receipt Printer --> Save`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:234
+msgid ""
+"If the printer was set up incorrectly (it is still printing random text or "
+"the printed receipt is too big or small), then it cannot be modified via the"
+" printer name with *CUPS*. Instead, the above process can be repeated to set"
+" up another printer from scratch to create one with modified parameters."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:239
+msgid "**Example setup of the Epson TM-U220B printer using ESC**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:244
+msgid ""
+"The following is an example of the troubleshooting process for a TM-U220B "
+"printer model using the `ESC *` command. The receipt pictured below is an "
+"example of a receipt that is printing correctly due to proper formatting (in"
+" theory):"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0
+msgid "Properly formatted receipt picture from a demo database."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:252
+msgid ""
+"Trying to print this receipt right-away prior to the proper formatting will "
+"not work as the TM-U220B printer model does not support `GS v 0`. Instead "
+"random characters will print:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0
+msgid "Printer paper with seemingly random characters."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:259
+msgid ""
+"To properly configure formatting for the Epson TM-U220B printer model take "
+"the following steps."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:261
+msgid ""
+"After consulting Epson's website for compatibility for both of the commands:"
+" `GS v 0 <https://reference.epson-"
+"biz.com/modules/ref_escpos/index.php?content_id=94>`_ and `ESC * "
+"<https://reference.epson-"
+"biz.com/modules/ref_escpos/index.php?content_id=88>`_, it can be seen that "
+"indeed the TM-U220B is not compatible with `GS v 0`, but is compatible with "
+"`ESC *`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0
+msgid "Epson compatibility evaluation from Epson website."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:270
+msgid ""
+"When adding the printer, *CUPS* will ask which printer should be added:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0
+msgid "Administration menu, add printer selection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:276
+msgid ""
+"In this case, the printer is connected via :abbr:`USB (Universal Serial "
+"Bus)` so it won' be part of the :guilabel:`Discovered Network Printers`. "
+"Instead it is likely part of the :guilabel:`Unknown` selection under "
+":guilabel:`Local Printers`. By unplugging the printer's :abbr:`USB "
+"(Universal Serial Bus)` cable from the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box "
+"and refreshing the page, the :guilabel:`Unknown` printer disappears. By "
+"plugging it back in, the printer reappears, so it can be said that this is "
+"the printer in question."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:283
+msgid ""
+"For the naming convention, since it will need to print using the `ESC *` "
+"command, it is imperative to add `__IMC`. Reference the printer model on "
+"`Epson's ESC * site <https://reference.epson-"
+"biz.com/modules/ref_escpos/index.php?content_id=88>`_ to find out more about"
+" the *density* parameters."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0
+msgid "Epson TM-U220 specifications on manufacturer's website."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:292
+msgid ""
+"For this particular model, TM-U220, `m` should be equal to 0 or 1. While "
+"referencing the :guilabel:`Description` below the pink box in the above "
+"picture, the `m` values could be 0, 1, 32 or 33. So in this printers case, "
+"the `m` value can NOT be 32 or 33 (otherwise there will be random characters"
+" printed)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:297
+msgid ""
+"The table includes the numeric values: 32 and 33, they both occur if the "
+":guilabel:`Number of bits for vertical data` is set to 24. This means that "
+"is a *High Vertical Density*. In the case of configuring the Epson TM-U220, "
+"the *Low Vertical Density* will need to be forced, as this printer model "
+"does not support *High Vertical Density* for this command `ESC *`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:302
+msgid ""
+"To add a *Low Vertical Density*, add the `LDV` parameter to the naming "
+"convention."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0
+msgid ""
+"Add a *Low Vertical Density* (the `LDV` parameter) to the naming convention."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:308
+msgid ""
+"Click :guilabel:`Continue` to proceed. Next, set the :guilabel:`Make` value "
+"to :guilabel:`Raw` and for the :guilabel:`Model` value, set this to "
+":guilabel:`Raw Queue (en)`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0
+msgid "Epson TM-U220 specifications on manufacturers website."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:315
+msgid ""
+"However when trying to print with the naming convention: "
+"`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV__`, it will print the receipt, but it will be too big"
+" and outside the margin. To resolve this, add a new printer (and naming "
+"convention) with the `SCALE<X>` parameter to adapt to our receipt size."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:319
+msgid "Here are some examples:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:324
+msgid "Printer Naming Convention"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:325
+msgid "`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV__`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:326
+msgid "`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_SCALE75__`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:327
+msgid "`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_LDH__`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:328
+msgid "`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_LDH_SCALE35__`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0
+msgid "Receipt example format."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0
+msgid "Receipt format using naming convention: EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV__."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0
+msgid ""
+"Receipt format using naming convention: EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_SCALE75__."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0
+msgid "Receipt format using naming convention: EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_LDH__."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0
+msgid ""
+"Receipt format using naming convention: EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_LDH_SCALE35__."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:346
+msgid "The Zebra printer doesn't print anything"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:348
+msgid ""
 "Zebra printers are quite sensitive to the format of the Zebra Programming "
 "Language (ZPL) code that is printed. If nothing comes out of the printer or "
 "blank labels are printed, try changing the format of the report that is sent"
@@ -2343,18 +2818,18 @@ msgid ""
 " the corresponding template."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:112
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:355
 msgid ""
 "Check out Zebra's instructions on printing :abbr:`ZPL (Zebra Programming "
 "Language)` files `here <https://supportcommunity.zebra.com/s/article/Print-"
 "a-zpl-file-using-the-Generic-Text-Printer>`_."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:120
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:362
 msgid "The characters read by the barcode scanner don't match the barcode"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:122
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:364
 msgid ""
 "By default, most barcode scanners are configured in the US QWERTY format. If"
 " the barcode scanner uses a different layout, go to the form view of the "
@@ -2362,11 +2837,11 @@ msgid ""
 "the correct format."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:127
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:369
 msgid "Nothing happens when a barcode is scanned"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:129
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:371
 msgid ""
 "Make sure that the correct device is selected in the :menuselection:`Point "
 "of Sale` configuration and that the barcode is configured to send an `ENTER`"
@@ -2375,18 +2850,18 @@ msgid ""
 "Edit`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:135
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:377
 msgid "The barcode scanner is detected as a keyboard"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:138
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:380
 msgid ""
 "Some barcode scanners do not advertise themselves as barcode scanners but as"
 " a USB keyboard instead, and will not be recognized by the :abbr:`IoT "
 "(Internet of Things)` box."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:141
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:383
 msgid ""
 "The device type can be manually changed by going to its form view "
 "(:menuselection:`IoT App --> Devices --> Barcode Device`) and activating the"
@@ -2397,11 +2872,11 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Modifying the form view of the barcode scanner."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:152
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:394
 msgid "The cash drawer does not open"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:154
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:396
 msgid ""
 "The cash drawer should be connected to the printer and the :guilabel:`Cash "
 "drawer` checkbox should be ticked in the :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` "

locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po

@@ -5,17 +5,17 @@
 # 
 # Translators:
 # Martin Trigaux, 2023
-# Wil Odoo, 2023
 # Alina Lisnenko <alina.lisnenko@erp.co.ua>, 2023
+# Wil Odoo, 2023
 # 
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 15.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-09-11 16:10+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 08:39+0000\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-03-18 14:59+0000\n"
-"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alina.lisnenko@erp.co.ua>, 2023\n"
+"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2023\n"
 "Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@@ -357,7 +357,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:46
 #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:58
 #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:153
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:276
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:280
 msgid "in :ref:`the configuration file <reference/cmdline/config_file>` set:"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -415,8 +415,8 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:95
 #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:145
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:231
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:235
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:271
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:275
 msgid "Configuration sample"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -527,141 +527,147 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:182
 msgid ""
-"Odoo includes built-in HTTP servers, using either multithreading or "
+"Odoo includes built-in HTTP, cron, and live-chat servers, using either "
-"multiprocessing."
+"multi-threading or multi-processing."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:185
 msgid ""
-"For production use, it is recommended to use the multiprocessing server as "
+"The **multi-threaded** server is a simpler server primarily used for "
-"it increases stability, makes somewhat better use of computing resources and"
+"development, demonstrations, and its compatibility with various operating "
-" can be better monitored and resource-restricted."
+"systems (including Windows). A new thread is spawned for every new HTTP "
+"request, even for long-running requests such as long polling. Extra daemonic"
+" cron threads are spawned too. Due to a Python limitation (GIL), it doesn't "
+"make the best use of the hardware."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:189
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:191
 msgid ""
-"Multiprocessing is enabled by configuring :option:`a non-zero number of "
+"The multi-threaded server is the default server, also for docker containers."
-"worker processes <odoo-bin --workers>`, the number of workers should be "
+" It is selected by leaving the :option:`--workers <odoo-bin --workers>` "
-"based on the number of cores in the machine (possibly with some room for "
+"option out or setting it to ``0``."
-"cron workers depending on how much cron work is predicted)"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:193
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:194
 msgid ""
-"Worker limits can be configured based on the hardware configuration to avoid"
+"The **multi-processing** server is a full-blown server primarily used for "
-" resources exhaustion"
+"production. It is not liable to the same Python limitation (GIL) on resource"
-msgstr ""
+" usage and hence makes the best use of the hardware. A pool of workers is "
-
+"created upon server startup. New HTTP requests are queued by the OS until "
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:196
+"there are workers ready to process them. An extra event-driven HTTP worker "
-msgid "multiprocessing mode currently isn't available on Windows"
+"for the live chat is spawned on an alternative port. Extra cron workers are "
-msgstr ""
+"spawned too. A configurable process reaper monitors resource usage and can "
-
+"kill/restart failed workers."
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:199
-msgid "Worker number calculation"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:201
+msgid ""
+"The multi-processing server is opt-in. It is selected by setting the "
+":option:`--workers <odoo-bin --workers>` option to a non-null integer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:205
+msgid ""
+"Because it is highly customized for Linux servers, the multi-processing "
+"server is not available on Windows."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:209
+msgid "Worker number calculation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:211
 msgid "Rule of thumb : (#CPU * 2) + 1"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:202
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:212
 msgid "Cron workers need CPU"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:203
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:213
 msgid "1 worker ~= 6 concurrent users"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:206
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:216
 msgid "memory size calculation"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:208
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:218
 msgid ""
 "We consider 20% of the requests are heavy requests, while 80% are simpler "
 "ones"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:209
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:219
 msgid ""
 "A heavy worker, when all computed field are well designed, SQL requests are "
 "well designed, ... is estimated to consume around 1GB of RAM"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:210
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:220
 msgid ""
 "A lighter worker, in the same scenario, is estimated to consume around 150MB"
 " of RAM"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:212
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:222
 msgid ""
 "Needed RAM = #worker * ( (light_worker_ratio * light_worker_ram_estimation) "
 "+ (heavy_worker_ratio * heavy_worker_ram_estimation) )"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:215
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:225
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:369
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:373
 msgid "LiveChat"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:217
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:227
 msgid ""
-"In multiprocessing, a dedicated LiveChat worker is automatically started and"
+"In multi-processing, a dedicated LiveChat worker is automatically started "
-" listening on :option:`the longpolling port <odoo-bin --longpolling-port>` "
+"and listens on the :option:`--longpolling-port <odoo-bin --longpolling-"
-"but the client will not connect to it."
+"port>`. By default, the HTTP requests will keep accessing the normal HTTP "
-msgstr ""
+"workers instead of the LiveChat one. You must deploy a proxy in front of "
-
+"Odoo and redirect incoming requests whose path starts with ``/longpolling`` "
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:221
+"to the LiveChat worker. You must also start Odoo in :option:`--proxy-mode "
-msgid ""
+"<odoo-bin --proxy-mode>` so it uses the real client headers (such as "
-"Instead you must have a proxy redirecting requests whose URL starts with "
+"hostname, scheme, and IP) instead of the proxy ones."
-"``/longpolling/`` to the longpolling port. Other request should be proxied "
-"to the :option:`normal HTTP port <odoo-bin --http-port>`"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:225
-msgid ""
-"To achieve such a thing, you'll need to deploy a reverse proxy in front of "
-"Odoo, like nginx or apache. When doing so, you'll need to forward some more "
-"http Headers to Odoo, and activate the proxy_mode in Odoo configuration to "
-"have Odoo read those headers."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:233
-msgid "Server with 4 CPU, 8 Thread"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:234
-msgid "60 concurrent users"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:236
-msgid "60 users / 6 = 10 <- theoretical number of worker needed"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:237
-msgid "(4 * 2) + 1 = 9 <- theoretical maximal number of worker"
+msgid "Server with 4 CPU, 8 Thread"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:238
+msgid "60 concurrent users"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:240
+msgid "60 users / 6 = 10 <- theoretical number of worker needed"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:241
+msgid "(4 * 2) + 1 = 9 <- theoretical maximal number of worker"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:242
 msgid ""
 "We'll use 8 workers + 1 for cron. We'll also use a monitoring system to "
 "measure cpu load, and check if it's between 7 and 7.5 ."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:239
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:243
 msgid "RAM = 9 * ((0.8*150) + (0.2*1024)) ~= 3Go RAM for Odoo"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:241
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:245
 msgid "in :ref:`the configuration file <reference/cmdline/config_file>`:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:257
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:261
 msgid "HTTPS"
 msgstr "HTTPS"
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:259
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:263
 msgid ""
 "Whether it's accessed via website/web client or web service, Odoo transmits "
 "authentication information in cleartext. This means a secure deployment of "
@@ -669,43 +675,43 @@ msgid ""
 "just about any SSL termination proxy, but requires the following setup:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:264
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:268
 msgid ""
 "Enable Odoo's :option:`proxy mode <odoo-bin --proxy-mode>`. This should only"
 " be enabled when Odoo is behind a reverse proxy"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:265
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:269
 msgid "Set up the SSL termination proxy (`Nginx termination example`_)"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:266
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:270
 msgid "Set up the proxying itself (`Nginx proxying example`_)"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:267
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:271
 msgid ""
 "Your SSL termination proxy should also automatically redirect non-secure "
 "connections to the secure port"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:273
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:277
 msgid "Redirect http requests to https"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:274
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:278
 msgid "Proxy requests to odoo"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:282
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:286
 msgid "in ``/etc/nginx/sites-enabled/odoo.conf`` set:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:343
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:347
 msgid "Odoo as a WSGI Application"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:345
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:349
 msgid ""
 "It is also possible to mount Odoo as a standard WSGI_ application. Odoo "
 "provides the base for a WSGI launcher script as ``odoo-wsgi.example.py``. "
@@ -715,87 +721,67 @@ msgid ""
 "configuration file."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:351
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:355
 msgid ""
 "However the WSGI server will only expose the main HTTP endpoint for the web "
 "client, website and webservice API. Because Odoo does not control the "
 "creation of workers anymore it can not setup cron or livechat workers"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:356
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:360
 msgid "Cron Workers"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:358
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:362
-msgid "To run cron jobs for an Odoo deployment as a WSGI application requires"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:360
-msgid "A classical Odoo (run via ``odoo-bin``)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:361
 msgid ""
-"Connected to the database in which cron jobs have to be run (via "
+"Starting one of the built-in Odoo servers next to the WSGI server is "
-":option:`odoo-bin -d`)"
+"required to process cron jobs. That server must be configured to only "
+"process crons and not HTTP requests using the :option:`--no-http <odoo-bin "
+"--no-http>` cli option or the ``http_enable = False`` configuration file "
+"setting."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:363
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:367
 msgid ""
-"Which should not be exposed to the network. To ensure cron runners are not "
+"On Linux-like systems, using the multi-processing server over the multi-"
-"network-accessible, it is possible to disable the built-in HTTP server "
+"threading one is recommended to benefit from better hardware usage and "
-"entirely with :option:`odoo-bin --no-http` or setting ``http_enable = "
+"increased stability, i.e., using the :option:`--workers=-1 <odoo-bin "
-"False`` in the configuration file"
+"--workers>` and :option:`--max-cron-threads=n <odoo-bin --max-cron-threads>`"
+" cli options."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:371
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:375
 msgid ""
-"The second problematic subsystem for WSGI deployments is the LiveChat: where"
+"Using a gevent-compatible WSGI server is required for the correct operation "
-" most HTTP connections are relatively short and quickly free up their worker"
+"of the live chat feature. That server should be able to handle many "
-" process for the next request, LiveChat require a long-lived connection for "
+"simultaneous long-lived HTTP requests but doesn't need a lot of processing "
-"each client in order to implement near-real-time notifications."
+"power. All requests whose path starts with ``/longpolling`` should be "
-msgstr ""
+"directed to that server. A regular (thread/process-based) WSGI server should"
-
+" be used for all other requests."
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:376
-msgid ""
-"This is in conflict with the process-based worker model, as it will tie up "
-"worker processes and prevent new users from accessing the system. However, "
-"those long-lived connections do very little and mostly stay parked waiting "
-"for notifications."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:381
 msgid ""
-"The solutions to support livechat/motifications in a WSGI application are:"
+"The Odoo cron server can also be used to serve the live chat requests. Just "
+"drop the :option:`--no-http <odoo-bin --no-http>` cli option from the cron "
+"server and make sure requests whose path starts with ``/longpolling`` are "
+"directed to this server, either on the :option:`--http-port <odoo-bin "
+"--http-port>` (multi-threading server) or on the :option:`--longpolling-port"
+" <odoo-bin --longpolling-port>` (multi-processing server)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:383
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:388
-msgid ""
-"Deploy a threaded version of Odoo (instead of a process-based preforking "
-"one) and redirect only requests to URLs starting with ``/longpolling/`` to "
-"that Odoo, this is the simplest and the longpolling URL can double up as the"
-" cron instance."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:387
-msgid ""
-"Deploy an evented Odoo via ``odoo-gevent`` and proxy requests starting with "
-"``/longpolling/`` to :option:`the longpolling port <odoo-bin --longpolling-"
-"port>`."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:392
 msgid "Serving Static Files"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:394
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:390
 msgid ""
 "For development convenience, Odoo directly serves all static files in its "
 "modules. This may not be ideal when it comes to performances, and static "
 "files should generally be served by a static HTTP server."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:398
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:394
 msgid ""
 "Odoo static files live in each module's ``static/`` folder, so static files "
 "can be served by intercepting all requests to "
@@ -803,30 +789,30 @@ msgid ""
 "in the various addons paths."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:402
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:398
 #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:122
 msgid "Todo"
 msgstr "Зробити"
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:402
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:398
 msgid ""
 "test whether it would be interesting to serve filestored attachments via "
 "this, and how (e.g. possibility of mapping ir.attachment id to filestore "
 "hash in the database?)"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:409
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:405
 msgid "Security"
 msgstr "Безпека"
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:411
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:407
 msgid ""
 "For starters, keep in mind that securing an information system is a "
 "continuous process, not a one-shot operation. At any moment, you will only "
 "be as secure as the weakest link in your environment."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:415
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:411
 msgid ""
 "So please do not take this section as the ultimate list of measures that "
 "will prevent all security problems. It's only intended as a summary of the "
@@ -836,20 +822,20 @@ msgid ""
 "access control management, etc."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:421
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:417
 msgid ""
 "When deploying an internet-facing server, please be sure to consider the "
 "following security-related topics:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:424
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:420
 msgid ""
 "Always set a strong super-admin admin password, and restrict access to the "
 "database management pages as soon as the system is set up. See "
 ":ref:`db_manager_security`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:427
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:423
 msgid ""
 "Choose unique logins and strong passwords for all administrator accounts on "
 "all databases. Do not use 'admin' as the login. Do not use those logins for "
@@ -858,14 +844,14 @@ msgid ""
 "databases."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:432
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:428
 msgid ""
 "Do **not** install demo data on internet-facing servers. Databases with demo"
 " data contain default logins and passwords that can be used to get into your"
 " systems and cause significant trouble, even on staging/dev systems."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:436
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:432
 msgid ""
 "Use appropriate database filters ( :option:`--db-filter <odoo-bin --db-"
 "filter>`) to restrict the visibility of your databases according to the "
@@ -875,7 +861,7 @@ msgid ""
 "backend."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:443
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:439
 msgid ""
 "Once your ``db_name`` and ``db_filter`` are configured and only match a "
 "single database per hostname, you should set ``list_db`` configuration "
@@ -885,7 +871,7 @@ msgid ""
 "option)"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:449
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:445
 msgid ""
 "Make sure the PostgreSQL user (:option:`--db_user <odoo-bin --db_user>`) is "
 "*not* a super-user, and that your databases are owned by a different user. "
@@ -894,20 +880,20 @@ msgid ""
 ":ref:`setup/deploy/odoo`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:454
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:450
 msgid ""
 "Keep installations updated by regularly installing the latest builds, either"
 " via GitHub or by downloading the latest version from "
 "https://www.odoo.com/page/download or http://nightly.odoo.com"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:458
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:454
 msgid ""
 "Configure your server in multi-process mode with proper limits matching your"
 " typical usage (memory/CPU/timeouts). See also :ref:`builtin_server`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:461
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:457
 msgid ""
 "Run Odoo behind a web server providing HTTPS termination with a valid SSL "
 "certificate, in order to prevent eavesdropping on cleartext communications. "
@@ -917,7 +903,7 @@ msgid ""
 ":ref:`https_proxy`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:468
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:464
 msgid ""
 "If you need to allow remote SSH access to your servers, make sure to set a "
 "strong password for **all** accounts, not just `root`. It is strongly "
@@ -927,28 +913,28 @@ msgid ""
 "detection system such as `fail2ban` or equivalent."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:474
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:470
 msgid ""
 "Consider installing appropriate rate-limiting on your proxy or firewall, to "
 "prevent brute-force attacks and denial of service attacks. See also "
 ":ref:`login_brute_force` for specific measures."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:478
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:474
 msgid ""
 "Many network providers provide automatic mitigation for Distributed Denial "
 "of Service attacks (DDOS), but this is often an optional service, so you "
 "should consult with them."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:482
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:478
 msgid ""
 "Whenever possible, host your public-facing demo/test/staging instances on "
 "different machines than the production ones. And apply the same security "
 "precautions as for production."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:486
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:482
 msgid ""
 "If your public-facing Odoo server has access to sensitive internal network "
 "resources or services (e.g. via a private VLAN), implement appropriate "
@@ -963,7 +949,7 @@ msgid ""
 "control."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:497
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:493
 msgid ""
 "If your public-facing Odoo server is behind a Web Application Firewall, a "
 "load-balancer, a transparent DDoS protection service (like CloudFlare) or a "
@@ -978,18 +964,26 @@ msgid ""
 "this purpose."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:508
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:504
 msgid ""
 "If you are hosting multiple customers, isolate customer data and files from "
 "each other using containers or appropriate \"jail\" techniques."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:511
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:507
 msgid ""
 "Setup daily backups of your databases and filestore data, and copy them to a"
 " remote archiving server that is not accessible from the server itself."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:510
+msgid ""
+"Deploying Odoo on Linux is strongly recommended over Windows. Should you "
+"choose nevertheless to deploy on a Windows platform, a thorough security "
+"hardening review of the server should be conducted and is outside of the "
+"scope of this guide."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:518
 msgid "Blocking Brute Force Attacks"
 msgstr ""
@@ -1463,34 +1457,42 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Windows"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:150
+#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:151
+msgid ""
+"Windows packaging is offered for the convenience of testing or running "
+"single-user local instances but production deployment is discouraged due to "
+"a number of limitations and risks associated with deploying Odoo on a "
+"Windows platform."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:155
 msgid ""
 "Download the installer from the `nightly server <https://nightly.odoo.com>`_"
 " (Community only) or the Windows installer from the `Odoo download page "
 "<https://www.odoo.com/page/download>`_ (any edition."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:153
+#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:158
 msgid "Execute the downloaded file."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:156
+#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:161
 msgid ""
 "On Windows 8 and later, a warning titled *Windows protected your PC* may be "
 "displayed. Click **More Info** and then **Run anyway** to proceed."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:159
+#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:164
 msgid ""
 "Accept the `UAC <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/User_Account_Control>`_ "
 "prompt."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:160
+#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:165
 msgid "Go through the installation steps."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:162
+#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:167
 msgid "Odoo launches automatically at the end of the installation."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -2296,44 +2298,190 @@ msgid ""
 " Outlook using OAuth authentication."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:192
-msgid "Multiple user configuration"
-msgstr ""
-
 #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:194
-msgid ""
+msgid "Configuration with a single outgoing mail server"
-"Each user should have a separate server set up. The :guilabel:`from-filter` "
-"should be set so that only the user's email is sent from that server. In "
-"other words, only a user with an email address that matches the set "
-":guilabel:`from-filter` is able to use this server."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:198
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:196
 msgid ""
-"After setting the :guilabel:`from-filter`, set up a fallback email account "
+"Configuring a single outgoing server is the simplest configuration available"
-"to allow for the sending of :guilabel:`notifications`. The fallback email "
+" for Microsoft Azure and it doesn't require extensive access rights for the "
-"must be configured as a :guilabel:`general transactional server`. The "
+"users in the database."
-":guilabel:`mail.default.from` system parameter must be set to the "
-":guilabel:`username` of the general transactional server account. For more "
-"information see :ref:`Use a default email address "
-"<email_communication/default>`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:205
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:199
-#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:213
+msgid ""
+"A generic email address would be used to send emails for all users within "
+"the database. For example it could be structured with a `notifications` "
+"alias (`notifications@example.com`) or `contact` alias "
+"(`contact@example.com`). This address must be set as the :guilabel:`FROM "
+"Filtering` on the server. This address must also match the "
+"`{mail.default.from}@{mail.catchall.domain}` key combination in the system "
+"parameters."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:206
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:247
+msgid ""
+"For more information on the from filter visit: "
+":ref:`email_communication/default`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:209
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:254
 msgid ""
 "The :guilabel:`System Parameters` can be accessed by activating "
-":doc:`../../applications/general/developer_mode` in the "
+":ref:`developer-mode` in the :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> "
-":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System Parameters`"
+"Parameters --> System Parameters` menu."
-" menu."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:210
-msgid "Configure incoming email server"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:212
 msgid ""
+"When using this configuration, every email that is sent from the database "
+"will use the address of the configured `notification` mailbox. However it "
+"should be noted that the name of the sender will appear but their email "
+"address will change:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst-1
+msgid "Name from real sender with static email."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:221
+msgid "Single outgoing mail server configuration:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:223
+msgid ""
+"Outgoing mail server **username** (login) = `notifications@example.com`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:224
+msgid ""
+"Outgoing mail server :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` = "
+"`notifications@example.com`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:225
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:279
+msgid "`mail.catchall.domain` in system parameters = `example.com`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:226
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:280
+msgid "`mail.default.from` in system parameters = `notifications`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:229
+msgid "User-specific (multiple user) configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:231
+msgid ""
+"In addition to a generic email server, individual email servers can be set "
+"up for users in a database. These email addresses must be set as the "
+":guilabel:`FROM Filtering` on each individual server for this configuration "
+"to work."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:235
+msgid ""
+"This configuration is the more difficult of the two Microsoft Azure "
+"configurations, in that it requires all users configured with email servers "
+"to have access rights to settings in order to establish a connection to the "
+"email server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:240
+#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:480
+msgid "Setup"
+msgstr "Встановлення"
+
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:242
+msgid ""
+"Each user should have a separate email server set up. The :guilabel:`FROM "
+"Filtering` should be set so that only the user's email is sent from that "
+"server. In other words, only a user with an email address that matches the "
+"set :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` is able to use this server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:249
+msgid ""
+"A :ref:`fallback server <azure_oauth/notifications>` must be setup to allow "
+"for the sending of :guilabel:`notifications`. The :guilabel:`FROM Filtering`"
+" for this server should have the value of the "
+"`{mail.default.from}@{mail.catchall.domain}`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:258
+msgid ""
+"The configuration for this transactional email server can work alongside an "
+"outgoing mass-mailing email server. The :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` for the "
+"mass-mailing email server can remain empty, but it's require to be added in "
+"the settings of the *Email Marketing* application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:263
+msgid ""
+"For more information on setting the mass-mailing email server visit "
+":ref:`email_communication/mass_mails`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:267
+msgid "Multiple user outgoing mail server configuration:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:270
+msgid "User #1 mailbox"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:270
+msgid "Outgoing mail server #1 **username** (login) = `john@example.com`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:271
+msgid ""
+"Outgoing mail server #1 :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` = `john@example.com`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:273
+msgid "User #2 mailbox"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:273
+msgid "Outgoing mail server #2 **username** (login) = `jane@example.com`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:274
+msgid ""
+"Outgoing mail server #2 :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` = `jane@example.com`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:276
+msgid "Notifications mailbox"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:276
+msgid ""
+"Outgoing mail server #3 **username** (login) = `notifications@example.com`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:277
+msgid ""
+"Outgoing mail server #3 :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` = "
+"`notifications@example.com`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:279
+msgid "System Parameters"
+msgstr "Параметри системи"
+
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:283
+msgid "Configure incoming email server"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:285
+msgid ""
 "The incoming account should be configured in a similar way to the outgoing "
 "email account. Navigate to the :guilabel:`Incoming Mail Servers` in the "
 ":guilabel:`Technical Menu` and :guilabel:`Create` a new configuration. Check"
@@ -2344,7 +2492,7 @@ msgid ""
 "account. The account should be ready to receive email to the Odoo database."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:220
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:293
 msgid ":doc:`../../applications/general/email_communication/email_servers`"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -4065,6 +4213,14 @@ msgid ""
 "<email_communication/default>`."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:213
+msgid ""
+"The :guilabel:`System Parameters` can be accessed by activating "
+":doc:`../../applications/general/developer_mode` in the "
+":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System Parameters`"
+" menu."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:217
 msgid ""
 "Once the setup is complete, the Odoo database is ready to use the Mailjet "
@@ -6461,10 +6617,6 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "SSH"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:480
-msgid "Setup"
-msgstr "Встановлення"
-
 #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:482
 msgid ""
 "In order to use SSH, you have to set up your profile SSH public key (if it "

locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/sphinx.po

@@ -183,7 +183,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/legal.html:78
 #: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/legal.html:80
 msgid "Read"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Читати"
 
 #: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/legal.html:43
 #: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/legal.html:62

locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po

@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 15.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-09-11 16:10+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 08:39+0000\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-03-18 15:03+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2023\n"
 "Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n"
@@ -180,41 +180,51 @@ msgid "Manage my products"
 msgstr "Управляйте вашими товарами"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:3
-msgid "How to display several images per product"
+msgid "Multiple images per product"
-msgstr "Як відобразити кілька картинок на товарі"
+msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"By default your product web page displays the main image of your product "
+"When you register several images for a product, only the first image is "
-"only. If you like to show your products under several angles, you can turn "
+"shown on the main products page. By clicking on the product, visitors can "
-"the image into a carrousel."
+"see additional images with the carousel view."
 msgstr ""
-"За замовчуванням веб-сторінка товару відображає головне зображення вашого "
-"товару. Якщо ви хочете показати свої товари з кількох ракурсів, ви можете "
-"перетворити зображення в карусель."
 
-#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:11
+#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst-1
+msgid "Showing the carousel view."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:12
+msgid "Adding multiple images to a product"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:14
+msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Products`, and select a product."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:15
 msgid ""
-"Check *Several images per product* in :menuselection:`Website Admin --> "
+"Go to the :guilabel:`Sales` tab, click :guilabel:`Edit`, and :guilabel:`Add "
-"Configuration --> Settings`."
+"a media`."
 msgstr ""
-"Перевірте *Кілька зображень на товарі* в :menuselection:`Адміністратор веб-"
-"сайту --> Налаштування --> Налаштування`."
 
-#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:13
+#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:16
 msgid ""
-"Open a product detail form and upload images from *Images* tab. Hit *Create*"
+"Click the pencil icon to add an image, then click :guilabel:`Save & New` to "
-" in Edit mode to get the upload wizard."
+"add additional ones."
 msgstr ""
-"Відкрийте деталі форми товару та завантажте зображення із вкладки "
-"*Зображення*. Натисніть *Створити* в режимі редагування, щоб отримати "
-"майстер завантаження."
 
-#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:19
+#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:17
-msgid "Such extra image are common to all the product variants (if any)."
+msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save & Close` when you are done."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst-1
+msgid "Creating extra product media."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:23
+msgid "Such extra images are common to all the product variants (if any)."
 msgstr ""
-"Таке додаткове зображення є загальним для всіх варіантів товарів (якщо такі "
-"є)."
 
 #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:3
 msgid "Product variants"

locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po

@@ -20,17 +20,17 @@
 # Raymond Yu <cl_yu@hotmail.com>, 2023
 # Martin Trigaux, 2023
 # 山西清水欧度(QQ:54773801) <54773801@qq.com>, 2023
-# Wil Odoo, 2023
 # Raven Allmind, 2023
+# Wil Odoo, 2023
 # 
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 15.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-09-11 16:10+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 08:39+0000\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-03-18 14:59+0000\n"
-"Last-Translator: Raven Allmind, 2023\n"
+"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2023\n"
 "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@@ -377,7 +377,7 @@ msgstr "仅显示名称以“mycompany”开头的数据库"
 #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:46
 #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:58
 #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:153
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:276
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:280
 msgid "in :ref:`the configuration file <reference/cmdline/config_file>` set:"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -444,8 +444,8 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:95
 #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:145
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:231
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:235
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:271
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:275
 msgid "Configuration sample"
 msgstr "配置示例"
 
@@ -570,76 +570,90 @@ msgstr "内置服务器"
 
 #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:182
 msgid ""
-"Odoo includes built-in HTTP servers, using either multithreading or "
+"Odoo includes built-in HTTP, cron, and live-chat servers, using either "
-"multiprocessing."
+"multi-threading or multi-processing."
-msgstr "Odoo包括内置的HTTP服务器，使用多线程或多处理。"
+msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:185
 msgid ""
-"For production use, it is recommended to use the multiprocessing server as "
+"The **multi-threaded** server is a simpler server primarily used for "
-"it increases stability, makes somewhat better use of computing resources and"
+"development, demonstrations, and its compatibility with various operating "
-" can be better monitored and resource-restricted."
+"systems (including Windows). A new thread is spawned for every new HTTP "
-msgstr "对于生产用途，建议使用多处理服务器，因为它可以提高稳定性，更好地利用计算资源，并且可以更好地监控和资源限制。"
+"request, even for long-running requests such as long polling. Extra daemonic"
-
+" cron threads are spawned too. Due to a Python limitation (GIL), it doesn't "
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:189
+"make the best use of the hardware."
-msgid ""
-"Multiprocessing is enabled by configuring :option:`a non-zero number of "
-"worker processes <odoo-bin --workers>`, the number of workers should be "
-"based on the number of cores in the machine (possibly with some room for "
-"cron workers depending on how much cron work is predicted)"
 msgstr ""
-"通过配置：option启用多处理：“非零数量的工作进程 <odoo-bin "
-"--workers>”，工作线程的数量应基于机器中的核心数量（可能为cron工作线程提供一些空间，具体取决于预测的cron工作量）"
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:193
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:191
 msgid ""
-"Worker limits can be configured based on the hardware configuration to avoid"
+"The multi-threaded server is the default server, also for docker containers."
-" resources exhaustion"
+" It is selected by leaving the :option:`--workers <odoo-bin --workers>` "
-msgstr "可以根据硬件配置配置辅助角色限制，以避免资源耗尽"
+"option out or setting it to ``0``."
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:196
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:194
-msgid "multiprocessing mode currently isn't available on Windows"
+msgid ""
-msgstr "多处理模式目前在 Windows 上不可用"
+"The **multi-processing** server is a full-blown server primarily used for "
+"production. It is not liable to the same Python limitation (GIL) on resource"
+" usage and hence makes the best use of the hardware. A pool of workers is "
+"created upon server startup. New HTTP requests are queued by the OS until "
+"there are workers ready to process them. An extra event-driven HTTP worker "
+"for the live chat is spawned on an alternative port. Extra cron workers are "
+"spawned too. A configurable process reaper monitors resource usage and can "
+"kill/restart failed workers."
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:199
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:201
+msgid ""
+"The multi-processing server is opt-in. It is selected by setting the "
+":option:`--workers <odoo-bin --workers>` option to a non-null integer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:205
+msgid ""
+"Because it is highly customized for Linux servers, the multi-processing "
+"server is not available on Windows."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:209
 msgid "Worker number calculation"
 msgstr "工作人员数量计算"
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:201
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:211
 msgid "Rule of thumb : (#CPU * 2) + 1"
 msgstr "经验法则 ： （#CPU * 2） + 1"
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:202
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:212
 msgid "Cron workers need CPU"
 msgstr "Cron workers 需要 CPU"
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:203
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:213
 msgid "1 worker ~= 6 concurrent users"
 msgstr "1 个工作线程 ~= 6 个并发用户"
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:206
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:216
 msgid "memory size calculation"
 msgstr "内存大小计算"
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:208
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:218
 msgid ""
 "We consider 20% of the requests are heavy requests, while 80% are simpler "
 "ones"
 msgstr "我们认为 20% of 请求是繁重的请求，而 80% a是更简单的请求"
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:209
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:219
 msgid ""
 "A heavy worker, when all computed field are well designed, SQL requests are "
 "well designed, ... is estimated to consume around 1GB of RAM"
 msgstr "一个繁重的工作，当所有计算字段都设计得很好，SQL请求设计得很好，...估计消耗约1GB的内存"
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:210
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:220
 msgid ""
 "A lighter worker, in the same scenario, is estimated to consume around 150MB"
 " of RAM"
 msgstr "在相同的情况下，较轻的工作线程估计会消耗大约150MB的RAM。"
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:212
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:222
 msgid ""
 "Needed RAM = #worker * ( (light_worker_ratio * light_worker_ram_estimation) "
 "+ (heavy_worker_ratio * heavy_worker_ram_estimation) )"
@@ -647,73 +661,58 @@ msgstr ""
 "所需 RAM = #worker * （ （light_worker_ratio * light_worker_ram_estimation） + "
 "（heavy_worker_ratio * heavy_worker_ram_estimation） ）"
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:215
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:225
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:369
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:373
 msgid "LiveChat"
 msgstr "在线聊天"
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:217
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:227
 msgid ""
-"In multiprocessing, a dedicated LiveChat worker is automatically started and"
+"In multi-processing, a dedicated LiveChat worker is automatically started "
-" listening on :option:`the longpolling port <odoo-bin --longpolling-port>` "
+"and listens on the :option:`--longpolling-port <odoo-bin --longpolling-"
-"but the client will not connect to it."
+"port>`. By default, the HTTP requests will keep accessing the normal HTTP "
+"workers instead of the LiveChat one. You must deploy a proxy in front of "
+"Odoo and redirect incoming requests whose path starts with ``/longpolling`` "
+"to the LiveChat worker. You must also start Odoo in :option:`--proxy-mode "
+"<odoo-bin --proxy-mode>` so it uses the real client headers (such as "
+"hostname, scheme, and IP) instead of the proxy ones."
 msgstr ""
-"在多处理中，一个专用的LiveChat工作线程会自动启动并侦听：option：“长波端口 <odoo-bin --longpolling-"
-"port>”，但客户端不会连接到它。"
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:221
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:237
-msgid ""
-"Instead you must have a proxy redirecting requests whose URL starts with "
-"``/longpolling/`` to the longpolling port. Other request should be proxied "
-"to the :option:`normal HTTP port <odoo-bin --http-port>`"
-msgstr ""
-"相反，您必须有一个代理，其URL以“/longpolling/”开头的请求重定向到长投票端口。其他请求应代理到 ：option：`normal HTTP"
-" port <odoo-bin --http-port>`"
-
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:225
-msgid ""
-"To achieve such a thing, you'll need to deploy a reverse proxy in front of "
-"Odoo, like nginx or apache. When doing so, you'll need to forward some more "
-"http Headers to Odoo, and activate the proxy_mode in Odoo configuration to "
-"have Odoo read those headers."
-msgstr ""
-"要实现这样的事情，你需要在Odoo前面部署一个反向代理，比如nginx或apache。这样做时，您需要将更多的http标头转发到Odoo，并在Odoo配置中激活proxy_mode，以使Odoo读取这些标头。"
-
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:233
 msgid "Server with 4 CPU, 8 Thread"
 msgstr "具有 4 个 CPU、8 个线程的服务器"
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:234
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:238
 msgid "60 concurrent users"
 msgstr "60 个并发用户"
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:236
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:240
 msgid "60 users / 6 = 10 <- theoretical number of worker needed"
 msgstr "60 个用户 / 6 = 10 < - 需要的工人理论数量"
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:237
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:241
 msgid "(4 * 2) + 1 = 9 <- theoretical maximal number of worker"
 msgstr "（4 * 2） + 1 = 9 <理论最大工人数"
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:238
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:242
 msgid ""
 "We'll use 8 workers + 1 for cron. We'll also use a monitoring system to "
 "measure cpu load, and check if it's between 7 and 7.5 ."
 msgstr "我们将使用 8 个 worker + 1 个 cron。我们还将使用监视系统来测量CPU负载，并检查它是否在7和7.5之间。"
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:239
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:243
 msgid "RAM = 9 * ((0.8*150) + (0.2*1024)) ~= 3Go RAM for Odoo"
 msgstr "RAM = 9 * （（0.8*150） + （0.2*1024）） ~= 3Go RAM for Odoo"
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:241
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:245
 msgid "in :ref:`the configuration file <reference/cmdline/config_file>`:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:257
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:261
 msgid "HTTPS"
 msgstr "HTTPS"
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:259
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:263
 msgid ""
 "Whether it's accessed via website/web client or web service, Odoo transmits "
 "authentication information in cleartext. This means a secure deployment of "
@@ -723,7 +722,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "无论是通过网站/网络客户端还是网络服务访问，Odoo都会以明文形式传输身份验证信息。这意味着Odoo的安全部署必须使用HTTPS\\ "
 "[#switching]_。SSL 终止可以通过几乎任何 SSL 终止代理实现，但需要以下设置："
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:264
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:268
 msgid ""
 "Enable Odoo's :option:`proxy mode <odoo-bin --proxy-mode>`. This should only"
 " be enabled when Odoo is behind a reverse proxy"
@@ -731,37 +730,37 @@ msgstr ""
 "启用 Odoo 的 ：option：'proxy mode <odoo-bin --proxy-mode>'.仅当 Odoo "
 "位于反向代理后面时，才应启用此功能</odoo-bin>"
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:265
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:269
 msgid "Set up the SSL termination proxy (`Nginx termination example`_)"
 msgstr "设置 SSL 终止代理（“Nginx 终止示例”）`"
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:266
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:270
 msgid "Set up the proxying itself (`Nginx proxying example`_)"
 msgstr "设置代理本身（`Nginx代理示例`_）"
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:267
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:271
 msgid ""
 "Your SSL termination proxy should also automatically redirect non-secure "
 "connections to the secure port"
 msgstr "您的 SSL 终止代理还应自动将不安全的连接重定向到安全端口"
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:273
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:277
 msgid "Redirect http requests to https"
 msgstr "将 http 请求重定向到 https"
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:274
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:278
 msgid "Proxy requests to odoo"
 msgstr "对 odoo 的代理请求"
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:282
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:286
 msgid "in ``/etc/nginx/sites-enabled/odoo.conf`` set:"
 msgstr "在 ``/etc/nginx/sites-enabled/odoo.conf`` set中："
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:343
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:347
 msgid "Odoo as a WSGI Application"
 msgstr "Odoo 作为 WSGI 应用程序"
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:345
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:349
 msgid ""
 "It is also possible to mount Odoo as a standard WSGI_ application. Odoo "
 "provides the base for a WSGI launcher script as ``odoo-wsgi.example.py``. "
@@ -773,7 +772,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "也可以将Odoo作为标准WSGI_应用。Odoo为WSGI启动器脚本提供了“odoo-"
 "wsgi.example.py”的基础。应该自定义该脚本（可能是在从安装目录复制它之后）以直接在：mod：`odoo.tools.config`中正确设置配置，而不是通过命令行或配置文件。"
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:351
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:355
 msgid ""
 "However the WSGI server will only expose the main HTTP endpoint for the web "
 "client, website and webservice API. Because Odoo does not control the "
@@ -782,87 +781,60 @@ msgstr ""
 "但是，WSGI 服务器将仅公开 Web 客户端、网站和 Web 服务 API 的主 HTTP "
 "终结点。因为Odoo不再控制工人的创建，所以它无法设置cron或livechat工人"
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:356
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:360
 msgid "Cron Workers"
 msgstr "Cron Workers"
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:358
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:362
-msgid "To run cron jobs for an Odoo deployment as a WSGI application requires"
-msgstr "要将 Odoo 部署的 cron 作业作为 WSGI 应用程序运行，需要"
-
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:360
-msgid "A classical Odoo (run via ``odoo-bin``)"
-msgstr "一个经典的Odoo（通过“odoo-bin”运行）"
-
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:361
 msgid ""
-"Connected to the database in which cron jobs have to be run (via "
+"Starting one of the built-in Odoo servers next to the WSGI server is "
-":option:`odoo-bin -d`)"
+"required to process cron jobs. That server must be configured to only "
-msgstr "连接到必须运行 cron 作业的数据库（通过 ：option：`odoo-bin -d`）"
+"process crons and not HTTP requests using the :option:`--no-http <odoo-bin "
-
+"--no-http>` cli option or the ``http_enable = False`` configuration file "
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:363
+"setting."
-msgid ""
-"Which should not be exposed to the network. To ensure cron runners are not "
-"network-accessible, it is possible to disable the built-in HTTP server "
-"entirely with :option:`odoo-bin --no-http` or setting ``http_enable = "
-"False`` in the configuration file"
 msgstr ""
-"这不应该暴露给网络。为了确保 cron 运行器无法通过网络访问，可以使用 ：option：`odoo-bin --no-http` 或在配置文件中设置 "
-"``http_enable = False`` 完全禁用内置 HTTP 服务器"
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:371
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:367
 msgid ""
-"The second problematic subsystem for WSGI deployments is the LiveChat: where"
+"On Linux-like systems, using the multi-processing server over the multi-"
-" most HTTP connections are relatively short and quickly free up their worker"
+"threading one is recommended to benefit from better hardware usage and "
-" process for the next request, LiveChat require a long-lived connection for "
+"increased stability, i.e., using the :option:`--workers=-1 <odoo-bin "
-"each client in order to implement near-real-time notifications."
+"--workers>` and :option:`--max-cron-threads=n <odoo-bin --max-cron-threads>`"
+" cli options."
 msgstr ""
-"WSGI部署的第二个有问题的子系统是LiveChat：大多数HTTP连接相对较短，并且可以快速释放其工作进程以用于下一个请求，LiveChat需要为每个客户端建立长期连接，以实现近乎实时的通知。"
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:376
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:375
 msgid ""
-"This is in conflict with the process-based worker model, as it will tie up "
+"Using a gevent-compatible WSGI server is required for the correct operation "
-"worker processes and prevent new users from accessing the system. However, "
+"of the live chat feature. That server should be able to handle many "
-"those long-lived connections do very little and mostly stay parked waiting "
+"simultaneous long-lived HTTP requests but doesn't need a lot of processing "
-"for notifications."
+"power. All requests whose path starts with ``/longpolling`` should be "
+"directed to that server. A regular (thread/process-based) WSGI server should"
+" be used for all other requests."
 msgstr ""
-"这与基于流程的工作线程模型相冲突，因为它会占用工作线程并阻止新用户访问系统。但是，这些长期存在的连接作用很小，并且大多停留在等待通知的状态。"
 
 #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:381
 msgid ""
-"The solutions to support livechat/motifications in a WSGI application are:"
+"The Odoo cron server can also be used to serve the live chat requests. Just "
-msgstr "在WSGI应用程序中支持实时聊天/motization的解决方案包括："
+"drop the :option:`--no-http <odoo-bin --no-http>` cli option from the cron "
-
+"server and make sure requests whose path starts with ``/longpolling`` are "
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:383
+"directed to this server, either on the :option:`--http-port <odoo-bin "
-msgid ""
+"--http-port>` (multi-threading server) or on the :option:`--longpolling-port"
-"Deploy a threaded version of Odoo (instead of a process-based preforking "
+" <odoo-bin --longpolling-port>` (multi-processing server)."
-"one) and redirect only requests to URLs starting with ``/longpolling/`` to "
-"that Odoo, this is the simplest and the longpolling URL can double up as the"
-" cron instance."
 msgstr ""
-"部署Odoo的线程版本（而不是基于进程的预分叉版本），并仅将请求重定向到以“/longpolling/”开头的URL到该Odoo，这是最简单的，长投票URL可以兼作cron实例。"
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:387
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:388
-msgid ""
-"Deploy an evented Odoo via ``odoo-gevent`` and proxy requests starting with "
-"``/longpolling/`` to :option:`the longpolling port <odoo-bin --longpolling-"
-"port>`."
-msgstr ""
-"通过``odoo-gevent``部署事件Odoo，并以``/longpolling/``开头的代理请求到：option：`the "
-"longpolling port <odoo-bin --longpolling-port>`。"
-
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:392
 msgid "Serving Static Files"
 msgstr "提供静态文件"
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:394
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:390
 msgid ""
 "For development convenience, Odoo directly serves all static files in its "
 "modules. This may not be ideal when it comes to performances, and static "
 "files should generally be served by a static HTTP server."
 msgstr "为了便于开发，Odoo直接提供其模块中的所有静态文件。在性能方面，这可能并不理想，静态文件通常应由静态HTTP服务器提供。"
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:398
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:394
 msgid ""
 "Odoo static files live in each module's ``static/`` folder, so static files "
 "can be served by intercepting all requests to "
@@ -871,30 +843,30 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Odoo静态文件存在于每个模块的“static/”文件夹中，因此可以通过拦截对：samp：'/{MODULE}/static/{FILE}'的所有请求，并在各种插件路径中查找正确的模块（和文件）来提供静态文件。"
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:402
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:398
 #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:122
 msgid "Todo"
 msgstr "待办"
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:402
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:398
 msgid ""
 "test whether it would be interesting to serve filestored attachments via "
 "this, and how (e.g. possibility of mapping ir.attachment id to filestore "
 "hash in the database?)"
 msgstr "测试通过此方式提供文件存储附件是否有趣，以及如何（例如，将ir.attachment id映射到数据库中的文件存储哈希的可能性？"
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:409
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:405
 msgid "Security"
 msgstr "安全"
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:411
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:407
 msgid ""
 "For starters, keep in mind that securing an information system is a "
 "continuous process, not a one-shot operation. At any moment, you will only "
 "be as secure as the weakest link in your environment."
 msgstr "首先，请记住，保护信息系统是一个连续的过程，而不是一次性操作。在任何时候，您都只能像环境中最薄弱的环节一样安全。"
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:415
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:411
 msgid ""
 "So please do not take this section as the ultimate list of measures that "
 "will prevent all security problems. It's only intended as a summary of the "
@@ -905,20 +877,20 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "因此，请不要将此部分视为防止所有安全问题的最终措施列表。它仅作为安全行动计划中应确保包含的第一个重要事项的摘要。其余的将来自操作系统和发行版的最佳安全实践，用户，密码和访问控制管理等方面的最佳实践。"
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:421
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:417
 msgid ""
 "When deploying an internet-facing server, please be sure to consider the "
 "following security-related topics:"
 msgstr "部署面向互联网的服务器时，请务必考虑以下与安全相关的主题："
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:424
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:420
 msgid ""
 "Always set a strong super-admin admin password, and restrict access to the "
 "database management pages as soon as the system is set up. See "
 ":ref:`db_manager_security`."
 msgstr "始终设置强超级管理员密码，并在系统设置后立即限制对数据库管理页面的访问。请参阅：ref：`db_manager_security`。"
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:427
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:423
 msgid ""
 "Choose unique logins and strong passwords for all administrator accounts on "
 "all databases. Do not use 'admin' as the login. Do not use those logins for "
@@ -928,7 +900,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "为所有数据库上的所有管理员帐户选择唯一登录名和强密码。不要使用“admin”作为登录名。不要将这些登录名用于日常操作，仅用于控制/管理安装。*从不*使用任何默认密码，如管理员/管理员，即使对于测试/临时数据库也是如此。"
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:432
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:428
 msgid ""
 "Do **not** install demo data on internet-facing servers. Databases with demo"
 " data contain default logins and passwords that can be used to get into your"
@@ -937,7 +909,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "不要 **要 "
 "**面向互联网的服务器上安装演示数据。包含演示数据的数据库包含默认登录名和密码，可用于进入系统并造成重大麻烦，即使在暂存/开发系统上也是如此。"
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:436
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:432
 msgid ""
 "Use appropriate database filters ( :option:`--db-filter <odoo-bin --db-"
 "filter>`) to restrict the visibility of your databases according to the "
@@ -950,7 +922,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "根据主机名限制数据库的可见性。请参阅：ref：`db_filter`。您还可以使用 ：option：`-d <odoo-bin -d=\"\">` "
 "来提供您自己的（逗号分隔的）可用数据库列表，以便从中进行筛选，而不是让系统从数据库后端获取所有数据库。"
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:443
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:439
 msgid ""
 "Once your ``db_name`` and ``db_filter`` are configured and only match a "
 "single database per hostname, you should set ``list_db`` configuration "
@@ -962,7 +934,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "一旦配置了“db_name”和“db_filter”，并且每个主机名只匹配一个数据库，则应将“list_db”配置选项设置为“False”，以防止完全列出数据库，并阻止对数据库管理屏幕的访问（这也显示为：option：`--no-"
 "database-list <odoo-bin --no-database-list>`命令行选项）"
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:449
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:445
 msgid ""
 "Make sure the PostgreSQL user (:option:`--db_user <odoo-bin --db_user>`) is "
 "*not* a super-user, and that your databases are owned by a different user. "
@@ -974,7 +946,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "不是超级用户，并且您的数据库由其他用户拥有。例如，如果您使用的是专用的非特权“db_user”，则可以由“postgres”超级用户拥有。另请参阅 "
 "：ref：`setup/deploy/odoo`。"
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:454
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:450
 msgid ""
 "Keep installations updated by regularly installing the latest builds, either"
 " via GitHub or by downloading the latest version from "
@@ -983,13 +955,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "通过 GitHub 定期安装最新版本，或者从 https://www.odoo.com/page/download 或 "
 "http://nightly.odoo.com 下载最新版本，从而保持安装更新"
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:458
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:454
 msgid ""
 "Configure your server in multi-process mode with proper limits matching your"
 " typical usage (memory/CPU/timeouts). See also :ref:`builtin_server`."
 msgstr "在多进程模式下配置服务器，并具有与典型使用（内存/CPU/超时）匹配的适当限制。另请参阅：ref：`builtin_server`。"
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:461
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:457
 msgid ""
 "Run Odoo behind a web server providing HTTPS termination with a valid SSL "
 "certificate, in order to prevent eavesdropping on cleartext communications. "
@@ -1002,7 +974,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "代理配置为限制请求的大小，设置适当的超时，然后启用 ：option：`proxy mode <odoo-bin --proxy-mode>` "
 "选项。另请参阅：ref：`https_proxy`。"
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:468
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:464
 msgid ""
 "If you need to allow remote SSH access to your servers, make sure to set a "
 "strong password for **all** accounts, not just `root`. It is strongly "
@@ -1014,7 +986,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "如果需要允许对服务器进行远程 SSH 访问，请确保为 **all** "
 "帐户设置强密码，而不仅仅是“root”。强烈建议完全禁用基于密码的身份验证，并且仅允许公钥身份验证。还要考虑限制通过VPN的访问，仅允许防火墙中的受信任IP，和/或运行暴力检测系统，如“fail2ban”或等效系统。"
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:474
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:470
 msgid ""
 "Consider installing appropriate rate-limiting on your proxy or firewall, to "
 "prevent brute-force attacks and denial of service attacks. See also "
@@ -1022,21 +994,21 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "请考虑在代理或防火墙上安装适当的速率限制，以防止暴力攻击和拒绝服务攻击。另请参阅：ref：`login_brute_force`了解具体措施。"
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:478
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:474
 msgid ""
 "Many network providers provide automatic mitigation for Distributed Denial "
 "of Service attacks (DDOS), but this is often an optional service, so you "
 "should consult with them."
 msgstr "许多网络提供商为分布式拒绝服务攻击 （DDOS） 提供自动缓解措施，但这通常是一项可选服务，因此您应该咨询他们。"
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:482
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:478
 msgid ""
 "Whenever possible, host your public-facing demo/test/staging instances on "
 "different machines than the production ones. And apply the same security "
 "precautions as for production."
 msgstr "只要有可能，就将面向公众的演示/测试/过渡实例托管在与生产计算机不同的计算机上。并应用与生产相同的安全预防措施。"
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:486
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:482
 msgid ""
 "If your public-facing Odoo server has access to sensitive internal network "
 "resources or services (e.g. via a private VLAN), implement appropriate "
@@ -1056,7 +1028,7 @@ msgstr ""
 " IP 流量访问控制<http://0pointer.net/blog/ip-accounting-and-access-lists-with-"
 "systemd.html>”_ 对于实现每个进程的网络访问控制也可能很有用。"
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:497
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:493
 msgid ""
 "If your public-facing Odoo server is behind a Web Application Firewall, a "
 "load-balancer, a transparent DDoS protection service (like CloudFlare) or a "
@@ -1074,18 +1046,26 @@ msgstr ""
 " WAF、负载均衡器或代理服务的特定 IP "
 "地址访问终结点外，无法公开访问终结点。为此，像CloudFlare这样的服务提供商通常会维护其IP地址范围的公共列表。"
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:508
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:504
 msgid ""
 "If you are hosting multiple customers, isolate customer data and files from "
 "each other using containers or appropriate \"jail\" techniques."
 msgstr "如果您托管多个客户，请使用容器或适当的“jail”技术将客户数据和文件彼此隔离。"
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:511
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:507
 msgid ""
 "Setup daily backups of your databases and filestore data, and copy them to a"
 " remote archiving server that is not accessible from the server itself."
 msgstr "设置数据库和文件存储数据的每日备份，并将它们复制到无法从服务器本身访问的远程存档服务器。"
 
+#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:510
+msgid ""
+"Deploying Odoo on Linux is strongly recommended over Windows. Should you "
+"choose nevertheless to deploy on a Windows platform, a thorough security "
+"hardening review of the server should be conducted and is outside of the "
+"scope of this guide."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:518
 msgid "Blocking Brute Force Attacks"
 msgstr "阻止暴力破解攻击"
@@ -1568,34 +1548,42 @@ msgstr "下载后，可以使用“dnf”包管理器安装包："
 msgid "Windows"
 msgstr "Windows"
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:150
+#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:151
+msgid ""
+"Windows packaging is offered for the convenience of testing or running "
+"single-user local instances but production deployment is discouraged due to "
+"a number of limitations and risks associated with deploying Odoo on a "
+"Windows platform."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:155
 msgid ""
 "Download the installer from the `nightly server <https://nightly.odoo.com>`_"
 " (Community only) or the Windows installer from the `Odoo download page "
 "<https://www.odoo.com/page/download>`_ (any edition."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:153
+#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:158
 msgid "Execute the downloaded file."
 msgstr "执行下载的文件。"
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:156
+#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:161
 msgid ""
 "On Windows 8 and later, a warning titled *Windows protected your PC* may be "
 "displayed. Click **More Info** and then **Run anyway** to proceed."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:159
+#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:164
 msgid ""
 "Accept the `UAC <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/User_Account_Control>`_ "
 "prompt."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:160
+#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:165
 msgid "Go through the installation steps."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:162
+#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:167
 msgid "Odoo launches automatically at the end of the installation."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -2401,44 +2389,190 @@ msgid ""
 " Outlook using OAuth authentication."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:192
-msgid "Multiple user configuration"
-msgstr ""
-
 #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:194
-msgid ""
+msgid "Configuration with a single outgoing mail server"
-"Each user should have a separate server set up. The :guilabel:`from-filter` "
-"should be set so that only the user's email is sent from that server. In "
-"other words, only a user with an email address that matches the set "
-":guilabel:`from-filter` is able to use this server."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:198
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:196
 msgid ""
-"After setting the :guilabel:`from-filter`, set up a fallback email account "
+"Configuring a single outgoing server is the simplest configuration available"
-"to allow for the sending of :guilabel:`notifications`. The fallback email "
+" for Microsoft Azure and it doesn't require extensive access rights for the "
-"must be configured as a :guilabel:`general transactional server`. The "
+"users in the database."
-":guilabel:`mail.default.from` system parameter must be set to the "
-":guilabel:`username` of the general transactional server account. For more "
-"information see :ref:`Use a default email address "
-"<email_communication/default>`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:205
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:199
-#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:213
+msgid ""
+"A generic email address would be used to send emails for all users within "
+"the database. For example it could be structured with a `notifications` "
+"alias (`notifications@example.com`) or `contact` alias "
+"(`contact@example.com`). This address must be set as the :guilabel:`FROM "
+"Filtering` on the server. This address must also match the "
+"`{mail.default.from}@{mail.catchall.domain}` key combination in the system "
+"parameters."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:206
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:247
+msgid ""
+"For more information on the from filter visit: "
+":ref:`email_communication/default`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:209
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:254
 msgid ""
 "The :guilabel:`System Parameters` can be accessed by activating "
-":doc:`../../applications/general/developer_mode` in the "
+":ref:`developer-mode` in the :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> "
-":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System Parameters`"
+"Parameters --> System Parameters` menu."
-" menu."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:210
-msgid "Configure incoming email server"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:212
 msgid ""
+"When using this configuration, every email that is sent from the database "
+"will use the address of the configured `notification` mailbox. However it "
+"should be noted that the name of the sender will appear but their email "
+"address will change:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst-1
+msgid "Name from real sender with static email."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:221
+msgid "Single outgoing mail server configuration:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:223
+msgid ""
+"Outgoing mail server **username** (login) = `notifications@example.com`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:224
+msgid ""
+"Outgoing mail server :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` = "
+"`notifications@example.com`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:225
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:279
+msgid "`mail.catchall.domain` in system parameters = `example.com`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:226
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:280
+msgid "`mail.default.from` in system parameters = `notifications`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:229
+msgid "User-specific (multiple user) configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:231
+msgid ""
+"In addition to a generic email server, individual email servers can be set "
+"up for users in a database. These email addresses must be set as the "
+":guilabel:`FROM Filtering` on each individual server for this configuration "
+"to work."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:235
+msgid ""
+"This configuration is the more difficult of the two Microsoft Azure "
+"configurations, in that it requires all users configured with email servers "
+"to have access rights to settings in order to establish a connection to the "
+"email server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:240
+#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:480
+msgid "Setup"
+msgstr "设置"
+
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:242
+msgid ""
+"Each user should have a separate email server set up. The :guilabel:`FROM "
+"Filtering` should be set so that only the user's email is sent from that "
+"server. In other words, only a user with an email address that matches the "
+"set :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` is able to use this server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:249
+msgid ""
+"A :ref:`fallback server <azure_oauth/notifications>` must be setup to allow "
+"for the sending of :guilabel:`notifications`. The :guilabel:`FROM Filtering`"
+" for this server should have the value of the "
+"`{mail.default.from}@{mail.catchall.domain}`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:258
+msgid ""
+"The configuration for this transactional email server can work alongside an "
+"outgoing mass-mailing email server. The :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` for the "
+"mass-mailing email server can remain empty, but it's require to be added in "
+"the settings of the *Email Marketing* application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:263
+msgid ""
+"For more information on setting the mass-mailing email server visit "
+":ref:`email_communication/mass_mails`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:267
+msgid "Multiple user outgoing mail server configuration:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:270
+msgid "User #1 mailbox"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:270
+msgid "Outgoing mail server #1 **username** (login) = `john@example.com`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:271
+msgid ""
+"Outgoing mail server #1 :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` = `john@example.com`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:273
+msgid "User #2 mailbox"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:273
+msgid "Outgoing mail server #2 **username** (login) = `jane@example.com`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:274
+msgid ""
+"Outgoing mail server #2 :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` = `jane@example.com`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:276
+msgid "Notifications mailbox"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:276
+msgid ""
+"Outgoing mail server #3 **username** (login) = `notifications@example.com`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:277
+msgid ""
+"Outgoing mail server #3 :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` = "
+"`notifications@example.com`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:279
+msgid "System Parameters"
+msgstr "系统参数"
+
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:283
+msgid "Configure incoming email server"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:285
+msgid ""
 "The incoming account should be configured in a similar way to the outgoing "
 "email account. Navigate to the :guilabel:`Incoming Mail Servers` in the "
 ":guilabel:`Technical Menu` and :guilabel:`Create` a new configuration. Check"
@@ -2449,7 +2583,7 @@ msgid ""
 "account. The account should be ready to receive email to the Odoo database."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:220
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:293
 msgid ":doc:`../../applications/general/email_communication/email_servers`"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -4228,6 +4362,14 @@ msgid ""
 "<email_communication/default>`."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:213
+msgid ""
+"The :guilabel:`System Parameters` can be accessed by activating "
+":doc:`../../applications/general/developer_mode` in the "
+":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System Parameters`"
+" menu."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:217
 msgid ""
 "Once the setup is complete, the Odoo database is ready to use the Mailjet "
@@ -6684,10 +6826,6 @@ msgstr "上载您刚刚在远程存储库的 *master* 分支中添加的更改
 msgid "SSH"
 msgstr "SSH"
 
-#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:480
-msgid "Setup"
-msgstr "设置"
-
 #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:482
 msgid ""
 "In order to use SSH, you have to set up your profile SSH public key (if it "

locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po

@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 15.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-09-11 16:10+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 08:39+0000\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2021-11-02 08:48+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Chloe Wang, 2023\n"
 "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n"
@@ -523,7 +523,6 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:88
 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:14
-#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:14
 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:16
 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:51
 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:16
@@ -1858,6 +1857,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:194
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:115
 msgid ""
 "Then, to change the month, click :guilabel:`December` to reveal the drop-"
 "down menu, and select the desired month."
@@ -1948,55 +1948,191 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"In most companies, the stock is only counted once a year. That's why by "
+"For most companies, warehouse stock only needs to be counted once a year. "
-"default, after making an inventory adjustment in Odoo, the scheduled date "
+"This is why, by default, after making an *inventory adjustment* in Odoo, the"
-"for the next count is set on the 31st of December. However, for some "
+" scheduled date for the next inventory count is set for the 31st of December"
-"businesses it's crucial to have an accurate inventory count at all times."
+" of the current year."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:10
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:9
 msgid ""
-"The goal of cycle counts is to keep critical stock levels accurate by "
+"However, for some businesses, it's crucial to have an accurate inventory "
-"counting more often at key locations."
+"count at all times. These companies use *cycle counts* to keep critical "
+"stock levels accurate. Cycle counting is a method by which companies count "
+"their inventory more often in certain *locations*, to ensure that their "
+"physical inventory counts match their inventory records."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:16
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:15
+msgid "Activate storage locations"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:17
 msgid ""
-"In Odoo, cycle counts are location-based. The frequency of the counts is "
+"In Odoo, cycle counts are location-based. Therefore, the *storage locations*"
-"defined by the storage location. To activate storage locations, go to "
+" feature needs to be enabled before performing a cycle count."
-":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> Warehouse` and "
+msgstr ""
-"activate the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` setting. Next, click "
+
-":guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting."
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:20
+msgid ""
+"To enable this feature, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
+"Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` "
+"section. Then, click the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Storage Locations`. "
+"Click :guilabel:`Save` to save all changes."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst-1
-msgid "Enable Storage Locations in Odoo settings."
+msgid "Enabled storage locations setting in inventory settings."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:26
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:29
-msgid "Change the inventory frequency"
+msgid "Change inventory count frequency by location"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:28
-msgid ""
-"To change a location's inventory frequency, first, go to the locations by "
-"clicking :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:31
 msgid ""
-"Then, click on a location to open the location settings. Next, click on "
+"Now that the storage locations setting is enabled, the inventory count "
-":guilabel:`Edit`. In the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` field, set "
+"frequency can be changed for specific locations created in the warehouse."
-"the number of days. For example, a location that needs an inventory count "
+msgstr ""
-"every 30 days would set the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` value to "
+
-"`30`. Once the value is entered, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting"
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:34
-" to the location. Now, once an inventory adjustment is applied to this "
+msgid ""
-"location, the next scheduled count date will be automatically set based on "
+"To view and edit locations, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
-"the number of days in the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` setting."
+"Configuration --> Locations`. This reveals a :guilabel:`Locations` page "
+"containing every location currently created and listed in the warehouse."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:38
+msgid ""
+"From this page, click into a location to reveal the settings and "
+"configuration page for that location. Click :guilabel:`Edit` to edit the "
+"location settings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:41
+msgid ""
+"Under the :guilabel:`Cyclic Inventory` section, locate the "
+":guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` field, which should be set to `0` (if"
+" this location has not been edited previously). In this field, change the "
+"value to whichever number of days is desired."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst-1
-msgid "Edit a location to change the inventory frequency."
+msgid "Location frequency setting on location."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:50
+msgid ""
+"A location that needs an inventory count every 30 days should have the "
+":guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` value set to `30`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:53
+msgid ""
+"Once the frequency has been changed to the desired number of days, click "
+":guilabel:`Save` to save changes. Now, once an inventory adjustment is "
+"applied to this location, the next scheduled count date is automatically "
+"set, based on the value entered into the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency "
+"(Days)` field."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:59
+msgid "Count inventory by location"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:61
+msgid ""
+"To perform a cycle count for a specific location in the warehouse, navigate "
+"to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Inventory Adjustments`. "
+"This reveals an :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` page containing all "
+"products currently in stock, with each product listed on its own line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:66
+msgid ""
+"From this page, the :guilabel:`Filters` and :guilabel:`Group By` buttons (at"
+" the top of the page, under the :guilabel:`Search...` bar), can be used to "
+"select specific locations and perform inventory counts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst-1
+msgid "Inventory adjustments page."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:74
+msgid ""
+"To select a specific location and view all products within that location, "
+"click :guilabel:`Group By`, then click :guilabel:`Add Custom Group` to "
+"reveal a new drop-down menu to the right."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:77
+msgid ""
+"Click :guilabel:`Location` from the drop-down menu, then click "
+":guilabel:`Apply`. The page now displays condensed drop-down menus of each "
+"location in the warehouse that has products in stock, and a cycle count can "
+"be performed for all products in that location."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:82
+msgid ""
+"In large warehouses with multiple locations and a high volume of products, "
+"it might be easier to search for the specific location desired. To do this, "
+"from the :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` page, click :guilabel:`Filters`. "
+"Then, click :guilabel:`Add Custom Filter` to reveal a new menu to the right."
+" Click this menu to reveal three drop-downs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:87
+msgid ""
+"For the first field, click and select :guilabel:`Location` from the drop-"
+"down. For the second field, leave the :guilabel:`contains` value as is. For "
+"the third field, type in the name of the location that is being searched "
+"for. Click :guilabel:`Apply` for that location to appear on the page."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst-1
+msgid "Applied filters and group by on inventory adjustments page."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:97
+msgid "Change full inventory count frequency"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:99
+msgid ""
+"While cycle counts are typically performed per location, the scheduled date "
+"for full inventory counts of everything in-stock in the warehouse can also "
+"be manually changed to push the date up sooner than the date listed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:103
+msgid ""
+"To modify the default scheduled date, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app "
+"--> Configuration --> Settings`. Then, in the :guilabel:`Operations` "
+"section, locate the :guilabel:`Annual Inventory Day and Month` setting "
+"field, which includes a drop-down that is set to `31` :guilabel:`December` "
+"by default."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst-1
+msgid "Frequency field in inventory app settings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:112
+msgid ""
+"To change the day, click the `31`, and change it to a day within the range "
+"`1-31`, depending on the desired month of the year."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:118
+msgid ""
+"Once all changes have been made, click :guilabel:`Save` to save all changes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:121
+msgid ""
+":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products`"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers.rst:5
@@ -11836,6 +11972,330 @@ msgid ""
 "assemblies."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:3
+msgid "Manufacturing backorders"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"In some cases, the full quantity of a manufacturing order cannot be produced"
+" immediately. When this happens, Odoo *Manufacturing* allows for the "
+"manufacturing of partial quantities of the order and creates a *backorder* "
+"for the remaining amount."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:9
+msgid ""
+"In the *Manufacturing* app, creating a backorder splits the original "
+"manufacturing order into two orders. The reference tag for each order is the"
+" tag used for the original order, followed by a hyphen and then an "
+"additional number to indicate that it's a backorder."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:14
+msgid ""
+"A company creates a manufacturing order with the reference tag "
+"*WH/MO/00175*, for 10 units of *Product X*. After starting work on the "
+"manufacturing order, the employee working the production line realizes there"
+" are only enough components in stock to produce five units of the product."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:18
+msgid ""
+"Instead of waiting for additional stock of the components, they manufacture "
+"five units and create a backorder for the remaining five. This splits the "
+"manufacturing order into two separate orders: *WH/MO/00175-001* and "
+"*WH/MO/00175-002*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:22
+msgid ""
+"Order *001* contains the five units that have been manufactured, and is "
+"immediately marked as :guilabel:`Done`. Order *002* contains the five units "
+"that still need to be manufactured and is marked as :guilabel:`In Progress`."
+" Once the remaining components are available, the employee returns to order "
+"*002* and manufactures the remaining units before closing the order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:28
+msgid "Create a manufacturing backorder"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:30
+msgid ""
+"To create a backorder for part of a manufacturing order, begin by navigating"
+" to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. "
+"Select a manufacturing order with a quantity of two or more or create one by"
+" clicking :guilabel:`Create`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:34
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:86
+msgid ""
+"If a new manufacturing order is created, select a product from the "
+":guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu and enter a quantity of two or more in "
+"the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, then click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm "
+"the order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:38
+msgid ""
+"After manufacturing the quantity that is being produced immediately, enter "
+"that number in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field at the top of the "
+"manufacturing order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1
+msgid "The quantity field on a manufacturing order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:45
+msgid ""
+"Next, click :guilabel:`Validate`, and a :guilabel:`You produced less than "
+"initial demand` pop-up window appears, from which a backorder can be "
+"created. Click :guilabel:`Create Backorder` to split the manufacturing order"
+" into two separate orders, with the reference tags *WH/MO/XXXXX-001* and "
+"*WH/MO/XXXXX-002*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1
+msgid ""
+"The Create Backorder button on the \"You produced less than initial demand\""
+" pop-up window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:54
+msgid ""
+"Order *001* contains the items that have been manufactured, and is closed "
+"immediately. Order *002* is the backorder that contains the items that have "
+"yet to be manufactured, and remains open, to be completed at a later date."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:58
+msgid ""
+"Once the remaining units can be manufactured, navigate to "
+":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and "
+"then select the backorder manufacturing order. If all of the remaining units"
+" are manufactured immediately, simply click :guilabel:`Validate` to close "
+"the order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:63
+msgid ""
+"If only some of the remaining units are manufactured immediately, create "
+"another backorder for the remainder by following the steps detailed in this "
+"section."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:67
+msgid "Create a backorder from tablet view"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:69
+msgid ""
+"Backorders for manufacturing orders can also be created from the work order "
+"tablet view."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:72
+msgid ""
+"In order to use tablet view, the *Work Orders* setting must be enabled. To "
+"enable it, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> "
+"Settings`. On the :guilabel:`Settings` page, enable the checkbox next to "
+":guilabel:`Work Orders`, then click :guilabel:`Save` to save the change. "
+"This makes the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab appear on manufacturing orders, "
+"from which the tablet view can be opened."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:0
+msgid "The Work Orders setting on the Manufacturing settings page."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:82
+msgid ""
+"To create a backorder from the tablet view, begin by navigating to "
+":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. "
+"Select a manufacturing order with a quantity of two or more or create one by"
+" clicking :guilabel:`Create`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:90
+msgid ""
+"After confirming the manufacturing order, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders`"
+" tab and click the :guilabel:`📱 (tablet view)` button located on the line of"
+" the first work order to enter the tablet view."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1
+msgid "The tablet view button for a work order on a manufacturing order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:97
+msgid ""
+"Once in tablet view, enter the quantity being manufactured immediately in "
+"the :guilabel:`Units` field at the top left of the tablet view."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1
+msgid "The Units field in the tablet view."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:104
+msgid ""
+"The steps for the rest of the workflow depend on whether the manufacturing "
+"order being processed requires the completion of a single work order or "
+"multiple work orders."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:108
+msgid "Single work order"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:110
+msgid ""
+"If the manufacturing order only requires the completion of a single work "
+"order, complete the work order, then click :guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close"
+" MO`. The manufacturing order is closed and a backorder for the units that "
+"still need to be manufactured is created automatically."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1
+msgid ""
+"The Mark As Done And Close MO button in the tablet view of a work order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:118
+msgid ""
+"Once the remaining units are ready to be manufactured, navigate to "
+":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, then"
+" select the backorder manufacturing order, which is titled using the "
+"reference tag of the original backorder with *002* added to the end."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:122
+msgid ""
+"On the backorder manufacturing order, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab"
+" and click the :guilabel:`📱 (tablet view)` button located on the line of the"
+" work order to open the tablet view. If all of the units in the backorder "
+"will be completed immediately, simply click :guilabel:`Mark As Done And "
+"Close MO` after completing the work order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:127
+msgid ""
+"If only some of the remaining units will be manufactured immediately, enter "
+"the number in the :guilabel:`Units` field at the top left of the tablet "
+"view, then click :guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close MO` to create another "
+"backorder for the remaining units. The new backorder can be processed using "
+"the steps detailed in this section."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:133
+msgid "Multiple work orders"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:135
+msgid ""
+"If the manufacturing order requires the completion of multiple work orders, "
+"complete the first work order, and then click :guilabel:`Record Production`."
+" This splits the manufacturing order into two separate orders, titled "
+"*WH/MO/XXXXX-001* and *WH/MO/XXXXX-002*, with *XXXXX* being the number of "
+"the original order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1
+msgid "The Record Production button on a work order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:144
+msgid ""
+"The tablet view defaults to showing the first work order for the *002* "
+"manufacturing order. Since this manufacturing order will not be completed "
+"immediately, back out of tablet view by clicking the :guilabel:`⬅️ (back)` "
+"button twice. Doing so will take you to the *001* order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:148
+msgid ""
+"To finish the *001* order, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab and click "
+"the :guilabel:`tablet view` button located on the line of the next work "
+"order. Finally, complete the remaining work orders, then click "
+":guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close MO` to close the manufacturing order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:152
+msgid ""
+"Once the remaining units are ready to be manufactured, navigate to "
+":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, then"
+" select the *002* order. Select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab and click "
+"the :guilabel:`tablet view` button located on the line of the first work "
+"order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:157
+msgid ""
+"If all of the units in the backorder will be completed immediately, simply "
+"click :guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close MO` after completing all of the work"
+" orders."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:160
+msgid ""
+"If only some of the remaining units will be manufactured immediately, enter "
+"the number in the :guilabel:`Units` field at the top left of the tablet "
+"view, then click :guilabel:`Record Production` to create an additional "
+"backorder for the remaining units, with *003* at the end of its reference "
+"tag."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:165
+msgid ""
+"The *002* backorder and *003* backorder can be completed by following the "
+"steps detailed in this section."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:169
+msgid ""
+"It is also possible to create a backorder in the middle of a manufacturing "
+"order, when some but not all of the work orders have already been completed."
+" Doing so marks the completed work order(s) as :guilabel:`Finished` on the "
+"backorder."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:174
+msgid ""
+"A manufacturing order for four chairs requires the completion of two work "
+"orders: *Paint* and *Assemble*. While the paint step can be completed "
+"immediately for all four chairs, there are only enough screws to assemble "
+"two of them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:178
+msgid ""
+"As a result, the employee responsible for producing the chairs begins by "
+"painting all four, and marking the *Paint* work order as "
+":guilabel:`Finished` for all of them. Then, they move on to the *Assemble* "
+"work order. They assemble two of the four chairs, enter that number in the "
+":guilabel:`Units` field of the tablet view, and click :guilabel:`Record "
+"Production`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:183
+msgid ""
+"A backorder manufacturing order is created for the remaining two chairs. On "
+"the backorder, the *Paint* work order is already marked as "
+":guilabel:`Finished`, and only the *Assemble* work order is left to be "
+"completed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:187
+msgid ""
+"Once more screws are available, the manufacturing employee assembles the "
+"remaining chairs and clicks :guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close MO` to "
+"complete the *Assemble* work order and close the backorder manufacturing "
+"order."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:3
 msgid "Managing BoMs for product variants"
 msgstr "管理产品变型Bom表"

locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po

@@ -9,20 +9,20 @@
 # Mandy Choy <mnc@odoo.com>, 2021
 # diaojiaolou <124412206@qq.com>, 2022
 # Jeffery CHEN <jeffery9@gmail.com>, 2022
-# Emily Jia <eji@odoo.com>, 2023
 # 山西清水欧度(QQ:54773801) <54773801@qq.com>, 2023
 # zhao yonghui, 2023
 # Raymond Yu <cl_yu@hotmail.com>, 2023
 # Martin Trigaux, 2023
+# Emily Jia <eji@odoo.com>, 2023
 # 
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 15.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-09-11 16:10+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 08:39+0000\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2021-11-02 08:49+0000\n"
-"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2023\n"
+"Last-Translator: Emily Jia <eji@odoo.com>, 2023\n"
 "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@@ -2121,7 +2121,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:43
-#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:149
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:391
 msgid "Cash drawer"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -2130,7 +2130,7 @@ msgid "The cash drawer should be connected to the printer with an RJ25 cable."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:45
-#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:117
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:359
 msgid "Barcode scanner"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -2364,11 +2364,486 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr "Epson和Star收据打印机和Zebra标签打印机不需要驱动程序即可工作。确保没有为这些打印机选择驱动程序。"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:103
-msgid "The Zebra printer doesn't print anything"
+msgid "Epson configuration special case"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:105
 msgid ""
+"Most Epson printers support printing receipts in Odoo :abbr:`POS (Point of "
+"Sale)` using the `GS v 0` command. However, the following Epson printer "
+"models do not support this command:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:108
+msgid "TM-U220"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:109
+msgid "TM-U230"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:110
+msgid "TM-P60"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:111
+msgid "TMP-P60II"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:113
+msgid ""
+"Bypass this issue by configuring the printer to use the `ESC *` command "
+"instead."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:116
+msgid "Process to force ESC * command"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:119
+msgid "Epson printer compatibility"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:121
+msgid ""
+"The first step is to check whether the printer is incompatible with `GS v 0`"
+" command."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:125
+msgid ""
+"`Epson GS v 0 documentation <https://reference.epson-"
+"biz.com/modules/ref_escpos/index.php? content_id=94>`_ for `GS v 0` "
+"compatible printers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:127
+msgid ""
+"`Epson ESC * documentation <https://reference.epson-"
+"biz.com/modules/ref_escpos/index.php ?content_id=88>`_ for `ESC *` "
+"compatible printers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:130
+msgid ""
+"If the printer is not compatible with the `ESC *` command then the following"
+" process is not possible. Should the printer be compatible to use the `ESC "
+"*` command to print, follow this process to configure the printer with the "
+":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:135
+msgid "IoT box configuration for ESC *"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:137
+msgid ""
+"To configure the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box to use the `ESC *` "
+"command to print, go to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage by"
+" navigating to :menuselection:`IoT app --> IoT Boxes`. Then click on the "
+":guilabel:`IP address` and this will direct to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of "
+"Things)` box homepage."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:142
+msgid "**Choosing the printer**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:144
+msgid ""
+"Now click on the :guilabel:`Printers server` button. This will redirect the "
+"browser to the *CUPS* page. Next, go to :menuselection:`Administration --> "
+"Printers --> Add Printer`, choose the printer that should be modified, and "
+"then click :guilabel:`Continue`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:149
+msgid ""
+"If the name of the printer is still uncertain, take the following steps:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:151
+msgid "Take note of the listed printers on the *CUPS* page."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:152
+msgid "Turn the printer off and refresh the page."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:153
+msgid ""
+"Now compare the difference with the first list to see which printer "
+"disappeared."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:154
+msgid "Turn the printer back on and refresh the page again."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:155
+msgid "Double-check the list again to see if the printer re-appears."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:156
+msgid ""
+"The printer that disappeared and reappears again on the listed printers is "
+"the name of the printer in question."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:160
+msgid "This can be :guilabel:`Unknown` under :guilabel:`Local printers`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:162
+msgid "**CUPS naming convention**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:164
+msgid ""
+"`CUPS` will prompt the admin for three pieces of information: the "
+":guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Description` and the :guilabel:`Location`. The "
+"last two pieces of information do not need to be specific, however, the "
+":guilabel:`Name` should follow a particular convention to work with the `ESC"
+" *` command."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:169
+msgid ""
+"The :guilabel:`Name` should match this convention: "
+"`<printer_name>__IMC_<param_1>_<param_2>_..._<param_n>__`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:172
+msgid "A breakdown of the naming convention:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:174
+msgid ""
+"`printer_name`: This is the printer name. It can be any character as long as"
+" it does not contain `_`, `/`, `#`, or ` ` (space character)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:176
+msgid ""
+"`IMC`: This stands for *Image Mode Column* (the simplified name for `ESC "
+"*`)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:177
+msgid "`param_1`: This stands for the specific parameter:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:179
+msgid ""
+"`SCALE<X>`: Scale of the picture (with the same aspect ratio). `X` should be"
+" an integer describing the scale percentage that should be used."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:183
+msgid ""
+"`100` is the original size, `50` is half the size, `200` is twice the size."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:185
+msgid ""
+"`LDV`: *Low Density Vertical* (will be set to *High Density Vertical* if not"
+" specified)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:186
+msgid ""
+"`LDH`: *Low Density Horizontal* (will be set to *High Density Horizontal* if"
+" not specified)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:189
+msgid ""
+"*Density* parameters might need to be configured in a particular way "
+"depending on the printer model."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:193
+msgid ""
+"Visit `Epson's ESC * documentation <https://reference.epson-"
+"biz.com/modules/ref_escpos/index.php?content_id=88>`_ and click on the "
+"printer model printer in the table above to see if the printer should set "
+"these parameters."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:198
+msgid "The following are examples of proper and improper name formatting:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:200
+msgid "Proper name formatting:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:202
+msgid "`EPSONTMm30II__IMC__`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:203
+msgid "`EPSON_TM_U220__IMC_LDV_LDH_SCALE80__`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:205
+msgid ""
+"Improper name formatting (this will not prevent printing, but the result "
+"might not have the expected printed output):"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:208
+msgid "`EPSON TMm 30II` -> The name can't have spaces."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:209
+msgid ""
+"`EPSONTMm30II` -> The name itself is correct, but it won't use `ESC *`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:210
+msgid "`EPSONTMm30II__IMC` -> This name is missing the end `__`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:211
+msgid ""
+"`EPSONTMm30II__IMC_XDV__` -> The parameter `XDV` does not match any existing"
+" parameters."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:212
+msgid ""
+"`EPSONTMm30II__IMC_SCALE__` -> The parameter `SCALE` is missing the scale "
+"value."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:214
+msgid "**Finish adding a printer**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:216
+msgid ""
+"After setting the name of the printer with the appropriate naming "
+"convention, click :guilabel:`Continue`. Next, set the :guilabel:`Make` value"
+" to :guilabel:`Raw` and for the :guilabel:`Model` value, set this to "
+":guilabel:`Raw Queue (en)`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:220
+msgid ""
+"After completing these steps, click :guilabel:`Add Printer`. If everything "
+"was done correctly, the page should redirect to the *Banners* page."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:223
+msgid ""
+"At this point the printer should have been created, now the :abbr:`IoT "
+"(Internet of Things)` box just needs to detect it and then sync to Odoo's "
+"server (this could take a few minutes)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:226
+msgid "**Adding the printer to Odoo PoS**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:228
+msgid ""
+"Once the printer is visible on the Odoo database, don't forget to choose it "
+"in the :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)`configuration as the :abbr:`IoT (Internet "
+"of Things)` printer. Navigate to :menuselection:`Pos App --> Settings --> "
+"Connected Devices --> IoT Box --> Receipt Printer --> Save`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:234
+msgid ""
+"If the printer was set up incorrectly (it is still printing random text or "
+"the printed receipt is too big or small), then it cannot be modified via the"
+" printer name with *CUPS*. Instead, the above process can be repeated to set"
+" up another printer from scratch to create one with modified parameters."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:239
+msgid "**Example setup of the Epson TM-U220B printer using ESC**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:244
+msgid ""
+"The following is an example of the troubleshooting process for a TM-U220B "
+"printer model using the `ESC *` command. The receipt pictured below is an "
+"example of a receipt that is printing correctly due to proper formatting (in"
+" theory):"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0
+msgid "Properly formatted receipt picture from a demo database."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:252
+msgid ""
+"Trying to print this receipt right-away prior to the proper formatting will "
+"not work as the TM-U220B printer model does not support `GS v 0`. Instead "
+"random characters will print:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0
+msgid "Printer paper with seemingly random characters."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:259
+msgid ""
+"To properly configure formatting for the Epson TM-U220B printer model take "
+"the following steps."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:261
+msgid ""
+"After consulting Epson's website for compatibility for both of the commands:"
+" `GS v 0 <https://reference.epson-"
+"biz.com/modules/ref_escpos/index.php?content_id=94>`_ and `ESC * "
+"<https://reference.epson-"
+"biz.com/modules/ref_escpos/index.php?content_id=88>`_, it can be seen that "
+"indeed the TM-U220B is not compatible with `GS v 0`, but is compatible with "
+"`ESC *`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0
+msgid "Epson compatibility evaluation from Epson website."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:270
+msgid ""
+"When adding the printer, *CUPS* will ask which printer should be added:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0
+msgid "Administration menu, add printer selection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:276
+msgid ""
+"In this case, the printer is connected via :abbr:`USB (Universal Serial "
+"Bus)` so it won' be part of the :guilabel:`Discovered Network Printers`. "
+"Instead it is likely part of the :guilabel:`Unknown` selection under "
+":guilabel:`Local Printers`. By unplugging the printer's :abbr:`USB "
+"(Universal Serial Bus)` cable from the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box "
+"and refreshing the page, the :guilabel:`Unknown` printer disappears. By "
+"plugging it back in, the printer reappears, so it can be said that this is "
+"the printer in question."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:283
+msgid ""
+"For the naming convention, since it will need to print using the `ESC *` "
+"command, it is imperative to add `__IMC`. Reference the printer model on "
+"`Epson's ESC * site <https://reference.epson-"
+"biz.com/modules/ref_escpos/index.php?content_id=88>`_ to find out more about"
+" the *density* parameters."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0
+msgid "Epson TM-U220 specifications on manufacturer's website."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:292
+msgid ""
+"For this particular model, TM-U220, `m` should be equal to 0 or 1. While "
+"referencing the :guilabel:`Description` below the pink box in the above "
+"picture, the `m` values could be 0, 1, 32 or 33. So in this printers case, "
+"the `m` value can NOT be 32 or 33 (otherwise there will be random characters"
+" printed)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:297
+msgid ""
+"The table includes the numeric values: 32 and 33, they both occur if the "
+":guilabel:`Number of bits for vertical data` is set to 24. This means that "
+"is a *High Vertical Density*. In the case of configuring the Epson TM-U220, "
+"the *Low Vertical Density* will need to be forced, as this printer model "
+"does not support *High Vertical Density* for this command `ESC *`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:302
+msgid ""
+"To add a *Low Vertical Density*, add the `LDV` parameter to the naming "
+"convention."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0
+msgid ""
+"Add a *Low Vertical Density* (the `LDV` parameter) to the naming convention."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:308
+msgid ""
+"Click :guilabel:`Continue` to proceed. Next, set the :guilabel:`Make` value "
+"to :guilabel:`Raw` and for the :guilabel:`Model` value, set this to "
+":guilabel:`Raw Queue (en)`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0
+msgid "Epson TM-U220 specifications on manufacturers website."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:315
+msgid ""
+"However when trying to print with the naming convention: "
+"`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV__`, it will print the receipt, but it will be too big"
+" and outside the margin. To resolve this, add a new printer (and naming "
+"convention) with the `SCALE<X>` parameter to adapt to our receipt size."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:319
+msgid "Here are some examples:"
+msgstr "示例如下："
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:324
+msgid "Printer Naming Convention"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:325
+msgid "`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV__`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:326
+msgid "`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_SCALE75__`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:327
+msgid "`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_LDH__`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:328
+msgid "`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_LDH_SCALE35__`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0
+msgid "Receipt example format."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0
+msgid "Receipt format using naming convention: EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV__."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0
+msgid ""
+"Receipt format using naming convention: EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_SCALE75__."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0
+msgid "Receipt format using naming convention: EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_LDH__."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0
+msgid ""
+"Receipt format using naming convention: EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_LDH_SCALE35__."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:346
+msgid "The Zebra printer doesn't print anything"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:348
+msgid ""
 "Zebra printers are quite sensitive to the format of the Zebra Programming "
 "Language (ZPL) code that is printed. If nothing comes out of the printer or "
 "blank labels are printed, try changing the format of the report that is sent"
@@ -2377,18 +2852,18 @@ msgid ""
 " the corresponding template."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:112
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:355
 msgid ""
 "Check out Zebra's instructions on printing :abbr:`ZPL (Zebra Programming "
 "Language)` files `here <https://supportcommunity.zebra.com/s/article/Print-"
 "a-zpl-file-using-the-Generic-Text-Printer>`_."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:120
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:362
 msgid "The characters read by the barcode scanner don't match the barcode"
 msgstr "条码扫描器读取的字符与条码不匹配"
 
-#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:122
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:364
 msgid ""
 "By default, most barcode scanners are configured in the US QWERTY format. If"
 " the barcode scanner uses a different layout, go to the form view of the "
@@ -2396,11 +2871,11 @@ msgid ""
 "the correct format."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:127
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:369
 msgid "Nothing happens when a barcode is scanned"
 msgstr "扫描条形码时不会发生任何情况"
 
-#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:129
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:371
 msgid ""
 "Make sure that the correct device is selected in the :menuselection:`Point "
 "of Sale` configuration and that the barcode is configured to send an `ENTER`"
@@ -2409,18 +2884,18 @@ msgid ""
 "Edit`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:135
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:377
 msgid "The barcode scanner is detected as a keyboard"
 msgstr "条形码扫描仪被检测为键盘"
 
-#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:138
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:380
 msgid ""
 "Some barcode scanners do not advertise themselves as barcode scanners but as"
 " a USB keyboard instead, and will not be recognized by the :abbr:`IoT "
 "(Internet of Things)` box."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:141
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:383
 msgid ""
 "The device type can be manually changed by going to its form view "
 "(:menuselection:`IoT App --> Devices --> Barcode Device`) and activating the"
@@ -2431,11 +2906,11 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Modifying the form view of the barcode scanner."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:152
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:394
 msgid "The cash drawer does not open"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:154
+#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:396
 msgid ""
 "The cash drawer should be connected to the printer and the :guilabel:`Cash "
 "drawer` checkbox should be ticked in the :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` "

locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po

@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 15.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-09-11 16:10+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 08:39+0000\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-03-18 15:03+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Emily Jia <eji@odoo.com>, 2023\n"
 "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n"
@@ -184,31 +184,51 @@ msgid "Manage my products"
 msgstr "管理我的产品"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:3
-msgid "How to display several images per product"
+msgid "Multiple images per product"
-msgstr "如何显示每个产品的多张图片"
+msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"By default your product web page displays the main image of your product "
+"When you register several images for a product, only the first image is "
-"only. If you like to show your products under several angles, you can turn "
+"shown on the main products page. By clicking on the product, visitors can "
-"the image into a carrousel."
+"see additional images with the carousel view."
-msgstr "产品页默认只显示产品的主要图片。如需展示产品多角度的图片，可以将图片设为旋转模式。"
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:11
+#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst-1
+msgid "Showing the carousel view."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:12
+msgid "Adding multiple images to a product"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:14
+msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Products`, and select a product."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:15
 msgid ""
-"Check *Several images per product* in :menuselection:`Website Admin --> "
+"Go to the :guilabel:`Sales` tab, click :guilabel:`Edit`, and :guilabel:`Add "
-"Configuration --> Settings`."
+"a media`."
-msgstr "在 :menuselection:`网站管理 --> 配置 --> 设置，中选择勾选 *每个产品多张图片* 。"
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:13
+#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:16
 msgid ""
-"Open a product detail form and upload images from *Images* tab. Hit *Create*"
+"Click the pencil icon to add an image, then click :guilabel:`Save & New` to "
-" in Edit mode to get the upload wizard."
+"add additional ones."
-msgstr "打开产品详细表格，从 *图片* 页签下上传图片。在编辑模式中点击 *创建* ，打开上传指引。"
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:19
+#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:17
-msgid "Such extra image are common to all the product variants (if any)."
+msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save & Close` when you are done."
-msgstr "这种额外的图片对于所有产品变量（如有）而言是很普遍的。"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst-1
+msgid "Creating extra product media."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:23
+msgid "Such extra images are common to all the product variants (if any)."
+msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:3
 msgid "Product variants"